WO1999063983A1 - MULTIBINDING AGENTS THAT MODULATE PPARη AND RXR RECEPTORS - Google Patents

MULTIBINDING AGENTS THAT MODULATE PPARη AND RXR RECEPTORS Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1999063983A1
WO1999063983A1 PCT/US1999/012669 US9912669W WO9963983A1 WO 1999063983 A1 WO1999063983 A1 WO 1999063983A1 US 9912669 W US9912669 W US 9912669W WO 9963983 A1 WO9963983 A1 WO 9963983A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
substituted
ligand
aryl
group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1999/012669
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1999063983A9 (en
Inventor
John H. Griffin
Dane Karr
Edmund J. Moran
Original Assignee
Advanced Medicine, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Advanced Medicine, Inc. filed Critical Advanced Medicine, Inc.
Priority to CA002318286A priority Critical patent/CA2318286A1/en
Priority to AU45491/99A priority patent/AU4549199A/en
Priority to EP99928425A priority patent/EP1083888A1/en
Publication of WO1999063983A1 publication Critical patent/WO1999063983A1/en
Publication of WO1999063983A9 publication Critical patent/WO1999063983A9/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/74Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C213/00Preparation of compounds containing amino and hydroxy, amino and etherified hydroxy or amino and esterified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/55Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound the modifying agent being also a pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent, i.e. the entire conjugate being a codrug, i.e. a dimer, oligomer or polymer of pharmacologically or therapeutically active compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/08Bronchodilators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/16Central respiratory analeptics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/04Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for inducing labour or abortion; Uterotonics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/06Antiabortive agents; Labour repressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04Antipruritics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/06Antimigraine agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22Anxiolytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16Otologicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/02Non-specific cardiovascular stimulants, e.g. drugs for syncope, antihypotensives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12Antihypertensives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C215/00Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C215/46Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of at least one six-membered aromatic ring and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms or to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C215/56Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of at least one six-membered aromatic ring and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms or to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton with amino groups linked to the six-membered aromatic ring, or to the condensed ring system containing that ring, by carbon chains further substituted by hydroxy groups
    • C07C215/58Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of at least one six-membered aromatic ring and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms or to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton with amino groups linked to the six-membered aromatic ring, or to the condensed ring system containing that ring, by carbon chains further substituted by hydroxy groups with hydroxy groups and the six-membered aromatic ring, or the condensed ring system containing that ring, bound to the same carbon atom of the carbon chain
    • C07C215/60Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of at least one six-membered aromatic ring and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms or to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton with amino groups linked to the six-membered aromatic ring, or to the condensed ring system containing that ring, by carbon chains further substituted by hydroxy groups with hydroxy groups and the six-membered aromatic ring, or the condensed ring system containing that ring, bound to the same carbon atom of the carbon chain the chain having two carbon atoms between the amino groups and the six-membered aromatic ring or the condensed ring system containing that ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/02Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/04Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C217/06Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted
    • C07C217/08Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted the oxygen atom of the etherified hydroxy group being further bound to an acyclic carbon atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/50Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/62Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/40Oxygen atoms
    • C07D211/42Oxygen atoms attached in position 3 or 5
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/56Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/79Acids; Esters
    • C07D213/80Acids; Esters in position 3
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D263/30Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D263/32Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D263/30Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D263/34Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D265/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D265/281,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines
    • C07D265/301,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines not condensed with other rings
    • C07D265/321,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines not condensed with other rings with oxygen atoms directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/24Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/28Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/32Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/34Oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K1/00General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length
    • C07K1/04General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length on carriers
    • C07K1/047Simultaneous synthesis of different peptide species; Peptide libraries
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/94Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving narcotics or drugs or pharmaceuticals, neurotransmitters or associated receptors
    • G01N33/9406Neurotransmitters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07BGENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C07B2200/00Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
    • C07B2200/11Compounds covalently bound to a solid support
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C40COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
    • C40BCOMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
    • C40B40/00Libraries per se, e.g. arrays, mixtures
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/575Hormones
    • G01N2333/62Insulins
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/705Assays involving receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • G01N2333/70578NGF-receptor/TNF-receptor superfamily, e.g. CD27, CD30 CD40 or CD95
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/705Assays involving receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • G01N2333/72Assays involving receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants for hormones
    • G01N2333/726G protein coupled receptor, e.g. TSHR-thyrotropin-receptor, LH/hCG receptor, FSH
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2500/00Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value

Definitions

  • This invention relates to novel therapeutic agents which bind to mammalian receptors and modulate their activity. More particularly, the invention relates to novel therapeutic agents that bind to and modulate the in vivo activity of PPAR ⁇ and RXR receptors in mammals by acting as multi-binding compounds.
  • the therapeutic agents or multi-binding compounds described herein comprise at least two ligands connected by a linker or linkers, wherein said ligands in their monovalent state bind to and/or are capable of modulating the activity of the PPAR ⁇ and RXR receptors.
  • the linking moiety is chosen such that the multi- binding compounds so constructed demonstrate increased biological activity as compared to the same number of individual units of the ligand or ligands.
  • the invention also relates to methods of using such compounds, to methods of preparing such compounds and to pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
  • multi-binding compounds are particularly useful in treating mammalian conditions that are mediated by the PPAR ⁇ receptors targeted by the ligands, such as non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, cancer, including colon carcinomas and lipocarcinomas, hyperlipidemia, atherosclerosis and inflammatory diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease.
  • this invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and an effective amount of a multi-binding compound of this invention.
  • a receptor is a biological structure with one or more binding domains that reversibly complexes with one or more ligands, where that complexation has biological consequences.
  • Receptors can exist entirely outside the cell (extracellular receptors), within the cell membrane (but presenting sections of the receptor to the extracellular milieu and cytosol), or entirely within the cell (intracellular receptors). They may also function independently of a cell (e.g., clot formation). Receptors within the cell membrane allow a cell to communicate with the space outside of its boundaries (i.e., signaling) as well as to function in the transport of molecules and ions into and out of the cell.
  • a ligand is a binding partner for a specific receptor or family of receptors.
  • a ligand may be the endogenous ligand for the receptor or alternatively may be a synthetic ligand for the receptor such as a drug, a drug candidate or a pharmacological tool.
  • the ligands that bind to cellular receptors may be specifically classified as follows: 1. Full agonists - ligands that when bound trigger the maximum activity seen by natural ligands;
  • Antagonist- ligands that when bound inhibit or prevent the activity arising from a natural ligand binding to the receptor.
  • Antagonists may be of the surmountable class (results in the parallel displacement of the dose-response curve of the agonist to the right in a dose dependent fashion without reducing the maximal response for the agonist) or insurmountable class (results in depression of the maximal response for a given agonist with or without the parallel shift); 4.
  • Inverse antagonist-ligands that when bound decrease the basal activity of the unbound receptor (if any).
  • an activating ligand or agonist
  • an inhibiting ligand has affinity for the receptor but no efficacy.
  • Selectivity defines the ratios of affinities or the ratios of efficacies of a given ligand compared across two receptors. It is the selectivity of a specific drug that provides the required biological profile.
  • ligands targeting PPAR ⁇ receptors have clinical shortcomings identified by one or more of low efficacy, low affinity, poor safety profile, lack of selectivity or overselectivity for the intended receptor, and suboptimal duration of action and onset of action. Accordingly, it would be beneficial to develop ligands that have improved affinity, efficacy, selectivity, onset of action and duration of action.
  • An increase in ligand affinity to the target receptor may contribute to reducing the dose of ligand required to induce the desired therapeutic effect.
  • a reduction in ligand affinity will remove activity and may contribute to the selectivity profile for a ligand.
  • An increased ligand efficacy at a target receptor can lead to a reduction in the dose required to mediate the desired therapeutic effect.
  • This increase in efficacy may arise from an improved positive functional response of the ligand or a change from a partial to full agonist profile.
  • Reduced efficacy of a full agonist to a partial agonist may provide clinical benefit by modulating the biological response.
  • Duration of Action An increased duration of action of the ligand to effect a biological response may be preferred.
  • ⁇ 2 adrenergic agonists such as albuterol have a relatively short duration of action of approximately 3-4 hours and an increase in duration of action would simplify the dosing regimen required to administer this drug (ligand).
  • the nuclear receptor superfamily comprises a number of ligand-activated transcription factors which control a wide range of biological processes involving gene expression such as differentiation, development and homeostasis.
  • This superfamily of receptors includes the estrogen (ER), thyroid(TR), progesterone (PR) and retinoid receptors (RXR, RAR), in addition to the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPAR ⁇ , PPAR ⁇ , and PPAR ⁇ ).
  • ER estrogen
  • TR progesterone
  • RXR, RAR retinoid receptors
  • PPAR ⁇ , PPAR ⁇ , and PPAR ⁇ peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors
  • These receptors possess the common structural motifs of an amino-terminal ligand independent transactivation domain, a central DNA binding domain, and a carboxy-terminal ligand-binding domain (LBD).
  • LBD carboxy-terminal ligand-binding domain
  • the central DNA binding domain recognizes a specific sequence of DNA,
  • Activation of these receptors is associated with the binding of specific small molecule ligands to the LBD site, which then correlates with the association of the DNA binding domain with an HRE site on DNA, leading to transcriptional events.
  • This class of receptors functions as a homo- or hetero-dimeric complex.
  • PPAR ⁇ peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma
  • RXR retinoid X receptor
  • Activation of the PPAR ⁇ -RXR heterodimer by PPAR ⁇ -specific or RXR-specific ligands in preadipocytes promotes gene transcription and differentiation to adipocytes.
  • either ligand can activate the heterodimeric receptor complex.
  • Administration of PPAR ⁇ ligands or RXR ligands to mammals with hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, or hypertriglyceridemia leads to a reduction of blood glucose, serum triglycerides and serum non-esterified fatty acids, in addition to the differentiation of adipocytes.
  • a PPAR ⁇ ligand and an RXR ligand to cells over-expressing the PPAR ⁇ -RXR heterodimer is synergistic in activating gene transcription.
  • the coadministration of a PPAR ⁇ ligand and an RXR ligand to a hyperglycemic mammal leads to an enhancement of the glucose- and lipid-lowering effects compared to administration of either ligand alone. See Nature Vol 386 (1197) 407-410 and Mol. and Cell Biol. Vol 18 (1998) 3483-3494.
  • novel ligands having desired potency and therapeutic effect for the PPAR ⁇ receptor would be particularly desirable in order to further increase insulin sensitivity, especially in the case of non- insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) in mammalian patients.
  • Such novel ligands would preferably achieve the desired potency and therapeutic effect by modulating one or more of the ligand 's properties as to efficacy, affinity, safety profile, selectivity, duration of action and/or onset of action. This may have advantages in the effects on other disease states as well, such as certain types of cancer, hyperlipidemia, atherosclerosis and inflammatory diseases.
  • This invention is directed to general synthetic methods for generating large libraries of diverse multimeric compounds which multimeric compounds are candidates for possessing multibinding properties.
  • the diverse multimeric compound libraries provided by this invention are synthesized by combining a linker or linkers with a ligand or ligands to provide for a library of multimeric compounds wherein the linker and ligand each have complementary functional groups permitting covalent linkage.
  • the library of linkers is preferably selected to have diverse properties such as valency, linker length, linker geometry and rigidity, hydrophilicity or hydrophobicity, amphiphilicity, acidity, basicity and polarization.
  • the library of ligands is preferably selected to have diverse attachment points on the same ligand, different functional groups at the same site of otherwise the same ligand, and the like.
  • This invention is also directed to libraries of diverse multimeric compounds which multimeric compounds are candidates for possessing multibinding properties. These libraries are prepared via the methods described above and permit the rapid and efficient evaluation of what molecular constraints impart multibinding properties to a ligand or a class of ligands targeting a receptor.
  • this invention is directed to a multi-binding compound and salts thereof comprising 2 to 10 ligands, which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers which may be the same of different, at least one of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to a PPAR ⁇ receptor, and a second ligand being capable of binding to an RXR receptor.
  • at least two and more preferably each of the ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more of a PPAR ⁇ receptor or a RXR receptor.
  • the multi-binding compounds of this invention are preferably represented by formula I:
  • each L is independently selected from ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more of a PPAR ⁇ receptor or a RXR receptor;
  • X is independently a linker;
  • p is an integer of from 2 to 10;
  • q is an integer of from 1 to 20; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, with the proviso that where one ligand binds to an RXR receptor, at least one other ligand binds to a PPAR ⁇ receptor.
  • q is less than p.
  • this invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and an effective amount of a multi-binding compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers which may be the same or different, at least one of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more of a PPAR ⁇ receptor or a RXR receptor, with the proviso that where one ligand binds to an RXR receptor, at least one other ligand binds to a PPAR ⁇ receptor.
  • said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more of a PPAR ⁇ receptor or RXR receptor modulate insulin sensitivity in mammals. More preferably, said ligands are selected from the group selected from Formulas A-K and II-IV presented herein. In all embodiments, at least one ligand is a PPAR ⁇ ligand.
  • this invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and an effective amount of a multi-binding compound represented by formula I:
  • each L is independently selected from ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to a PPAR ⁇ receptor or RXR receptor;
  • X is a linker;
  • p is an integer of from 2 to 10;
  • q is an integer of from 1 to 20; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, with the proviso that where one ligand binds to an RXR receptor, at least one other ligand binds to a PPAR ⁇ receptor.
  • q is less than/?, and more preferably the ligand is selected from the group represented by Formulas A-K and II-IV herein.
  • this invention is directed to a method for increasing insulin sensitivity in a mammal mediated by one or more of PPAR ⁇ and RXR receptors, which method comprises administering to said mammal an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a multi-binding compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers which may be the same or different, at least two of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more of PPAR ⁇ and RXR receptors, with the proviso that at least one ligand is a PPAR ⁇ ligand.
  • this invention is directed to a method for treating diseases including NIDDM, cancer, hyperlipidimia, atherosclerosis and inflammatory diseases, especially NIDDM, in a mammal mediated by PPAR ⁇ receptors which method comprises administering to said mammal an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a multi-binding compound represented by formula I:
  • each L is independently selected from ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to at least one of a PPAR ⁇ or RXR receptor mediating insulin sensitivity;
  • X is a linker;
  • p is an integer of from 2 to 10;
  • q is an integer of from 1 to 20 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein at least one ligand must bind to the PPAR ⁇ receptor.
  • q is less than/7, and more preferably, the ligand is selected from the group consisting of PPAR ⁇ and RXR ligands as set forth in Formulas A- K and II-IV herein.
  • at least one of the ligands in said multi-binding compound is a corticosteroid.
  • this invention is directed to a method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties which method comprises:
  • each linker in said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
  • this invention is directed to a method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties which method comprises:
  • each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
  • the preparation of the multimeric ligand compound library is achieved by either the sequential or concurrent combination of the two or more stoichiometric equivalents of the ligands identified in (a) with the linkers identified in (b). Sequential addition is preferred when a mixture of different ligands is employed to ensure heterodimeric or multimeric compounds are prepared. Concurrent addition of the ligands is preferred when at least a portion of the multimeric compounds prepared are homomultimeric compounds.
  • the assay protocols recited in (d) can be conducted on the multimeric ligand compound library produced in (c) above, or preferably, each member of the library is isolated by preparative liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LCMS).
  • LCMS preparative liquid chromatography mass spectrometry
  • this invention is directed to a library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent properties which library is prepared by the method comprising:
  • each linker in said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
  • this invention is directed to a library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent properties which library is prepared by the method comprising:
  • each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
  • the library of linkers employed in either the methods or the library aspects of this invention is selected from the group comprising flexible linkers, rigid linkers, hydrophobic linkers, hydrophilic linkers, linkers of different geometry, acidic linkers, basic linkers, linkers of different polarization and/or polarizability and amphiphilic linkers.
  • each of the linkers in the linker library may comprise linkers of different chain length and/or having different complementrry reactive groups. Such linker lengths can preferably range from about 2 to lOOA.
  • the ligand or mixture of ligands is selected to have reactive functionality at different sites on said ligands in order to provide for a range of orientations of said ligand on said multimeric ligand compounds.
  • reactive functionality includes, by way of example, carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid halides, carboxyl esters, amines, halides, pseudohalides, isocyanates, vinyl unsaturation, ketones, aldehydes, thiols, alcohols, anhydrides, boronates and precursors thereof. It is understood, of course, that the reactive functionality on the ligand is selected to be complementary to at least one of the reactive groups on the linker so that a covalent linkage can be formed between the linker and the ligand.
  • the multimeric ligand compound is homomeric (i.e., each of the ligands is the same PPAR ⁇ ligand, although it may be attached at different points) or heteromeric (i.e. , at least one of the ligands is different from the other ligands).
  • this invention provides for an iterative process for rationally evaluating what molecular constraints impart multibinding properties to a class of multimeric compounds or ligands targeting a receptor.
  • this method aspect is directed to a method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties which method comprises:
  • steps (e) and (f) optionally repeating steps (e) and (f) to further elaborate upon said molecular constraints.
  • steps (e) and (f) are repeated at least two times, more preferably at least from 2-50 times, even more preferably from at least 3 to 50 times, and still more preferably at least 5-50 times.
  • Ligand (drug) interactions with cellular receptors are controlled by molecular interaction/recognition between the ligand and the receptor. In turn, such interaction can result in modulation or disruption of the biological processes/functions of these receptors and, in some cases, leads to cell death. Accordingly, when cellular receptors mediate mammalian pathologic conditions, interactions of the ligand with the cellular receptor can be used to treat these conditions.
  • mammalian PPAR ⁇ and RXR receptors which are known to affect insulin sensitivity, serum triglyceride levels and free fatty acids, as well as other important functions controlled by gene expression.
  • this invention is directed, in part, to multi-binding compounds that bind PPAR ⁇ and RXR receptors.
  • affinity and specificity of the PPAR ⁇ and RXR receptors and ligands thereto are dependent upon the complementarity of molecular binding surfaces and the energetic costs of complexation. "Affinity” is sometimes quantified by the equilibrium constant of complex formation. Specificity relates to the difference in affinity between the same ligand binding to different ligand binding sites on the cellular receptor.
  • the multi-binding compounds of this invention are capable of acting as multi-binding agents and the surprising activity of these compounds arises at least in part from their ability to bind in a multivalent manner with mammalian PPAR ⁇ and optionally RXR receptors.
  • Multivalent binding interactions are characterized . by the concurrent interaction of multiple ligands with multiple ligand binding sites on one or more PPAR ⁇ and optionally RXR receptors. Multivalent interactions differ from collections of individual monovalent interactions by imparting enhanced biological and/or therapeutic effect. Examples of multivalent binding interactions (e.g., trivalent) relative to monovalent binding interactions are shown below:
  • multivalent binding can amplify binding affinities, it can also amplify differences in binding affinities, resulting in enhanced binding specificity as well as affinity.
  • alkyl refers to a monoradical branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon chain preferably having from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. This term is exemplified by groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, w ⁇ -propyl, n-butyl, iso- butyl, n-hexyl, n-decyl, tetradecyl, and the like.
  • substituted alkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined above, having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino,
  • alkylene refers to a diradical of a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon chain, preferably having from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. This term is exemplified by groups such as methylene (-CH 2 -), ethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 -), the propylene isomers (e.g. , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - and -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -) and the like.
  • substituted alkylene refers to an alkylene group, as defined above, having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino
  • substituted alkylene groups include those where 2 substituents on the alkylene group are fused to form one or more cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups fused to the alkylene group.
  • fused groups contain from 1 to 3 fused ring structures.
  • alkaryl refers to the groups -alkylene-aryl and -substituted alkylene-aryl where alkylene, substituted alkylene and aryl are defined herein. Such alkaryl groups are exemplified by benzyl, phenethyl and the like.
  • alkoxy refers to the groups alkyl-O-, alkenyl-O-, cycloalkyl-O- , cycloalkenyl-O-, and alkynyl-O-, where alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and alkynyl are as defined herein.
  • Preferred alkoxy groups are alkyl-O- and include, by way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso- propoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2- dimethylbutoxy, and the like.
  • substituted alkoxy refers to the groups substituted alkyl-O-, substituted alkenyl-O-, substituted cycloalkyl-O-, substituted cycloalkenyl-O-, and substituted alkynyl-O- where substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl and substituted alkynyl are as defined herein.
  • alkylalkoxy refers to the groups -alkylene-O-alkyl, -alkylene-O-substituted alkyl, -substituted alkylene-O-alkyl and -substituted alkylene-O-substituted alkyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein.
  • Preferred alkylalkoxy groups are alkylene-O-alkyl and include, by way of example, methylenemethoxy
  • alkylthioalkoxy refers to the group -alkylene-S-alkyl, alkylene-S-substituted alkyl, substituted alkylene-S-alkyl and substituted alkylene- S-substituted alkyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein.
  • Preferred alkylthioalkoxy groups are alkylene-S- alkyl and include, by way of example, methylenethiomethoxy (-CH 2 SCH 3 ), ethylenethiomethoxy (-CH 2 CH 2 SCH 3 ), n-propylene-wo-thiopropoxy
  • alkenyl refers to a monoradical of a branched or unbranched unsaturated hydrocarbon group preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from 1-6 sites of vinyl unsaturation.
  • substituted alkenyl refers to an alkenyl group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino
  • alkenylene refers to a diradical of a branched or unbranched unsaturated hydrocarbon group preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from 1-6 sites of vinyl unsaturation.
  • substituted alkenylene refers to an alkenylene group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamin
  • substituted alkenylene groups include those where 2 substituents on the alkenylene group are fused to form one or more cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups fused to the alkenylene group.
  • alkynyl refers to a monoradical of an unsaturated hydrocarbon preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from 1-6 sites of acetylene (triple bond) unsaturation.
  • Preferred alkynyl groups include ethynyl (-C ⁇ CH 2 ), propargyl (-CH 2 C ⁇ CH) and the like.
  • substituted alkynyl refers to an alkynyl group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxya
  • alkynylene refers to a diradical of an unsaturated hydrocarbon preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from 1-6 sites of acetylene (triple bond) unsaturation.
  • Preferred alkynylene groups include ethynylene (-C ⁇ C-), propargylene (-CHC ⁇ C-) and the like.
  • substituted alkynylene refers to an alkynylene group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxya
  • acyl refers to the groups HC(O)-, alkyl-C(O)-, substituted alkyl-C(O)-, cycloalkyl-C(O)-, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)-, cycloalkenyl-C(O)-, substituted cycloalkenyl-C(O)-, aryl-C(O)-, heteroaryl-C(O)- and heterocyclic- C(O)- where alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
  • acylamino refers to the group -C(O)NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic or where both R groups are joined to form a heterocyclic group (e.g. , morpholino) wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
  • aminoacyl refers to the group -NRC(O)R where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
  • aminoacyloxy refers to the group -NRC(O)OR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
  • acyloxy refers to the groups alkyl-C(O)O-, substituted alkyl- C(O)O-, cycloalkyl-C(O)O-, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)O-, aryl-C(O)O-, heteroaryl-C(O)O-, and heterocyclic-C(O)O- wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
  • aryl refers to an unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 20 carbon atoms having a single ring (e.g. , phenyl) or multiple condensed (fused) rings (e.g. , naphthyl or anthryl). Preferred aryls include phenyl, naphthyl and the like.
  • such aryl groups can optionally be substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents, preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halo, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryl
  • aryl substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, and thioalkoxy.
  • aryloxy refers to the group aryl-O- wherein the aryl group is as defined above including optionally substituted aryl groups as also defined above.
  • arylene refers to the diradical derived from aryl (including substituted aryl) as defined above and is exemplified by 1,2-phenylene, 1,3- phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 1 ,2-naphthylene and the like.
  • amino refers to the group -NH 2 .
  • substituted amino refers to the group -NRR where each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic provided that both R's are not hydrogen.
  • carboxyalkyl refers to the groups "-C(O)O-alkyl", “-C(O)O- substituted alkyl", “-C(O)O-cycloalkyl", “-C(O)O-substituted cycloalkyl", “- C(O)O-alkenyl”, “-C(O)O-substituted alkenyl", “-C(O)O-alkynyl” and "-C(O)O- substituted alkynyl” where alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl and substituted alkynyl are as defined herein.
  • cycloalkyl refers to cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 20 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring or multiple condensed rings.
  • Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multiple ring structures such as adamantanyl, and the like.
  • substituted cycloalkyl refers to cycloalkyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino
  • cycloalkenyl refers to cyclic alkenyl groups of from 4 to 20 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring and at least one point of internal unsaturation.
  • suitable cycloalkenyl groups include, for instance, cyclobut-2-enyl, cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclooct-3-enyl and the like.
  • substituted cycloalkenyl refers to cycloalkenyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, ubstituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino
  • halo or halogen refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic group of from 1 to 15 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur within at least one ring (if there is more than one ring).
  • heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with 1 to 5 substituents, preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halo, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy
  • Preferred aryl substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, and thioalkoxy.
  • Such heteroaryl groups can have a single ring (e.g., pyridyl or furyl) or multiple condensed rings (e.g. , indolizinyl or benzothienyl).
  • Preferred heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrrolyl and furyl.
  • heteroaryloxy refers to the group heteroaryl-O-.
  • heteroarylene refers to the diradical group derived from heteroaryl (including substituted heteroaryl), as defined above, and is exemplified by the groups 2,6-pyridylene, 2,4-pyridiylene, 1,2-quinolinylene, 1,8- quinolinylene, 1 ,4-benzofuranylene, 2,5-pyridnylene, 2,5-indolenyl and the like.
  • heterocycle or “heterocyclic” refers to a monoradical saturated unsaturated group having a single ring or multiple condensed rings, from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and from 1 to 10 hetero atoms, preferably 1 to 4 heteroatoms, selected from nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, and/or oxygen within the ring.
  • heterocyclic groups can be optionally substituted with 1 to 5, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro
  • heterocyclic groups can have a single ring or multiple condensed rings.
  • Preferred heterocyclics include morpholino, piperidinyl, and the like.
  • nitrogen heterocycles and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine
  • a preferred class of heterocyclics include “crown compounds” which refers to a specific class of heterocyclic compounds having one or more repeating units of the formula [-(CH 2 -) m Y-] where m is ⁇ 2, and Y at each separate occurrence can be O, N, S or P.
  • Examples of crown compounds include, by way of example only, [-(CH 2 ) 3 -NH-] 3 , [-((CH 2 ) 2 -O) 4 -((CH 2 ) 2 -NH) 2 ] and the like. Typically such crown compounds can have from 4 to 10 heteroatoms and 8 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • heterocyclooxy refers to the group heterocyclic-O-.
  • thioheterocyclooxy refers to the group heterocyclic-S-.
  • heterocyclene refers to the diradical group formed from a heterocycle, as defined herein, and is exemplified by the groups 2,6-morpholino, 2, 5 -morpholino and the like.
  • oxyacylamino refers to the group -OC(O)NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
  • pseudohalide refers to functional groups which react in displacement reactions in a manner similar to a halogen.
  • Such functional groups include, by way of example, mesyl, tosyl, azido and cyano groups.
  • thiol refers to the group -SH.
  • thioalkoxy refers to the group -S-alkyl.
  • substituted thioalkoxy refers to the group -S-substituted alkyl.
  • thioaryloxy refers to the group aryl-S- wherein the aryl group is as defined above including optionally substituted aryl groups also defined above.
  • heteroaryloxy refers to the group heteroaryl-S- wherein the heteroaryl group is as defined above including optionally substituted aryl groups as also defined above.
  • any of the above groups which contain one or more substituents it is understood, of course, that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non- feasible.
  • the compounds of this invention include all stereochemical isomers arising from the substitution of these compounds.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the multi-binding compounds of this invention and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable.
  • the multi-binding compounds of this invention are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto.
  • Salts derived from inorganic bases include by way of example only, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium calcium and magnesium salts.
  • Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, such as alkyl amines, dialkyl amines, trialkyl amines, substituted alkyl amines, di(substituted alkyl) amines, tri(substituted alkyl) amines, alkenyl amines, dialkenyl amines, trialkenyl amines, substituted alkenyl amines, di(substituted alkenyl) amines, tri(substituted alkenyl) amines, cycloalkyl amines, di(cycloalkyl) amines, tri(cycloalkyl) amines, substituted cycloalkyl amines,
  • Suitable amines include, by way of example only, isopropylamine, trimethyl amine, diethyl amine, tri(z ' s ⁇ -propyl) amine, tri(n- propyl) amine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, tromethamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, N-alkylglucamines, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, and the like.
  • carboxylic acid derivatives would be useful in the practice of this invention, for example, carboxylic acid amides, including carboxamides, lower alkyl carboxamides, dialkyl carboxamides, and the like.
  • Salts derived from inorganic acids include hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
  • Salts derived from organic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzo ic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluene-sulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
  • protecting group refers to any group which when bound to one or more hydroxyl, thiol, amino or carboxyl groups of the compounds (including intermediates thereof) prevents reactions from occurring at these groups and which protecting group can be removed by conventional chemical or enzymatic steps to reestablish the hydroxyl, thiol, amino or carboxyl group (Green, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2 Ed., John Wiley &
  • removable blocking group employed is not critical and preferred removable hydroxyl blocking groups include conventional substituents such as allyl, benzyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, thiobenzyl, benzylidine, phenacyl, t-butyl-diphenylsilyl and any other group that can be introduced chemically onto a hydroxyl functionality and later selectively removed either by chemical or enzymatic methods in mild conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
  • Preferred removable amino blocking groups include conventional substituents such as t-butyoxycarbonyl (t-BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), and the like which can be removed by conventional conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
  • Preferred carboxyl protecting groups include esters such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, t-butyl etc. which can be removed by mild hydrolysis conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
  • inert organic solvent or “inert solvent” mean a solvent inert under the conditions of the reaction being described in conjunction therewith [including, for example, benzene, toluene, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran (“THF”), dimethylformamide (“DMF”), chloroform (CHC1 3 ), methylene chloride (or dichloromethane or "CH 2 C1 2 "), diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, acetone, methylethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, tert-butanol, dioxane, pyridine, and the like].
  • the solvents used in the reactions of the present invention are inert solvents.
  • the "PPAR ⁇ receptor” is a receptor and plays a role in the mechanisms of insulin sensitivity. PPAR ⁇ receptors are located primarily in adipose tissues throughout the body. The PPAR ⁇ receptor forms a heterodimer with the RXR receptor. Together, they act to affect insulin sensitivity in the cell, particularly as results from NIDDM, and may affect inflammatory diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease, cancer such as colon carcinoma and lipocarcinoma, hyperlipidemia and arterioclerosis.
  • PPAR ⁇ and RXR receptors that participate in biological multivalent binding interactions are constrained to varying degrees by their intra- and intermolecular associations (e.g. cellular receptors may be covalently joined in a single structure, noncovalently associated in a multimeric structure, embedded in a membrane or polymeric matrix and so on) and therefore have less translational and rotational freedom than if the same cellular receptors were present as monomers in solution.
  • intra- and intermolecular associations e.g. cellular receptors may be covalently joined in a single structure, noncovalently associated in a multimeric structure, embedded in a membrane or polymeric matrix and so on
  • library refers to at least 3, preferably from 10? to 10 ⁇ and more preferably from l ( fi to lO ⁇ multimeric compounds. Preferably, these compounds are prepared as a multiplicity of compounds in a single solution or reaction mixture which permits facile synthesis thereof.
  • the library of multimeric compounds can be directly assayed for multibinding properties.
  • each member of the library of multimeric compounds is first isolated and, optionally, characterized. This member is then assayed for multibinding properties.
  • selection refers to a set of multimeric compounds which are prepared either sequentially or concurrently (e.g., combinatorially).
  • the collection comprises at least 2 members; preferably from 2 to i ⁇ members and still more preferably from 10 to 1 ⁇ members.
  • ligand binding site denotes the site on the PPAR ⁇ or RXR receptor that recognizes a ligand domain and provides a binding partner for that ligand.
  • the ligand binding site may be defined by monomeric or multimeric structures. This interaction may be capable of producing a unique biological effect, for example agonism, antagonism, modulatory effect and the like or may maintain an ongoing biological event.
  • PPAR ⁇ Ligand denotes a compound that is a binding partner for the PPAR ⁇ receptor and is bound thereto by complementarity.
  • the specific region or regions of the ligand that is (are) recognized by the PPAR ⁇ receptor is designated as the "PPAR ligand domain" .
  • a ligand may be either capable of binding to a receptor by itself, or may require the presence of one or mmoorree nnoonn--hgand components for binding (e.g. , Ca +2 , Mg +2 or a water molecule).
  • RXR Ligand denotes a compound that is a binding partner for the RXR receptor and is bound thereto by complementarity.
  • the specific region or regions of the ligand that is (are) recognized by the RXR receptor is designated as the "RXR ligand domain" .
  • a ligand may be either capable of binding to a receptor by itself, or may require the presence of one or more non- ligand components for binding (e.g., Ca +2 , Mg +2 or a water molecule).
  • PPAR ⁇ ligand or "RXR ligand” is not intended to be limited to compounds known to be useful as PPAR ⁇ and RXR receptor binding compounds (e.g., known drugs). It should also be understood that portions of the ligand structure that are not essential for specific molecular recognition and binding activity may be varied substantially, replaced with unrelated structures and, in some cases, omitted entirely without affecting the binding interaction. The primary requirement for the ligand is that it has a ligand domain as defined above. Those skilled in the art will understand that the term ligand can equally apply to a molecule that is not normally associated with PPAR ⁇ and RXR cellular receptor binding properties.
  • ligands that exhibit marginal activity or lack useful activity as monomers can be highly active as multivalent compounds because of the benefits conferred by multivalency.
  • the only requirement for a ligand is that it has a ligand binding domain as defined above.
  • a “multimeric compound” refers to a compound that is capable of multivalency as defined below, and which has 2 to 10 ligands covalently bound to one or more linkers which may be the same or different.
  • the compound may or may not possess multibinding properties.
  • At least one of the ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more PPAR ⁇ receptors, and optionally RXR receptors.
  • the multi -binding compound provides a biological and/or therapeutic effect greater than the aggregate of unlinked ligands equivalent thereto which may be the same or different which unlinked ligands comprise a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more PPAR ⁇ receptors, and optionally RXR receptors.
  • the biological and/or therapeutic effect of the PPAR ⁇ and/or RXR binding ligands attached to the multi-binding compound is greater than that achieved by the same amount of unlinked PPAR ⁇ and/ or RXR ligands made available for binding to the ligand binding sites.
  • the phrase "increased biological or therapeutic effect” includes, for example increased affinity for a target, increased specificity for a target, increased selectivity for a target, increased potency, increased efficacy, decreased toxicity, improved duration of action, decreased side effects, increased therapeutic index, improved bioavailability, improved pharmacokinetics, improved activity spectrum, and the like.
  • the multi-binding compounds of this invention will exhibit at least one and preferably more than one of the above mentioned effects.
  • Uni-valency refers to a single binding interaction between one ligand as defined herein with one ligand binding site as defined herein. It should be noted that a molecule having multiple copies of a ligand (or ligands) exhibits uni-valency when only one ligand is interacting with a ligand binding site. Examples of a univalent interaction are depicted below.
  • Multi- valency refers to the concurrent binding of from 2 to 10 linked ligands (which may be the same or different) and two or more corresponding ligand binding sites on the receptors which receptors may be the same or different.
  • bi-valency two ligands connected by a linker that bind concurrently to two ligand binding sites would be considered as bi-valency; three ligands thus connected would be an example of tri-valency.
  • tri-valency An example of tri-valency illustrating a multi-binding agent bearing three ligands versus a monovalent binding interaction is shown below:
  • “Potency” as used herein refers to the minimum concentration at which a ligand is able to achieve a desirable biological or therapeutic effect.
  • the potency of a ligand is typically proportional to its affinity for its ligand binding site. In some cases the potency may be non-linearly correlated with its affinity.
  • the dose-response curve of each is determined under identical test conditions (e.g. an in vitro or in vivo assay, in an appropriate animal model such as a human patient). The finding that the multi-binding agent produces an equivalent biological or therapeutic effect at a lower concentration than the aggregate unlinked ligand (e.g. on a per weight, per mole or per ligand basis) is indicative of enhanced potency.
  • Selectivity is a measure of the binding preferences of a ligand for different ligand binding sites.
  • the selectivity of a ligand with respect to its target ligand binding site relative to another ligand binding site is given by the ratio of the respective values of I j (i.e., the dissociation constants for each ligand- receptor complex) or in cases where a biological effect is observed below the I j, the ratio of the respective EC 5Q s (i.e. , the concentrations that produce 50% of the maximum response for the ligand interacting with the two distinct ligand binding sites).
  • I j i.e., the dissociation constants for each ligand- receptor complex
  • the ratio of the respective EC 5Q s i.e. , the concentrations that produce 50% of the maximum response for the ligand interacting with the two distinct ligand binding sites.
  • modulatory effect refers to the ability of the ligand to change the activity of an agonist or antagonist through binding to a ligand binding
  • partial agonist refers to a receptor agonist which cannot fully elicit a maximal response when it binds to the receptor, no matter how high the concentration of the partial agonist. A partial agonist is able to combine with the receptor, but the full effect of the binding is not elicited. This term is well known in the art and a discussion of it may be found in Textbook of Receptor Pharmacology, ch 1.4, J. Foreman and T. Johansen eds. , CRC Press, 1996.
  • treatment refers to the treatment of diabetes, in particular insulin sensitivity in a mammal, particularly a human, and includes: (i) increasing insulin sensitivity in a subject; (ii) lowering insulin, triglyceride and free fatty acid serum levels; or (iii) relieving or reducing insulin resistance, e.g. , relieving or reducing the intensity and/or severity of the insulin resistance.
  • therapeutically effective amount refers to that amount of multi- binding compound which is sufficient to effect treatment, as defined above, when administered to a mammal in need of such treatment.
  • the therapeutically effective amount will vary depending upon the subject and disease condition being treated, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease condition, the manner of administration and the like, which can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • linker refers to a group or groups that covalently link(s) from 2 to 10 ligands (as identified above) in a manner that provides for a compound capable of multi-valency when in the presence of at least one cellular receptor having 2 or more ligand binding sites.
  • the linker is a ligand-orienting entity which may be chiral or achiral that permits attachment of multiple copies of a ligand (which may be the same or different) thereto. In some cases the linker may be biologically active.
  • linker does not, however, extend to cover solid inert supports such as beads, glass particles, fibers and the like. But it is to be understood that the multi-binding compounds of this invention can be attached to a solid support if desired, for example, for use in separation and purification processes and for similar applications.
  • the ligands and linkers which comprise the multibinding agents of the invention and the multibinding compounds themselves may have various stereoisomeric forms, including enantiomers and diastereomers. It is to be understood that the invention contemplates all possible stereoisomeric forms of multibinding compounds, and mixtures thereof.
  • linker valency, geometry, orientation, size, flexibility, chemical composition
  • linker valency, geometry, orientation, size, flexibility, chemical composition
  • the linker when covalently attached to the ligands, provides a biocompatible, substantially non- immunogenic multi-binding compound of this invention.
  • the biological activity of the multi-binding compound is highly sensitive to the valency, geometry, composition, size, flexibility or rigidity, etc. of the linker as well as the presence or absence of anionic or cationic charge, the relative hydrophobicity/hydrophilicity of the linker, and the like on the linker.
  • the linker may be chosen from any organic molecule construct that orients two or more ligands to the receptors to permit multi-valency.
  • the linker can be considered as a "framework" on which the ligands are arranged in order to bring about the desired ligand-orienting result, and thus produce a multi- binding compound.
  • Ancillary groups which enhance the water solubility/hydrophilicity of the linker and, accordingly, the resulting multi-binding compounds are useful in practicing this invention.
  • ancillary groups such as, for example, poly (ethylene glycols), alcohols, polyols, (e.g., glycerin, glycerol propoxylate, saccharides, including mono-, oligo- and poly saccharides, etc.) carboxylates, polycarboxylates, (e.g.
  • the ancillary group used to improve water solubility/hydrophilicity will be a polyether.
  • the ancillary group will be a poly (ethylene glycol).
  • lipophilic ancillary groups within the structure of the linker to enhance the lipophilicity and/or hydrophobicity of the multi-binding compounds described herein is within the scope of this invention.
  • Lipophilic groups useful with the linkers of this invention include, by way of example only, aryl and heteroaryl groups which, as above, may be either unsubstituted or substituted with other groups, but are at least substituted with a group which allows their covalent attachment to the linker.
  • Other lipophilic groups useful with the linkers of this invention include fatty acid derivatives which do not form bilayers in aqueous medium until higher concentrations are reached.
  • lipid refers to any fatty acid derivative that is capable of forming a bilayer such that a hydrophobic portion of the lipid material orients toward the bilayer while a hydrophilic portion orients toward the aqueous phase. Hydrophilic characteristics derive from the presence of phosphato, carboxylic, sulfato, amino, sulfhydryl, nitro and other like groups well known in the art.
  • Hydrophobicity could be conferred by the inclusion of groups that include, but are not limited to, long chain saturated and unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups of up to 20 carbon atoms and such groups substituted by one or more aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and/or heterocyclic group(s).
  • Preferred lipids are phosphoglycerides and sphingolipids, representative examples of which include phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylinositol, phosphatidic acid, palmitoyleoyl phosphatidylcholine, ly sophosphatidylcholine , ly sophosphatidyl-ethanolamine , dipalmitoy lphosphatidy lcholine , dioleoy lphosphatidy lcholine , distearoy 1- phosphatidylcholine or dilinoleoy lphosphatidy lcholine could be used.
  • lipid Other compounds lacking phosphorus, such as sphingolipid and glycosphingolipid families are also within the group designated as lipid. Additionally, the amphipathic lipids described above may be mixed with other lipids including triglycerides and sterols.
  • the flexibility of the linker can be manipulated by the inclusion of ancillary groups which are bulky and/or rigid.
  • ancillary groups which are bulky and/or rigid.
  • the presence of bulky or rigid groups can hinder free rotation about bonds in the linker or bonds between the linker and the ancillary group(s) or bonds between the linker and the functional groups.
  • Rigid groups can include, for example, those groups whose conformational lability is restrained by the presence of rings and/or multiple bonds, for example, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclic groups.
  • Other groups which can impart rigidity include polypeptide groups such as oligo- or polyproline chains.
  • Rigidity can also be imparted electrostatically.
  • the ancillary groups are either positively or negatively charged, the similarly charged ancillary groups will force the presenter linker into a configuration affording the maximum distance between each of the like charges.
  • the energetic cost of bringing the like- charged groups closer to each other will tend to hold the linker in a configuration that maintains the separation between the like -charged ancillary groups.
  • Further ancillary groups bearing opposite charges will tend to be attracted to their oppositely charged counterparts and potentially may enter into both inter- and intramolecular ionic bonds. This non-covalent mechanism will tend to hold the linker into a conformation which allows bonding between the oppositely charged groups.
  • ancillary groups which are charged, or alternatively, bear a latent charge when deprotected, following the addition to the linker, include deprotectation of a carboxyl, hydroxyl, thiol or amino protecting group, by a change in pH, oxidation, reduction or other mechanisms known to those skilled in the art, is within the scope of this invention.
  • Bulky groups can include, for example, large atoms, ions (e.g. , iodine, sulfur, metal ions, etc.) or groups containing large atoms, polycyclic groups, including aromatic groups, non-aromatic groups and structures incorporating one or more carbon-carbon multiple bonds (i.e., alkenes and alkynes). Bulky groups can also include oligomers and polymers which are branched- or straight-chain species. Species that are branched are expected to increase the rigidity of the structure more per unit molecular weight gain than are straight-chain species. In preferred embodiments, rigidity is imparted by the presence of cyclic groups (e.g.
  • the linker comprises one or more six- membered rings or crown groups which, while not rigid, retain the conformation of the linker through conformational entropy.
  • the multi-binding compounds described herein comprise 2-10 ligands for PPAR ⁇ and/or RXR, so long as at least one PPAR ⁇ ligand is present, attached to a linker that links the ligands in such a manner that they are presented to the PPAR ⁇ /RXR receptor complex for multivalent interactions.
  • the linker spatially constrains these interactions to occur within dimensions defined by the linker, thus greatly increasing biological activity of the multi-binding compound as compared to the same number of ligands used in mono-binding form.
  • the multi-binding compounds of this invention are preferably represented by the empirical formula (L) p (X) q where L, X, p and q are as defined above. This is intended to include the several ways in which the ligands can be linked together in order to achieve the objective of multi- valency, and a more detailed explanation is described below.
  • the linker may be considered as a framework to which ligands are attached.
  • the ligands can be attached at any suitable position on this framework, for example, at the termini of a linear chain or at any intermediate position.
  • the simplest and most preferred multi-binding compound is a bivalent compound which can be represented as L-X-L, where L is a ligand and is the same or different and X is the linker.
  • a trivalent compound could also be represented in a linear fashion, i.e., as a sequence of repeated units L-X-L-X-L, in which L is a ligand and is the same or different at each occurrence, as can X.
  • a trimer can also be a multi-binding compound comprising three ligands attached to a central core, and thus represented as (LgX, where the linker X could include, for example, an aryl or cycloalkyl group.
  • Tetravalent compounds can be represented as, for example, in a linear array:
  • linker when used in combination with the term “multibinding compound” includes both a covalently contiguous single linker (e.g., L-X-L) and multiple covalently non-contiguous linkers (L-X-L-X-L) within the multibinding compound.
  • the multibinding compounds of this invention can be prepared from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures. Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions. The choice of a suitable protecting group for a particular functional group as well as suitable conditions for protection and deprotection are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups, and their introduction and removal, are described in T. W. Greene and G. M. Wuts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, Wiley, New York, 1991, and references cited therein.
  • Any compound which acts as a ligand toward PPAR ⁇ and/or RXR can be used as a ligand in this invention.
  • numerous such ligands are known in the art and any of these known compounds or derivatives thereof may be employed as ligands in this invention. Such known ligands are now further described.
  • PPAR ligands include those illustrated below:
  • RI is selected from OH, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
  • R2 is selected from hydrogen or alkyl
  • R3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, I, Br, Cl or F;
  • R4 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substimted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
  • R5 is H, OH, NH 2 , or alkoxy, or R4 and R5 together form -C(O)-NH-;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, Cl-6 alkyl, C5-10 aryl, and C5-10 heteroaryl, said alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
  • RI is selected from a group consisting of: H, Cl-15 alkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, C2-15 alkynyl and C3-10 cycloalkyl, said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
  • R3 is selected from a group consisting of: H, NHR1, NHacyl, Cl-15 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, Cl-15 alkoxy, CO2 alkyl, OH, C2-15 alkynyl, C5-10 aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
  • R8 is selected from the group consisting of CR6 R7, O, NR6, and S(Ol; R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cl-6 alkyl;
  • B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • XI and X2 are independently selected from a group consisting of: H, OH, Cl-15 alkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, C2-15 alkynyl, halo, OR3, ORCF 3 , C5-10 aryl, C5-10 aralkyl, C5-10 heteroaryl and Cl-10 acyl, said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
  • Ra represents a member selected from the group consisting of: halo, acyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CF3, OCF3, -O-, CN, NC ⁇ , R3, OR3 ;
  • SR3, N(OR), S(O)R3, SO 2 R3, NR3, R3, NR3 COR3, NR3CO 2 R3, NR3CON(R3) 2 , NR3SO 2 R3, COR3, CO 2 R3, CON(R3) 2 , SO 2 N(R3) 2 , OCON(R3) 2 said aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of halo or Cl-6 alkyl;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: S(O)p, --CH2 — , — C(O) ⁇ , ⁇ C(O)NH ⁇ , -NR-, -O-, -SO 2 NH, -NHSO 2 ;
  • Yl is selected from the group consisting of: O and C; Z is selected from the group consisting of: CO ⁇ R.3, R3CO 2 R3,
  • Q is a saturated or unsaturated straight chain hydrocarbon containing 2-4 carbon atoms and p is 0-2 with the proviso when Z is CC ⁇ RB and B is a 5 membered heterocycle consisting of O, R3 does not represent methyl, as illustrated in US Patent No. 5,869,051, incorporates herein in its entirety by reference, and derivatives thereof; and
  • each R is independently H, OH, alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; trifluoromethyl; alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; SH; thioalkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; phenyl; phenyl substituted by alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms or by halogen; benzyl; phenethyl; halogen, amino; N(R4) 2 wherein R4 is H or alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; COOR4; CH 2 OR4 ; formyl; CN; trifluoromethylthio; or nitro; each R' is independently R4 ; OR4 ; COOR4 ; N(R4) 2 ; SR4 ; CH 2 OR4; CHO;
  • Y' is sulfur, sulfoxide,sulfone
  • Rl l is H, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkanoyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; phenylsulfonyl; tosyl; NR12 wherein R12 is H, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; or
  • R5 is COOR4 ; CH 2 OH; CHO; tetrazole; NHSO 2 R14 ; hydroxymethylketone; CN; CON(R7) 2 ; a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic ring containing an acidic hydroxyl group; or COOR15 where R15 is
  • each s is independently 0-3 ;
  • R16 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N and S with at least one being N, and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of 5 or 6 atoms, or
  • W--R17 wherein W is O, S or NH and R17 contains up to 21 carbon atoms and is (1) a hydrocarbon radical or (2) an acyl radical of an organic acyclic or monocyclic carboxylic acid containing not more than 1 heteroatom in the ring;
  • R14 is OH, alkyl or alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, phenyl or phenyl substituted by alkyl or alkoxy groups of 1 to 3 carbon atoms, halogen, hydroxy, haloalkyl, COOH, CN, formyl, acyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or perfluoroalkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; r and q are each independently 0-20 provided that the total of r and q does not exceed 20; p is 0 or 1 ;
  • R9 is alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; or (CH 2 ) r R5; and
  • RIO is H; alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; R 4 C(O) or R4OCH 2 , as described in US Patent No. 5,847,008, incorporated herein in its entirety by reference, and derivatives thereof.
  • R is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkaryl, acyl, acylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • RI is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkaryl, acyl, acylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, and heteroaryl, and preferably RI is an the ortho position;
  • R2 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl and hydrogen
  • R4 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl; m is 0 when W is H, alkyl or substituted alkyl; else m is 1. W is selected from S, NH, H, -CH 2 -, alkyl, or substituted alkyl
  • X is selected from I, F, Cl, Br, H, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
  • Y is selected from S, O and N;
  • Suitable RXR ligands for use in the invention may include known RXR ligands such as the following:
  • LG100268 Derivatives of RXR ligands may also be used in preparation of the invention. Such derivatives may be selected from one or more of the following formulas II-IV:
  • X, XI and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, I, Br, Cl, F, Na, SH, O, NH, carbonyl, amide, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, and alkaryl;
  • R is aryl, substituted aryl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl;
  • RI is H or alkyl;
  • R2 is H or alkyl;
  • R3 is CH 2 , O, or NOR4 wherein R4 is alkyl or substituted alkyl;
  • R2 R2 R2 R2 and n is 1-10.
  • RXR and PPAR ⁇ ligands and derivatives may be known to those in the art.
  • RXR and PPAR ⁇ ligands or derivatives thereof used in the invention are preferentially bound to only the RXR or PPAR ⁇ receptor, respectively.
  • the PPAR ligand or derivative thereof preferentially bind only to the PPAR ⁇ receptor.
  • RXR receptor Activation of the RXR receptor with known RXR ligands can lead to modulation of the transcriptional activity of a wide variety of RXR/nuclear receptor complexes.
  • the activation of the RXR receptor by the use of RXR ligands may potentiate many other effects within the body. Because of this lack of functional specificity, use of a modified RXR ligand as set forth above to control transcription exclusivity by the PPAR ⁇ /RXR heterodimer is preferred.
  • the RXR ligands used in the invention are a derivative of known RXR ligands exhibiting more limited functionality and less independent activation of, or lower binding affinity for, other RXR/nuclear receptor complexes which are not of interest.
  • PPAR ⁇ ligands are very specific in that they bind preferentially to only the PPAR ⁇ receptor. These ligands, some of which are exemplified herein, and derivatives of other known PPAR agonists selected for preferential binding to the PPAR ⁇ receptor, may be used herein.
  • fatty acids, eicosanoids, prostaglandins and metabolites thereof activate PPAR ⁇ , as do do non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS).
  • NSAIDS non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
  • fatty acids such as 15 deoxy D ' PGJ 2 , linoleic acid, ⁇ -linolenic acid, oleic acid, stearic acid, cis-pariniaric acid, eicosopentonoic acid ad decosahexanoic acid bind well to the PPAR ⁇ receptor, they are not specific to the PPAR ⁇ receptor.
  • the NSAIDS are not specific and also may have a low affinity for the PPAR ⁇ receptor. Therefore, because these compounds activate one or more of the PPAR receptors, including both PPAR ⁇ and PPAR , as well as potentially other receptors, they prompt too broad a response causing potentially undesirable reactions and side effects. Therefore, these would not form acceptable ligands for the invention described herein, although derivatives thereof may be identified which would preferentially bind to the PPAR ⁇ receptor a ⁇ d therefore could be used in the invention described herein.
  • TZDs thiazolidinediones
  • glitazones are high-affinity agonists of PPAR ⁇ .
  • the glitazones enhance the sensitivity of target tissues to insulin while reducing serum insulin and lipid levels, as well as reducing plasma levels of free fatty acids, triglycerides and total cholesterol in mammals having Type 2 diabetes, which affects the proper storage and utilization of energy in the body in the form of glucose.
  • NIDDM is characterized by high plasma glucose levels, insulin resistance, and insufficient insulin secretion by the ⁇ -cells of the pancreas.
  • NIDDM Drug treatment of NIDDM classically focuses on increasing insulin secretion, creating a condition of hyperinsulemia which creates a risk of heart disease.
  • Some TZDs cause increases in plasma volume, increased adipose cell formation in bone marrow at high doses, and are known to have a hepatatoxic effect. Further some TZDs lack potency for the PPAR ⁇ receptor, therefore requiring high patient doses or frequent patient dosing, and potentially leading to non-mechanism (i.e., non- PPAR ⁇ binding) related side effects or toxicities. Diabetes Vol. 47, (1998) 507- 514. Therefore, although TZDs may be used as ligands for the invention described herein, derivatives thereof may be desired. Further herein, the PPAR ⁇ ligand or ligand derivatives suitable for use in the invention A-K are referred to as LI -LI 1, and the RXR ligands or derivatives thereof II-IV are referred to as LI 2- 14.
  • factors such as the proper juxtaposition of the individual ligands of a multibinding compound with respect to the relevant array of binding sites on a target or targets is important in optimizing the interaction of the multibinding compound with its target(s) and to maximize the biological advantage through multivalency.
  • One approach is to identify a library of candidate multibinding compounds with properties spanning the multibinding parameters that are relevant for a particular target. These parameters include: (1) the identity of ligand(s), (2) the orientation of ligands, (3) the valency of the construct, (4) linker length, (5) linker geometry, (6) linker physical properties, and (7) linker chemical functional groups.
  • a single ligand or set of ligands is (are) selected for incorporation into the libraries of candidate multibinding compounds which library is directed against a particular biological target or targets.
  • the only requirement for the ligands chosen is that they are capable of interacting with the selected target(s).
  • ligands may be known drugs, modified forms of known drugs, substructures of known drugs or substrates of modified forms of known drugs (which are competent to interact with the target), or other compounds.
  • Ligands are preferably chosen based on known favorable properties that may be projected to be carried over to or amplified in multibinding forms. Favorable properties include demonstrated safety and efficacy in human patients, ability to increase insulin sensitivity, ability to lower serum triglyceride, cholesterol and/or fatty acid levels, etc.
  • ligands which display an unfavorable property from among the previous list may obtain a more favorable property through the process of multibinding compound formation; i.e., ligands should not necessarily be excluded on such a basis.
  • a ligand that is not sufficiently potent at a particular target so as to be efficacious in a human patient may become highly potent and efficacious when presented in multibinding form.
  • a ligand that is potent and efficacious but not of utility because of a non-mechanism-related toxic side effect may have increased therapeutic index (increased potency relative to toxicity) as a multibinding compound.
  • Compounds that exhibit short in vivo half-lives may have extended half-lives as multibinding compounds.
  • Physical properties of ligands that limit their usefulness e.g. poor bioavailability due to low solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity
  • Orientation selection of ligand attachment points and linking chemistry Several points are chosen on each ligand at which to attach the ligand to the linker.
  • the selected points on the ligand/linker for attachment are functionalized to contain complementary reactive functional groups. This permits probing the effects of presenting the ligands to their receptor(s) in multiple relative orientations, an important multibinding design parameter.
  • the only requirement for choosing attachment points is that attaching to at least one of these points does not abrogate activity of the ligand.
  • Such points for attachment can be identified by structural information when available.
  • evaluation of ligand/target binding by nuclear magnetic resonance will permit the identification of sites non- essential for ligand/target binding. See, for example, Fesik, et al. , U.S.
  • SAR structure-activity relationships
  • positions of attachment that do abrogate the activity of the monomeric ligand may also be advantageously included in candidate multibinding compounds in the library provided that such compounds bear at least one ligand attached in a manner which does not abrogate intrinsic activity. This selection derives from, for example, heterobivalent interactions within the context of a single target molecule.
  • a receptor antagonist ligand bound to its target receptor and then consider modifying this ligand by attaching to it a second copy of the same ligand with a linker which allows the second ligand to interact with the same receptor molecule at sites proximal to the antagonist binding site, which include elements of the receptor that are not part of the formal antagonist binding site and/ or elements of the matrix surrounding the receptor such as the membrane.
  • the most favorable orientation for interaction of the second ligand molecule with the receptor/matrix may be achieved by attaching it to the linker at a position which abrogates activity of the ligand at the formal antagonist binding site.
  • Another way to consider this is that the SAR of individual ligands within the context of a multibinding structure is often different from the SAR of those same ligands in momomeric form.
  • biva'ent advantage may also be attained with heterodimeric constructs bearing two different ligands that bind to common or different targets.
  • a PPAR ⁇ receptor agonist and an RXR receptor agonist may be joined to a linker through attachment points which do not abrogate the binding affinity of the monomeric ligands for their respective receptor sites.
  • the dimeric compound may achieve enhanced affinity for both receptors due to favorable interactions between the PPAR ⁇ ligand and elements of the RXR receptor proximal to the formal RXR agonist binding site and between the RXR ligand and elements of the PPAR ⁇ receptor proximal to the formal PPAR ⁇ agonist binding site.
  • the dimeric compound may be a more potent and selective agonist of insulin sensitivity and a superior therapy for NIDDM, cancer including colon carcinomas and lipocarcinomas, hyperlipedemia, arteriosclerosis and inflammatory diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease.
  • linkages that are possible at those points.
  • the most preferred types of chemical linkages are those that are compatible with the overall structure of the ligand (or protected forms of the ligand), readily and generally formed, stable and intrinsically innocuous under typical chemical and physiological conditions, and compatible with a large number of available linkers. Amide bonds, ethers, amines, carbamates, ureas, and sulfonamides are but a few examples of preferred linkages.
  • Linkers spanning relevant multibinding parameters through selection of valency, linker length, linker geometry, rigidity, physical properties, and chemical functional groups
  • the selection of linkers employed in this library of linkers takes into consideration the following factors.
  • Linker length Linkers are chosen in a range of lengths to allow the spanning of a range of inter-ligand distances that encompass the distance preferable for a given divalent interaction.
  • the preferred distance can be estimated rather precisely from high-resolution structural information of targets, typically enzymes and soluble receptor targets.
  • targets typically enzymes and soluble receptor targets.
  • high-resolution structural information is not available, one can make use of simple models to estimate the maximum distance between binding sites either on adjacent receptors or at different locations on the same receptor.
  • preferred linker distances are 2-20 A, with more preferred linker distances of 3-12 A. In situations where two binding sites reside on separate (e.g.
  • Linker geometry and rigidity The combination of ligand attachment site, linker length, linker geometry, and linker rigidity determine the possible ways in which the ligands of candidate multibinding compounds may be displayed in three dimensions and thereby presented to their binding sites.
  • Linker geometry and rigidity are nominally determined by chemical composition and bonding pattern, which may be controlled and are systematically varied as another spanning function in a multibinding array. For example, linker geometry is varied by attaching two ligands to the ortho, meta, and para positions of a benzene ring, or in cis- or trans-arrangements at the 1,1- vs. 1,2- vs.
  • Linker rigidity is varied by controlling the number and relative energies of different conformational states possible for the linker.
  • a divalent compound bearing two ligands joined by 1,8-octyl linker has many more degrees of freedom, and is therefore less rigid than a compound in which the two ligands are attached to the 4,4' positions of a biphenyl linker.
  • Linker physical properties are nominally determined by the chemical constitution and bonding patterns of the linker, and linker physical properties impact the overall physical properties of the candidate multibinding compounds in which they are included.
  • a range of linker compositions is typically selected to provide a range of physical properties
  • linker physical properties is made within the context of the physical properties of the ligands they join and, preferably, the goal is to generate molecules with favorable properties.
  • linkers can be selected to avoid those that are too hydrophilic or too hydrophobic to be readily absorbed and/or distributed in vivo.
  • Linker chemical functional groups are selected to be compatible with the chemistry chosen to connect linkers to the ligands and to impart the range of physical properties sufficient to span initial examination of this parameter.
  • n being determined by the sum of the number of different attachment points for each ligand chosen
  • m linkers by the process outlined above
  • a library of (n ⁇ )m candidate divalent multibinding compounds is prepared which spans the relevant multibinding design parameters for a particular target. For example, an array generated from two ligands, one which has two attachment points (Al , A2) and one which has three attachment points (Bl, B2, B3) joined in all possible combinations provide for at least 15 possible combinations of multibinding compounds:
  • the combinatorial library can employ solid phase chemistries well known in the art wherein the ligand and/or linker is attached to a solid support. Alternatively and preferably, the combinatorial library is prepared in the solution phase. After synthesis, candidate multibinding compounds are optionally purified before assaying for activity by, for example, chromatographic methods (e.g., HPLC).
  • chromatographic methods e.g., HPLC
  • In vitro efficacy such as for receptor agonists and antagonists, ion channel blockers, and antimicrobial activity are also determined.
  • Pharmacological data including oral absorption, everted gut penetration, other pharmacokinetic parameters and efficacy data are determined in appropriate models. In this way, key structure-activity relationships are obtained for multibinding design parameters which are then used to direct future work.
  • the members of the library which exhibit multibinding properties can be readily determined by conventional methods. First, those members which exhibit multibinding properties are identified by conventional methods as described above, including conventional assays (both in vitro and in vivo).
  • each member of the library can be encrypted or tagged with appropriate information allowing determination of the structure of relevant members at a later time.
  • each member of the library can be encrypted or tagged with appropriate information allowing determination of the structure of relevant members at a later time. See, for example, Dower, et al., International Patent Application Publication No. WO 93/06121; Brenner, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 89:5181 (1992); Gallop, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,846,839; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the structure of relevant multivalent compounds can also be determined from soluble and untagged libraries of candidate multivalent compounds by methods known in the art, such as those described by Hindsgaul, et al. , Canadian Patent Application No. 2,240,325 which was published on July 11, 1998. Such methods couple frontal affinity chromatography with mass spectroscopy to determine both the structure and relative binding affinities of candidate multibinding compounds to receptors.
  • an optional component of the process is to ascertain one or more promising multibinding "lead” compounds as defined by particular relative ligand orientations, linker lengths, linker geometries, etc. Additional libraries can then be generated around these leads to provide for further information regarding structure to activity relationships. These arrays typically bear more focused variations in linker structure to further optimize target affinity and/or activity at the target (antagonism, partial agonism, etc.), and/or alter physical properties. By iterative redesign/analysis using the novel principles of multibinding design along with classical medicinal chemistry, biochemistry, and pharmacology approaches, one is able to prepare and identify optimal multibinding compounds that exhibit biological advantage towards their targets and as therapeutic agents.
  • suitable divalent linkers include, by way of example only, those derived from dicarboxylic acids, disulfonylhalides, dialdehydes, dipseudohalides, diketones, dihalides, diisocyanates, diamines, diols, diboronates, mixtures of carboxylic acids, sulfonylhalides, aldehydes, ketones, halides, isocyanates, amines and diols.
  • the carboxylic acid, sulfonylhalide, aldehyde, ketone, halide, isocyanate, amine and diol functional group is reacted with a complementary functionality on the ligand to form a covalent linkage.
  • complementary functionality is well known in the art as illustrated in the following table, which is exemplary only:
  • First Reactive Group Second Reactive Group Linkage hydroxyl isocyanate urethane amine epoxide ⁇ -hydroxyamine sulfonyl halide amine sulfonamide carboxyl ; acid amine amide hydroxyl alkyl/aryl halide ether aldehyde amine/NaCNBH 4 amine ketone amine/NaCNBH 4 amine amine isocyanate carbamate
  • Exemplary linkers include the following linkers identified as X-1 through X-418 as set forth below in Table 1 : -71-
  • Representative ligands for use in this invention include, by way of example, L-1 through L-14 as identified above.
  • Combinations of ligands (L) and linkers (X) per this invention include, by way example only, homo- and hetero-dimers wherein a first ligand is selected from L-1 through L-14 above and the second ligand and linker is selected from the following:

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are novel multi-binding compounds (agents) which bind to PPARη receptors. The compounds of this invention comprise a plurality of ligands each of which can bind to such receptors thereby modulating the biological processes and/or functions thereof. The ligands are capable of binding to either a PPARη receptor or a RXR receptor, so long as at least one ligand of the multi-binding compound binds to a PPARη receptor. Each of the ligands is covalently attached to a linker or linkers which may be the same or different to provide for the multi-binding compound. The linker is selected such that the multi-binding compound so constructed demonstrates increased modulation of the biological processes mediated by the PPARη receptor.

Description

MULTIBINDING AGENTS THAT MODULATE PPARγ AND RXR RECEPTORS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of United States Provisional Serial Number 60/088.466. filed June 8, 1998, and United States Provisional Serial Number 60/092.938. filed July 15, 1998.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Field of the Invention
This invention relates to novel therapeutic agents which bind to mammalian receptors and modulate their activity. More particularly, the invention relates to novel therapeutic agents that bind to and modulate the in vivo activity of PPARγ and RXR receptors in mammals by acting as multi-binding compounds. The therapeutic agents or multi-binding compounds described herein comprise at least two ligands connected by a linker or linkers, wherein said ligands in their monovalent state bind to and/or are capable of modulating the activity of the PPARγ and RXR receptors. The linking moiety is chosen such that the multi- binding compounds so constructed demonstrate increased biological activity as compared to the same number of individual units of the ligand or ligands. The invention also relates to methods of using such compounds, to methods of preparing such compounds and to pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
These multi-binding compounds are particularly useful in treating mammalian conditions that are mediated by the PPARγ receptors targeted by the ligands, such as non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, cancer, including colon carcinomas and lipocarcinomas, hyperlipidemia, atherosclerosis and inflammatory diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease. Accordingly, this invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and an effective amount of a multi-binding compound of this invention.
Publications cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety.
State of the Art
A receptor is a biological structure with one or more binding domains that reversibly complexes with one or more ligands, where that complexation has biological consequences.
Receptors can exist entirely outside the cell (extracellular receptors), within the cell membrane (but presenting sections of the receptor to the extracellular milieu and cytosol), or entirely within the cell (intracellular receptors). They may also function independently of a cell (e.g., clot formation). Receptors within the cell membrane allow a cell to communicate with the space outside of its boundaries (i.e., signaling) as well as to function in the transport of molecules and ions into and out of the cell.
A ligand is a binding partner for a specific receptor or family of receptors. A ligand may be the endogenous ligand for the receptor or alternatively may be a synthetic ligand for the receptor such as a drug, a drug candidate or a pharmacological tool.
The ligands that bind to cellular receptors may be specifically classified as follows: 1. Full agonists - ligands that when bound trigger the maximum activity seen by natural ligands;
2. Partial agonists- ligands that when bound trigger sub-maximal activity;
3. Antagonist- ligands that when bound inhibit or prevent the activity arising from a natural ligand binding to the receptor. Antagonists may be of the surmountable class (results in the parallel displacement of the dose-response curve of the agonist to the right in a dose dependent fashion without reducing the maximal response for the agonist) or insurmountable class (results in depression of the maximal response for a given agonist with or without the parallel shift); 4. Inverse antagonist-ligands that when bound decrease the basal activity of the unbound receptor (if any).
There are four fundamental measurable properties that pertain to the interaction of a ligand with its receptor:
1) the affinity of the ligand for the receptor, which relates to the energetics of the binding;
2) the efficacy of the ligand for the receptor, which relates to the functional downstream activity of the ligand;
3) the kinetics of the ligand for the receptor, which defines the onset of action and the duration of action; and 4) the desensitization of the receptor for the ligand.
With regard to the ligand, it is the combination of these properties that provides the foundation for defining the nature of the functional response. Thus, an activating ligand (or agonist) has affinity for the receptor and downstream efficacy. In contrast, an inhibiting ligand (antagonist) has affinity for the receptor but no efficacy. Selectivity defines the ratios of affinities or the ratios of efficacies of a given ligand compared across two receptors. It is the selectivity of a specific drug that provides the required biological profile.
Current drugs (ligands) targeting PPARγ receptors have clinical shortcomings identified by one or more of low efficacy, low affinity, poor safety profile, lack of selectivity or overselectivity for the intended receptor, and suboptimal duration of action and onset of action. Accordingly, it would be beneficial to develop ligands that have improved affinity, efficacy, selectivity, onset of action and duration of action.
Affinity of ligand for target receptor
An increase in ligand affinity to the target receptor may contribute to reducing the dose of ligand required to induce the desired therapeutic effect. A reduction in ligand affinity will remove activity and may contribute to the selectivity profile for a ligand.
Efficacy of ligand at a target receptor (functional effect)
An increased ligand efficacy at a target receptor can lead to a reduction in the dose required to mediate the desired therapeutic effect. This increase in efficacy may arise from an improved positive functional response of the ligand or a change from a partial to full agonist profile. Reduced efficacy of a full agonist to a partial agonist may provide clinical benefit by modulating the biological response.
Selectivity of ligand compared across receptor subtypes
An increase in the selectivity of the ligand across receptor subtypes requires that the affinity or efficacy of the ligand at other receptors is reduced relative to the desired receptor. Onset of Action
More rapid onset of action of the ligand to effect a biological response is often preferred.
Duration of Action An increased duration of action of the ligand to effect a biological response may be preferred. For example β2 adrenergic agonists such as albuterol have a relatively short duration of action of approximately 3-4 hours and an increase in duration of action would simplify the dosing regimen required to administer this drug (ligand).
The nuclear receptor superfamily comprises a number of ligand-activated transcription factors which control a wide range of biological processes involving gene expression such as differentiation, development and homeostasis. This superfamily of receptors includes the estrogen (ER), thyroid(TR), progesterone (PR) and retinoid receptors (RXR, RAR), in addition to the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPARα, PPARδ, and PPARγ). These receptors possess the common structural motifs of an amino-terminal ligand independent transactivation domain, a central DNA binding domain, and a carboxy-terminal ligand-binding domain (LBD). The central DNA binding domain recognizes a specific sequence of DNA, termed generically the Hormone Response Element (HRE). Activation of these receptors is associated with the binding of specific small molecule ligands to the LBD site, which then correlates with the association of the DNA binding domain with an HRE site on DNA, leading to transcriptional events. There is a body of crystallographic and biological evidence indicating that this class of receptors functions as a homo- or hetero-dimeric complex. For a review, see Cell Vol 83 (1995) 835-839. The peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma (PPARγ) is found principally in adipocytes and forms a functional heterodimer with the retinoid X receptor (RXR). Receptor dimerization has been shown to be required for functional gene expression via activation of the nuclear receptors. Activation of the PPARγ-RXR heterodimer by PPARγ-specific or RXR-specific ligands in preadipocytes promotes gene transcription and differentiation to adipocytes. Thus, either ligand can activate the heterodimeric receptor complex. Administration of PPARγ ligands or RXR ligands to mammals with hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, or hypertriglyceridemia leads to a reduction of blood glucose, serum triglycerides and serum non-esterified fatty acids, in addition to the differentiation of adipocytes. Additionally, the co-administration of a PPARγ ligand and an RXR ligand to cells over-expressing the PPARγ-RXR heterodimer is synergistic in activating gene transcription. The coadministration of a PPARγ ligand and an RXR ligand to a hyperglycemic mammal leads to an enhancement of the glucose- and lipid-lowering effects compared to administration of either ligand alone. See Nature Vol 386 (1197) 407-410 and Mol. and Cell Biol. Vol 18 (1998) 3483-3494.
Accordingly, novel ligands having desired potency and therapeutic effect for the PPARγ receptor would be particularly desirable in order to further increase insulin sensitivity, especially in the case of non- insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) in mammalian patients. Such novel ligands would preferably achieve the desired potency and therapeutic effect by modulating one or more of the ligand 's properties as to efficacy, affinity, safety profile, selectivity, duration of action and/or onset of action. This may have advantages in the effects on other disease states as well, such as certain types of cancer, hyperlipidemia, atherosclerosis and inflammatory diseases. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
This invention is directed to general synthetic methods for generating large libraries of diverse multimeric compounds which multimeric compounds are candidates for possessing multibinding properties. The diverse multimeric compound libraries provided by this invention are synthesized by combining a linker or linkers with a ligand or ligands to provide for a library of multimeric compounds wherein the linker and ligand each have complementary functional groups permitting covalent linkage. The library of linkers is preferably selected to have diverse properties such as valency, linker length, linker geometry and rigidity, hydrophilicity or hydrophobicity, amphiphilicity, acidity, basicity and polarization. The library of ligands is preferably selected to have diverse attachment points on the same ligand, different functional groups at the same site of otherwise the same ligand, and the like.
This invention is also directed to libraries of diverse multimeric compounds which multimeric compounds are candidates for possessing multibinding properties. These libraries are prepared via the methods described above and permit the rapid and efficient evaluation of what molecular constraints impart multibinding properties to a ligand or a class of ligands targeting a receptor.
Accordingly, in one of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to a multi-binding compound and salts thereof comprising 2 to 10 ligands, which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers which may be the same of different, at least one of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to a PPARγ receptor, and a second ligand being capable of binding to an RXR receptor. Preferably, at least two and more preferably each of the ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more of a PPARγ receptor or a RXR receptor. The multi-binding compounds of this invention are preferably represented by formula I:
(L)p(X)q I
wherein each L is independently selected from ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more of a PPARγ receptor or a RXR receptor; X is independently a linker; p is an integer of from 2 to 10; q is an integer of from 1 to 20; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, with the proviso that where one ligand binds to an RXR receptor, at least one other ligand binds to a PPARγ receptor. Preferably, q is less than p.
In another of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and an effective amount of a multi-binding compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers which may be the same or different, at least one of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more of a PPARγ receptor or a RXR receptor, with the proviso that where one ligand binds to an RXR receptor, at least one other ligand binds to a PPARγ receptor.
Preferably, said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more of a PPARγ receptor or RXR receptor modulate insulin sensitivity in mammals. More preferably, said ligands are selected from the group selected from Formulas A-K and II-IV presented herein. In all embodiments, at least one ligand is a PPARγ ligand. In still another of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and an effective amount of a multi-binding compound represented by formula I:
(L)p(X)q
wherein each L is independently selected from ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to a PPARγ receptor or RXR receptor; X is a linker; p is an integer of from 2 to 10; q is an integer of from 1 to 20; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, with the proviso that where one ligand binds to an RXR receptor, at least one other ligand binds to a PPARγ receptor. Preferably, q is less than/?, and more preferably the ligand is selected from the group represented by Formulas A-K and II-IV herein.
In one of its method aspects, this invention is directed to a method for increasing insulin sensitivity in a mammal mediated by one or more of PPARγ and RXR receptors, which method comprises administering to said mammal an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a multi-binding compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers which may be the same or different, at least two of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more of PPARγ and RXR receptors, with the proviso that at least one ligand is a PPARγ ligand.
In another of its method aspects, this invention is directed to a method for treating diseases including NIDDM, cancer, hyperlipidimia, atherosclerosis and inflammatory diseases, especially NIDDM, in a mammal mediated by PPARγ receptors which method comprises administering to said mammal an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a multi-binding compound represented by formula I:
( p(X)q I wherein each L is independently selected from ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to at least one of a PPARγ or RXR receptor mediating insulin sensitivity; X is a linker; p is an integer of from 2 to 10; q is an integer of from 1 to 20 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein at least one ligand must bind to the PPARγ receptor.
Preferably, q is less than/7, and more preferably, the ligand is selected from the group consisting of PPARγ and RXR ligands as set forth in Formulas A- K and II-IV herein. However, in one embodiment, at least one of the ligands in said multi-binding compound is a corticosteroid.
Accordingly, in one of its method aspects, this invention is directed to a method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties which method comprises:
(a) identifying a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality;
(b) identifying a library of linkers wherein each linker in said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
(c) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in (a) with the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; and
(d) assaying the multimeric ligand compounds produced in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties. In another of its method aspects, this invention is directed to a method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties which method comprises:
(a) identifying a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality;
(b) identifying a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
(c) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; and
(d) assaying the multimeric ligand compounds produced in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties.
The preparation of the multimeric ligand compound library is achieved by either the sequential or concurrent combination of the two or more stoichiometric equivalents of the ligands identified in (a) with the linkers identified in (b). Sequential addition is preferred when a mixture of different ligands is employed to ensure heterodimeric or multimeric compounds are prepared. Concurrent addition of the ligands is preferred when at least a portion of the multimeric compounds prepared are homomultimeric compounds.
The assay protocols recited in (d) can be conducted on the multimeric ligand compound library produced in (c) above, or preferably, each member of the library is isolated by preparative liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LCMS). In one of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to a library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent properties which library is prepared by the method comprising:
(a) identifying a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality;
(b) identifying a library of linkers wherein each linker in said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; and
(c) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in (a) with the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands.
In another of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to a library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent properties which library is prepared by the method comprising:
(a) identifying a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality;
(b) identifying a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; and
(c) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands. In a preferred embodiment, the library of linkers employed in either the methods or the library aspects of this invention is selected from the group comprising flexible linkers, rigid linkers, hydrophobic linkers, hydrophilic linkers, linkers of different geometry, acidic linkers, basic linkers, linkers of different polarization and/or polarizability and amphiphilic linkers. For example, in one embodiment, each of the linkers in the linker library may comprise linkers of different chain length and/or having different complementrry reactive groups. Such linker lengths can preferably range from about 2 to lOOA.
In another preferred embodiment, the ligand or mixture of ligands is selected to have reactive functionality at different sites on said ligands in order to provide for a range of orientations of said ligand on said multimeric ligand compounds. Such reactive functionality includes, by way of example, carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid halides, carboxyl esters, amines, halides, pseudohalides, isocyanates, vinyl unsaturation, ketones, aldehydes, thiols, alcohols, anhydrides, boronates and precursors thereof. It is understood, of course, that the reactive functionality on the ligand is selected to be complementary to at least one of the reactive groups on the linker so that a covalent linkage can be formed between the linker and the ligand.
In other embodiments, the multimeric ligand compound is homomeric (i.e., each of the ligands is the same PPARγ ligand, although it may be attached at different points) or heteromeric (i.e. , at least one of the ligands is different from the other ligands).
In addition to the combinatorial methods described herein, this invention provides for an iterative process for rationally evaluating what molecular constraints impart multibinding properties to a class of multimeric compounds or ligands targeting a receptor. Specifically, this method aspect is directed to a method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties which method comprises:
(a) preparing a first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which is prepared by contacting at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands which target a receptor with a linker or mixture of linkers wherein said ligand or mixture of ligands comprises at least one reactive functionality and said linker or mixture of linkers comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand wherein said contacting is conducted under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands;
(b) assaying said first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds to assess which if any of said multimeric compounds possess multibinding properties; (c) repeating the process of (a) and (b) above until at least one multimeric compound is found to possess multibinding properties;
(d) evaluating what molecular constraints imparted multibinding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in the first iteration recited in (a)- (c) above; (e) creating a second collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which elaborates upon the particular molecular constraints imparting multibinding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in said first iteration;
(f) evaluating what molecular constraints imparted enhanced multibinding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in the second collection or iteration recited in (e) above;
(g) optionally repeating steps (e) and (f) to further elaborate upon said molecular constraints. Preferably, steps (e) and (f) are repeated at least two times, more preferably at least from 2-50 times, even more preferably from at least 3 to 50 times, and still more preferably at least 5-50 times.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Ligand (drug) interactions with cellular receptors are controlled by molecular interaction/recognition between the ligand and the receptor. In turn, such interaction can result in modulation or disruption of the biological processes/functions of these receptors and, in some cases, leads to cell death. Accordingly, when cellular receptors mediate mammalian pathologic conditions, interactions of the ligand with the cellular receptor can be used to treat these conditions. Of particular interest are mammalian PPARγ and RXR receptors which are known to affect insulin sensitivity, serum triglyceride levels and free fatty acids, as well as other important functions controlled by gene expression. As noted above, this invention is directed, in part, to multi-binding compounds that bind PPARγ and RXR receptors.
The "affinity" and "specificity" of the PPARγ and RXR receptors and ligands thereto are dependent upon the complementarity of molecular binding surfaces and the energetic costs of complexation. "Affinity" is sometimes quantified by the equilibrium constant of complex formation. Specificity relates to the difference in affinity between the same ligand binding to different ligand binding sites on the cellular receptor.
The multi-binding compounds of this invention are capable of acting as multi-binding agents and the surprising activity of these compounds arises at least in part from their ability to bind in a multivalent manner with mammalian PPARγ and optionally RXR receptors. Multivalent binding interactions are characterized . by the concurrent interaction of multiple ligands with multiple ligand binding sites on one or more PPARγ and optionally RXR receptors. Multivalent interactions differ from collections of individual monovalent interactions by imparting enhanced biological and/or therapeutic effect. Examples of multivalent binding interactions (e.g., trivalent) relative to monovalent binding interactions are shown below:
Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000018_0002
Just as multivalent binding can amplify binding affinities, it can also amplify differences in binding affinities, resulting in enhanced binding specificity as well as affinity.
Definitions: Prior to discussing this invention in further detail, the following terms will first be defined.
The term "alkyl" refers to a monoradical branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon chain preferably having from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. This term is exemplified by groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, wσ-propyl, n-butyl, iso- butyl, n-hexyl, n-decyl, tetradecyl, and the like.
The term "substituted alkyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined above, having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO- heteroaryl, -SO2-alkyl, -SO2-substituted alkyl, -SO2-aryl and -SO2 -heteroaryl.
The term "alkylene" refers to a diradical of a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon chain, preferably having from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. This term is exemplified by groups such as methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), the propylene isomers (e.g. , -CH2CH2CH2- and -CH(CH3)CH2-) and the like.
The term "substituted alkylene" refers to an alkylene group, as defined above, having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, - SO-heteroaryl, -SO2-alkyl, -SO2-substituted alkyl, -SO2-aryl and -SO2-heteroaryl. Additionally, such substituted alkylene groups include those where 2 substituents on the alkylene group are fused to form one or more cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups fused to the alkylene group. Preferably such fused groups contain from 1 to 3 fused ring structures.
The term "alkaryl" refers to the groups -alkylene-aryl and -substituted alkylene-aryl where alkylene, substituted alkylene and aryl are defined herein. Such alkaryl groups are exemplified by benzyl, phenethyl and the like.
The term "alkoxy" refers to the groups alkyl-O-, alkenyl-O-, cycloalkyl-O- , cycloalkenyl-O-, and alkynyl-O-, where alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and alkynyl are as defined herein. Preferred alkoxy groups are alkyl-O- and include, by way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso- propoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2- dimethylbutoxy, and the like.
The term "substituted alkoxy" refers to the groups substituted alkyl-O-, substituted alkenyl-O-, substituted cycloalkyl-O-, substituted cycloalkenyl-O-, and substituted alkynyl-O- where substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl and substituted alkynyl are as defined herein.
The term "alkylalkoxy" refers to the groups -alkylene-O-alkyl, -alkylene-O-substituted alkyl, -substituted alkylene-O-alkyl and -substituted alkylene-O-substituted alkyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein. Preferred alkylalkoxy groups are alkylene-O-alkyl and include, by way of example, methylenemethoxy
(-CH2OCH3), ethylenemethoxy (-CH2CH2OCH3), n-propylene-.sσ-propoxy (-CH2CH2CH2OCH(CH3)2), methylene-t-butoxy (-CH2-O-C(CH3)3) and the like.
The term "alkylthioalkoxy" refers to the group -alkylene-S-alkyl, alkylene-S-substituted alkyl, substituted alkylene-S-alkyl and substituted alkylene- S-substituted alkyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein. Preferred alkylthioalkoxy groups are alkylene-S- alkyl and include, by way of example, methylenethiomethoxy (-CH2SCH3), ethylenethiomethoxy (-CH2CH2SCH3), n-propylene-wo-thiopropoxy
(-CH2CH2CH2SCH(CH3)2), methylene-t-thiobutoxy (-CH2SC(CH3)3) and the like.
The term "alkenyl" refers to a monoradical of a branched or unbranched unsaturated hydrocarbon group preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from 1-6 sites of vinyl unsaturation. Preferred alkenyl groups include ethenyl (-CH = CH2), n-propenyl (-CH2CH = CH2), iso- propenyl (-C(CH3) = CH2), and the like.
The term "substituted alkenyl" refers to an alkenyl group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO2-alkyl, -SO2-substituted alkyl, -SO2-aryl and -SO2-heteroaryl.
The term "alkenylene" refers to a diradical of a branched or unbranched unsaturated hydrocarbon group preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from 1-6 sites of vinyl unsaturation. This term is exemplified by groups such as ethenylene (-CH=CH-), the propenylene isomers (e.g. , -CH2CH=CH- and -C(CH3)=CH-) and the like.
The term "substituted alkenylene" refers to an alkenylene group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, - SO-heteroaryl, -SO2-alkyl, -SO2-substituted alkyl, -SO2-aryl and -SO2-heteroaryl. Additionally, such substituted alkenylene groups include those where 2 substituents on the alkenylene group are fused to form one or more cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups fused to the alkenylene group.
The term "alkynyl" refers to a monoradical of an unsaturated hydrocarbon preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from 1-6 sites of acetylene (triple bond) unsaturation. Preferred alkynyl groups include ethynyl (-C≡CH2), propargyl (-CH2C≡CH) and the like.
The term "substituted alkynyl" refers to an alkynyl group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl,
-SO-heteroaryl, -SO2-alkyl, -SO2-substituted alkyl, -SO2-aryl and -SO2-heteroaryl.
The term "alkynylene" refers to a diradical of an unsaturated hydrocarbon preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from 1-6 sites of acetylene (triple bond) unsaturation. Preferred alkynylene groups include ethynylene (-C≡C-), propargylene (-CHC≡C-) and the like.
The term "substituted alkynylene" refers to an alkynylene group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO- heteroaryl, -SO -alkyl, -SO2-substituted alkyl, -SO2-aryl and -SO2-heteroaryl.
The term "acyl" refers to the groups HC(O)-, alkyl-C(O)-, substituted alkyl-C(O)-, cycloalkyl-C(O)-, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)-, cycloalkenyl-C(O)-, substituted cycloalkenyl-C(O)-, aryl-C(O)-, heteroaryl-C(O)- and heterocyclic- C(O)- where alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "acylamino" refers to the group -C(O)NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic or where both R groups are joined to form a heterocyclic group (e.g. , morpholino) wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "aminoacyl" refers to the group -NRC(O)R where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "aminoacyloxy" refers to the group -NRC(O)OR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "acyloxy" refers to the groups alkyl-C(O)O-, substituted alkyl- C(O)O-, cycloalkyl-C(O)O-, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)O-, aryl-C(O)O-, heteroaryl-C(O)O-, and heterocyclic-C(O)O- wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "aryl" refers to an unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 20 carbon atoms having a single ring (e.g. , phenyl) or multiple condensed (fused) rings (e.g. , naphthyl or anthryl). Preferred aryls include phenyl, naphthyl and the like. Unless otherwise constrained by the definition for the aryl substituent, such aryl groups can optionally be substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents, preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halo, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, -SO-alkyl, -SO- substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO2-alkyl, -SO2-substituted alkyl,
-SO2-aryl, -SO2-heteroaryl and trihalomethyl. Preferred aryl substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, and thioalkoxy.
The term "aryloxy" refers to the group aryl-O- wherein the aryl group is as defined above including optionally substituted aryl groups as also defined above.
The term "arylene" refers to the diradical derived from aryl (including substituted aryl) as defined above and is exemplified by 1,2-phenylene, 1,3- phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 1 ,2-naphthylene and the like.
The term "amino" refers to the group -NH2.
The term "substituted amino" refers to the group -NRR where each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic provided that both R's are not hydrogen. The term "carboxyalkyl" refers to the groups "-C(O)O-alkyl", "-C(O)O- substituted alkyl", "-C(O)O-cycloalkyl", "-C(O)O-substituted cycloalkyl", "- C(O)O-alkenyl", "-C(O)O-substituted alkenyl", "-C(O)O-alkynyl" and "-C(O)O- substituted alkynyl" where alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl and substituted alkynyl are as defined herein.
The term "cycloalkyl" refers to cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 20 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring or multiple condensed rings. Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multiple ring structures such as adamantanyl, and the like.
The term "substituted cycloalkyl" refers to cycloalkyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl,
-SO-heteroaryl, -SO2-alkyl, -SO2-substituted alkyl, -SO2-aryl and -SO2-heteroaryl.
The term "cycloalkenyl" refers to cyclic alkenyl groups of from 4 to 20 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring and at least one point of internal unsaturation. Examples of suitable cycloalkenyl groups include, for instance, cyclobut-2-enyl, cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclooct-3-enyl and the like. The term "substituted cycloalkenyl" refers to cycloalkenyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, ubstituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO2-alkyl, -SO2-substituted alkyl, -SO2-aryl and -SO2-heteroaryl.
The term "halo" or "halogen" refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic group of from 1 to 15 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur within at least one ring (if there is more than one ring).
Unless otherwise constrained by the definition for the heteroaryl substituent, such heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with 1 to 5 substituents, preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halo, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, - SO2-alkyl, -SO2-substituted alkyl, -SO2-aryl, -SO2-heteroaryl and trihalomethyl. Preferred aryl substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, and thioalkoxy. Such heteroaryl groups can have a single ring (e.g., pyridyl or furyl) or multiple condensed rings (e.g. , indolizinyl or benzothienyl). Preferred heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrrolyl and furyl.
The term "heteroaryloxy" refers to the group heteroaryl-O-.
The term "heteroarylene" refers to the diradical group derived from heteroaryl (including substituted heteroaryl), as defined above, and is exemplified by the groups 2,6-pyridylene, 2,4-pyridiylene, 1,2-quinolinylene, 1,8- quinolinylene, 1 ,4-benzofuranylene, 2,5-pyridnylene, 2,5-indolenyl and the like.
The term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic" refers to a monoradical saturated unsaturated group having a single ring or multiple condensed rings, from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and from 1 to 10 hetero atoms, preferably 1 to 4 heteroatoms, selected from nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, and/or oxygen within the ring.
Unless otherwise constrained by the definition for the heterocyclic substituent, such heterocyclic groups can be optionally substituted with 1 to 5, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO- substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO2-alkyl, -SO2-substituted alkyl, -SO2-aryl and -SO2-heteroaryl. Such heterocyclic groups can have a single ring or multiple condensed rings. Preferred heterocyclics include morpholino, piperidinyl, and the like. Examples of nitrogen heterocycles and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, morpholino, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like as well as N-alkoxy-nitrogen containing heterocycles.
A preferred class of heterocyclics include "crown compounds" which refers to a specific class of heterocyclic compounds having one or more repeating units of the formula [-(CH2-)mY-] where m is ≥ 2, and Y at each separate occurrence can be O, N, S or P. Examples of crown compounds include, by way of example only, [-(CH2)3-NH-]3, [-((CH2)2-O)4-((CH2)2-NH)2] and the like. Typically such crown compounds can have from 4 to 10 heteroatoms and 8 to 40 carbon atoms.
The term "heterocyclooxy" refers to the group heterocyclic-O-.
The term "thioheterocyclooxy" refers to the group heterocyclic-S-.
The term "heterocyclene" refers to the diradical group formed from a heterocycle, as defined herein, and is exemplified by the groups 2,6-morpholino, 2, 5 -morpholino and the like.
The term "oxyacylamino" refers to the group -OC(O)NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "pseudohalide" refers to functional groups which react in displacement reactions in a manner similar to a halogen. Such functional groups include, by way of example, mesyl, tosyl, azido and cyano groups.
The term "thiol" refers to the group -SH.
The term "thioalkoxy" refers to the group -S-alkyl.
The term "substituted thioalkoxy" refers to the group -S-substituted alkyl.
The term "thioaryloxy" refers to the group aryl-S- wherein the aryl group is as defined above including optionally substituted aryl groups also defined above.
The term "thioheteroaryloxy" refers to the group heteroaryl-S- wherein the heteroaryl group is as defined above including optionally substituted aryl groups as also defined above.
As to any of the above groups which contain one or more substituents, it is understood, of course, that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non- feasible. In addition, the compounds of this invention include all stereochemical isomers arising from the substitution of these compounds.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the multi-binding compounds of this invention and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. In many cases, the multi-binding compounds of this invention are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto.
Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be prepared from inorganic and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases, include by way of example only, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium calcium and magnesium salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, such as alkyl amines, dialkyl amines, trialkyl amines, substituted alkyl amines, di(substituted alkyl) amines, tri(substituted alkyl) amines, alkenyl amines, dialkenyl amines, trialkenyl amines, substituted alkenyl amines, di(substituted alkenyl) amines, tri(substituted alkenyl) amines, cycloalkyl amines, di(cycloalkyl) amines, tri(cycloalkyl) amines, substituted cycloalkyl amines, disubstituted cycloalkyl amine, trisubstituted cycloalkyl amines, cycloalkenyl amines, di(cycloalkenyl) amines, tri(cycloalkenyl) amines, substituted cycloalkenyl amines, disubstituted cycloalkenyl amine, trisubstituted cycloalkenyl amines, aryl amines, diary 1 amines, triaryl amines, heteroaryl amines, diheteroaryl amines, triheteroaryl amines, heterocyclic amines, diheterocyclic amines, triheterocyclic amines, mixed di- and tri-amines where at least two of the substituents on the amine are different and are selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and the like. Also included are amines where the two or three substituents, together with the amino nitrogen, form a heterocyclic or heteroaryl group.
Examples of suitable amines include, by way of example only, isopropylamine, trimethyl amine, diethyl amine, tri(z'sø-propyl) amine, tri(n- propyl) amine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, tromethamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, N-alkylglucamines, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, and the like. It should also be understood that other carboxylic acid derivatives would be useful in the practice of this invention, for example, carboxylic acid amides, including carboxamides, lower alkyl carboxamides, dialkyl carboxamides, and the like.
Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be prepared from inorganic and organic acids. Salts derived from inorganic acids include hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Salts derived from organic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzo ic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluene-sulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
The term "protecting group" or "blocking group" refers to any group which when bound to one or more hydroxyl, thiol, amino or carboxyl groups of the compounds (including intermediates thereof) prevents reactions from occurring at these groups and which protecting group can be removed by conventional chemical or enzymatic steps to reestablish the hydroxyl, thiol, amino or carboxyl group (Green, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2 Ed., John Wiley &
Sons, NY, NY (1991)). The particular removable blocking group employed is not critical and preferred removable hydroxyl blocking groups include conventional substituents such as allyl, benzyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, thiobenzyl, benzylidine, phenacyl, t-butyl-diphenylsilyl and any other group that can be introduced chemically onto a hydroxyl functionality and later selectively removed either by chemical or enzymatic methods in mild conditions compatible with the nature of the product. Preferred removable amino blocking groups include conventional substituents such as t-butyoxycarbonyl (t-BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), and the like which can be removed by conventional conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
Preferred carboxyl protecting groups include esters such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, t-butyl etc. which can be removed by mild hydrolysis conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
The term "optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event, circumstance or substituent may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
As used herein, the terms "inert organic solvent" or "inert solvent" mean a solvent inert under the conditions of the reaction being described in conjunction therewith [including, for example, benzene, toluene, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran ("THF"), dimethylformamide ("DMF"), chloroform (CHC13), methylene chloride (or dichloromethane or "CH2C12"), diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, acetone, methylethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, tert-butanol, dioxane, pyridine, and the like]. Unless specified to the contrary, the solvents used in the reactions of the present invention are inert solvents.
The "PPARγ receptor" is a receptor and plays a role in the mechanisms of insulin sensitivity. PPARγ receptors are located primarily in adipose tissues throughout the body. The PPARγ receptor forms a heterodimer with the RXR receptor. Together, they act to affect insulin sensitivity in the cell, particularly as results from NIDDM, and may affect inflammatory diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease, cancer such as colon carcinoma and lipocarcinoma, hyperlipidemia and arterioclerosis.
It should be recognized that the PPARγ and RXR receptors that participate in biological multivalent binding interactions are constrained to varying degrees by their intra- and intermolecular associations (e.g. cellular receptors may be covalently joined in a single structure, noncovalently associated in a multimeric structure, embedded in a membrane or polymeric matrix and so on) and therefore have less translational and rotational freedom than if the same cellular receptors were present as monomers in solution.
The term "library" refers to at least 3, preferably from 10? to 10^ and more preferably from l(fi to lO^ multimeric compounds. Preferably, these compounds are prepared as a multiplicity of compounds in a single solution or reaction mixture which permits facile synthesis thereof. In one embodiment, the library of multimeric compounds can be directly assayed for multibinding properties. In another embodiment, each member of the library of multimeric compounds is first isolated and, optionally, characterized. This member is then assayed for multibinding properties.
The term "collection" refers to a set of multimeric compounds which are prepared either sequentially or concurrently (e.g., combinatorially). The collection comprises at least 2 members; preferably from 2 to iΦ members and still more preferably from 10 to 1 ^ members.
The term "ligand binding site" as used herein denotes the site on the PPARγ or RXR receptor that recognizes a ligand domain and provides a binding partner for that ligand. The ligand binding site may be defined by monomeric or multimeric structures. This interaction may be capable of producing a unique biological effect, for example agonism, antagonism, modulatory effect and the like or may maintain an ongoing biological event.
"PPARγ Ligand" as used herein denotes a compound that is a binding partner for the PPARγ receptor and is bound thereto by complementarity. The specific region or regions of the ligand that is (are) recognized by the PPARγ receptor is designated as the "PPAR ligand domain" . A ligand may be either capable of binding to a receptor by itself, or may require the presence of one or mmoorree nnoonn--hgand components for binding (e.g. , Ca +2 , Mg +2 or a water molecule).
"RXR Ligand" as used herein denotes a compound that is a binding partner for the RXR receptor and is bound thereto by complementarity. The specific region or regions of the ligand that is (are) recognized by the RXR receptor is designated as the "RXR ligand domain" . A ligand may be either capable of binding to a receptor by itself, or may require the presence of one or more non- ligand components for binding (e.g., Ca +2 , Mg +2 or a water molecule).
It is further understood that the term "PPARγ ligand" or "RXR ligand" is not intended to be limited to compounds known to be useful as PPARγ and RXR receptor binding compounds (e.g., known drugs). It should also be understood that portions of the ligand structure that are not essential for specific molecular recognition and binding activity may be varied substantially, replaced with unrelated structures and, in some cases, omitted entirely without affecting the binding interaction. The primary requirement for the ligand is that it has a ligand domain as defined above. Those skilled in the art will understand that the term ligand can equally apply to a molecule that is not normally associated with PPARγ and RXR cellular receptor binding properties. In addition, it should be noted that ligands that exhibit marginal activity or lack useful activity as monomers can be highly active as multivalent compounds because of the benefits conferred by multivalency. The only requirement for a ligand is that it has a ligand binding domain as defined above.
A "multimeric compound" refers to a compound that is capable of multivalency as defined below, and which has 2 to 10 ligands covalently bound to one or more linkers which may be the same or different. The compound may or may not possess multibinding properties. At least one of the ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more PPARγ receptors, and optionally RXR receptors. The multi -binding compound provides a biological and/or therapeutic effect greater than the aggregate of unlinked ligands equivalent thereto which may be the same or different which unlinked ligands comprise a ligand domain capable of binding to one or more PPARγ receptors, and optionally RXR receptors. That is to say that the biological and/or therapeutic effect of the PPARγ and/or RXR binding ligands attached to the multi-binding compound is greater than that achieved by the same amount of unlinked PPARγ and/ or RXR ligands made available for binding to the ligand binding sites.
The phrase "increased biological or therapeutic effect" includes, for example increased affinity for a target, increased specificity for a target, increased selectivity for a target, increased potency, increased efficacy, decreased toxicity, improved duration of action, decreased side effects, increased therapeutic index, improved bioavailability, improved pharmacokinetics, improved activity spectrum, and the like. The multi-binding compounds of this invention will exhibit at least one and preferably more than one of the above mentioned effects.
"Uni-valency" as used herein refers to a single binding interaction between one ligand as defined herein with one ligand binding site as defined herein. It should be noted that a molecule having multiple copies of a ligand (or ligands) exhibits uni-valency when only one ligand is interacting with a ligand binding site. Examples of a univalent interaction are depicted below.
Figure imgf000037_0001
"Multi- valency" as used herein refers to the concurrent binding of from 2 to 10 linked ligands (which may be the same or different) and two or more corresponding ligand binding sites on the receptors which receptors may be the same or different.
For example, two ligands connected by a linker that bind concurrently to two ligand binding sites would be considered as bi-valency; three ligands thus connected would be an example of tri-valency. An example of tri-valency illustrating a multi-binding agent bearing three ligands versus a monovalent binding interaction is shown below:
Figure imgf000037_0002
univalent interaction
Figure imgf000037_0003
trivalent interaction It should be understood that all compounds that contain multiple copies of a ligand attached to a linker do not necessarily exhibit the phenomena of multivalency, i.e. , that the biological and/or therapeutic effect of the multi-binding agent is greater than the sum of the aggregate of unlinked ligands made available to the ligand binding site. For multivalency to occur, the ligands that are connected by a linker have to be presented to their receptors by the linker in a specific manner in order to bring about the desired ligand-orienting result, and thus produce a multi-binding agent.
"Potency" as used herein refers to the minimum concentration at which a ligand is able to achieve a desirable biological or therapeutic effect. The potency of a ligand is typically proportional to its affinity for its ligand binding site. In some cases the potency may be non-linearly correlated with its affinity. In comparing the potency of two drugs, e.g., a multi-binding agent and the aggregate of its unlinked ligand, the dose-response curve of each is determined under identical test conditions (e.g. an in vitro or in vivo assay, in an appropriate animal model such as a human patient). The finding that the multi-binding agent produces an equivalent biological or therapeutic effect at a lower concentration than the aggregate unlinked ligand (e.g. on a per weight, per mole or per ligand basis) is indicative of enhanced potency.
"Selectivity" or "specificity" is a measure of the binding preferences of a ligand for different ligand binding sites. The selectivity of a ligand with respect to its target ligand binding site relative to another ligand binding site is given by the ratio of the respective values of I j (i.e., the dissociation constants for each ligand- receptor complex) or in cases where a biological effect is observed below the I j, the ratio of the respective EC5Q s (i.e. , the concentrations that produce 50% of the maximum response for the ligand interacting with the two distinct ligand binding sites). The terms "agonism" and "antagonism" are well known in the art. The term "modulatory effect" refers to the ability of the ligand to change the activity of an agonist or antagonist through binding to a ligand binding site.
The term "partial agonist" refers to a receptor agonist which cannot fully elicit a maximal response when it binds to the receptor, no matter how high the concentration of the partial agonist. A partial agonist is able to combine with the receptor, but the full effect of the binding is not elicited. This term is well known in the art and a discussion of it may be found in Textbook of Receptor Pharmacology, ch 1.4, J. Foreman and T. Johansen eds. , CRC Press, 1996.
The term "treatment" refers to the treatment of diabetes, in particular insulin sensitivity in a mammal, particularly a human, and includes: (i) increasing insulin sensitivity in a subject; (ii) lowering insulin, triglyceride and free fatty acid serum levels; or (iii) relieving or reducing insulin resistance, e.g. , relieving or reducing the intensity and/or severity of the insulin resistance.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" refers to that amount of multi- binding compound which is sufficient to effect treatment, as defined above, when administered to a mammal in need of such treatment. The therapeutically effective amount will vary depending upon the subject and disease condition being treated, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease condition, the manner of administration and the like, which can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
The term "linker," identified where appropriate by the symbol "X", refers to a group or groups that covalently link(s) from 2 to 10 ligands (as identified above) in a manner that provides for a compound capable of multi-valency when in the presence of at least one cellular receptor having 2 or more ligand binding sites. The linker is a ligand-orienting entity which may be chiral or achiral that permits attachment of multiple copies of a ligand (which may be the same or different) thereto. In some cases the linker may be biologically active. The term linker does not, however, extend to cover solid inert supports such as beads, glass particles, fibers and the like. But it is to be understood that the multi-binding compounds of this invention can be attached to a solid support if desired, for example, for use in separation and purification processes and for similar applications.
The ligands and linkers which comprise the multibinding agents of the invention and the multibinding compounds themselves may have various stereoisomeric forms, including enantiomers and diastereomers. It is to be understood that the invention contemplates all possible stereoisomeric forms of multibinding compounds, and mixtures thereof.
The extent to which multivalent binding is realized depends upon the efficiency with which the linker or linkers that joins the ligands presents them to their ligand binding sites on one or more receptors. Beyond presenting ligands for multivalent interactions with ligand binding sites, the linker spatially constrains these interactions to occur within dimensions defined by the linker. Thus the structural features of the linker (valency, geometry, orientation, size, flexibility, chemical composition) are features of multivalent compounds that play an important role in determining their activities.
Methodology
The linker, when covalently attached to the ligands, provides a biocompatible, substantially non- immunogenic multi-binding compound of this invention. The biological activity of the multi-binding compound is highly sensitive to the valency, geometry, composition, size, flexibility or rigidity, etc. of the linker as well as the presence or absence of anionic or cationic charge, the relative hydrophobicity/hydrophilicity of the linker, and the like on the linker. In general, the linker may be chosen from any organic molecule construct that orients two or more ligands to the receptors to permit multi-valency. In this regard, the linker can be considered as a "framework" on which the ligands are arranged in order to bring about the desired ligand-orienting result, and thus produce a multi- binding compound.
Ancillary groups which enhance the water solubility/hydrophilicity of the linker and, accordingly, the resulting multi-binding compounds are useful in practicing this invention. Thus, it is within the scope of the present invention to use ancillary groups such as, for example, poly (ethylene glycols), alcohols, polyols, (e.g., glycerin, glycerol propoxylate, saccharides, including mono-, oligo- and poly saccharides, etc.) carboxylates, polycarboxylates, (e.g. , polyglutamic acid, polyacrylic acid, etc.), amines, polyamines, (e.g., polylycine, poly(ethyleneimine), and the like) to enhance the water solubility and/or hydrophilicity of the multi-binding compounds of this invention. In preferred embodiments, the ancillary group used to improve water solubility/hydrophilicity will be a polyether. In particularly preferred embodiments, the ancillary group will be a poly (ethylene glycol).
The incorporation of lipophilic ancillary groups within the structure of the linker to enhance the lipophilicity and/or hydrophobicity of the multi-binding compounds described herein is within the scope of this invention. Lipophilic groups useful with the linkers of this invention include, by way of example only, aryl and heteroaryl groups which, as above, may be either unsubstituted or substituted with other groups, but are at least substituted with a group which allows their covalent attachment to the linker. Other lipophilic groups useful with the linkers of this invention include fatty acid derivatives which do not form bilayers in aqueous medium until higher concentrations are reached.
Also within the scope of this invention is the use of ancillary groups which result in the multi-binding compound being incorporated into a vesicle such as a liposome or a micelle. The term "lipid" refers to any fatty acid derivative that is capable of forming a bilayer such that a hydrophobic portion of the lipid material orients toward the bilayer while a hydrophilic portion orients toward the aqueous phase. Hydrophilic characteristics derive from the presence of phosphato, carboxylic, sulfato, amino, sulfhydryl, nitro and other like groups well known in the art. Hydrophobicity could be conferred by the inclusion of groups that include, but are not limited to, long chain saturated and unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups of up to 20 carbon atoms and such groups substituted by one or more aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and/or heterocyclic group(s). Preferred lipids are phosphoglycerides and sphingolipids, representative examples of which include phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylinositol, phosphatidic acid, palmitoyleoyl phosphatidylcholine, ly sophosphatidylcholine , ly sophosphatidyl-ethanolamine , dipalmitoy lphosphatidy lcholine , dioleoy lphosphatidy lcholine , distearoy 1- phosphatidylcholine or dilinoleoy lphosphatidy lcholine could be used. Other compounds lacking phosphorus, such as sphingolipid and glycosphingolipid families are also within the group designated as lipid. Additionally, the amphipathic lipids described above may be mixed with other lipids including triglycerides and sterols.
The flexibility of the linker can be manipulated by the inclusion of ancillary groups which are bulky and/or rigid. The presence of bulky or rigid groups can hinder free rotation about bonds in the linker or bonds between the linker and the ancillary group(s) or bonds between the linker and the functional groups. Rigid groups can include, for example, those groups whose conformational lability is restrained by the presence of rings and/or multiple bonds, for example, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclic groups. Other groups which can impart rigidity include polypeptide groups such as oligo- or polyproline chains.
Rigidity can also be imparted electrostatically. Thus, if the ancillary groups are either positively or negatively charged, the similarly charged ancillary groups will force the presenter linker into a configuration affording the maximum distance between each of the like charges. The energetic cost of bringing the like- charged groups closer to each other will tend to hold the linker in a configuration that maintains the separation between the like -charged ancillary groups. Further ancillary groups bearing opposite charges will tend to be attracted to their oppositely charged counterparts and potentially may enter into both inter- and intramolecular ionic bonds. This non-covalent mechanism will tend to hold the linker into a conformation which allows bonding between the oppositely charged groups. The addition of ancillary groups which are charged, or alternatively, bear a latent charge when deprotected, following the addition to the linker, include deprotectation of a carboxyl, hydroxyl, thiol or amino protecting group, by a change in pH, oxidation, reduction or other mechanisms known to those skilled in the art, is within the scope of this invention.
Bulky groups can include, for example, large atoms, ions (e.g. , iodine, sulfur, metal ions, etc.) or groups containing large atoms, polycyclic groups, including aromatic groups, non-aromatic groups and structures incorporating one or more carbon-carbon multiple bonds (i.e., alkenes and alkynes). Bulky groups can also include oligomers and polymers which are branched- or straight-chain species. Species that are branched are expected to increase the rigidity of the structure more per unit molecular weight gain than are straight-chain species. In preferred embodiments, rigidity is imparted by the presence of cyclic groups (e.g. , aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, etc.). In still further preferred embodiments, the ring is an aryl group such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl. In other preferred embodiments, the linker comprises one or more six- membered rings or crown groups which, while not rigid, retain the conformation of the linker through conformational entropy.
In view of the above, it is apparent that the appropriate selection of a linker group providing suitable orientation, entropy and physico-chemical properties is well within the skill of the art. Eliminating or reducing antigenicity of the multi- binding compounds described herein is also within the scope of this invention.
As explained above, the multi-binding compounds described herein comprise 2-10 ligands for PPARγ and/or RXR, so long as at least one PPARγ ligand is present, attached to a linker that links the ligands in such a manner that they are presented to the PPARγ /RXR receptor complex for multivalent interactions. The linker spatially constrains these interactions to occur within dimensions defined by the linker, thus greatly increasing biological activity of the multi-binding compound as compared to the same number of ligands used in mono-binding form.
The multi-binding compounds of this invention are preferably represented by the empirical formula (L)p(X)q where L, X, p and q are as defined above. This is intended to include the several ways in which the ligands can be linked together in order to achieve the objective of multi- valency, and a more detailed explanation is described below.
As noted previously, the linker may be considered as a framework to which ligands are attached. Thus, it should be recognized that the ligands can be attached at any suitable position on this framework, for example, at the termini of a linear chain or at any intermediate position.
The simplest and most preferred multi-binding compound is a bivalent compound which can be represented as L-X-L, where L is a ligand and is the same or different and X is the linker. A trivalent compound could also be represented in a linear fashion, i.e., as a sequence of repeated units L-X-L-X-L, in which L is a ligand and is the same or different at each occurrence, as can X. However, a trimer can also be a multi-binding compound comprising three ligands attached to a central core, and thus represented as (LgX, where the linker X could include, for example, an aryl or cycloalkyl group. Tetravalent compounds can be represented as, for example, in a linear array:
L-X-L-X-L-X-L
or in a tetrahedral array:
Figure imgf000045_0001
where X and L are as defined herein.
The same considerations apply to higher multibinding compounds of this invention containing 5-10 ligands. However, for multibinding agents attached to a central linker such as aryl or cycloalkyl, there is a self-evident constraint that there must be sufficient attachment sites on the linker to accommodate the number of ligands present; for example, a benzene ring could not directly accommodate more than 6 ligands, whereas a multi-ring linker (e.g. , biphenyl) could accommodate a larger number of ligands.
Certain of the above described compounds may alternatively be represented as cyclic chains of the form:
X X
and variants thereof.
All of the above variations are intended to be within the scope of the invention defined by the formula (L)p(X)q.
In view of the above description of the linker, it is understood that the term "linker" when used in combination with the term "multibinding compound" includes both a covalently contiguous single linker (e.g., L-X-L) and multiple covalently non-contiguous linkers (L-X-L-X-L) within the multibinding compound.
Preparation of Multibinding Compounds
The multibinding compounds of this invention can be prepared from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures. Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions. The choice of a suitable protecting group for a particular functional group as well as suitable conditions for protection and deprotection are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups, and their introduction and removal, are described in T. W. Greene and G. M. Wuts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, Wiley, New York, 1991, and references cited therein.
Any compound which acts as a ligand toward PPARγ and/or RXR can be used as a ligand in this invention. As discussed in further detail below, numerous such ligands are known in the art and any of these known compounds or derivatives thereof may be employed as ligands in this invention. Such known ligands are now further described.
Known PPAR ligands include those illustrated below:
PPAR Ligands
Figure imgf000048_0001
Troglitazone Rosiglitazone
Figure imgf000048_0002
Pioglitazone Cightazonβ
Figure imgf000048_0003
Englitazone
Figure imgf000048_0004
Figure imgf000048_0005
The known PPAR ligands suitable for use in the invention generally fall into the following generic formulas A-E:
Figure imgf000048_0006
wherein
RI is selected from OH, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
R2 is selected from hydrogen or alkyl;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, I, Br, Cl or F;
R4 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substimted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
R5 is H, OH, NH2, or alkoxy, or R4 and R5 together form -C(O)-NH-;
X is -O-, -CH2-, -CH-, -S-, or -NH-; where X is O, R2 and R3 together form -CH2-CH2-; where X is -CH-, R2 and R3 together form =CH-CH = creating a benzene ring; and
Z is S, NH, H, -CH2-, alkyl, or substituted alkyl; where Z is H, alkyl or substituted alkyl, m=0; else m is 1; n is 0 or 1 ; and derivatives thereof;
Figure imgf000049_0001
and derivatives thereof;
Figure imgf000050_0001
wherein:
R is selected from the group consisting of H, Cl-6 alkyl, C5-10 aryl, and C5-10 heteroaryl, said alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
RI is selected from a group consisting of: H, Cl-15 alkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, C2-15 alkynyl and C3-10 cycloalkyl, said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
R3 is selected from a group consisting of: H, NHR1, NHacyl, Cl-15 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, Cl-15 alkoxy, CO2 alkyl, OH, C2-15 alkynyl, C5-10 aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
(Z--W-) is Z-CR6 R7 -, Z-CH=CH-, or
R6\ /R7
Z— C — 8
R8 is selected from the group consisting of CR6 R7, O, NR6, and S(Ol; R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cl-6 alkyl;
B is selected from the group consisting of:
1) a 5 or 6 membered heterocycle containing 0 to 2 double bonds, and 1 heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, heteroatom being substituted at any position on the five or six membered heterocycle, the heterocycle being optionally unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; 2) a 5 or 6 membered carbocycle containing 0 to 2 double bonds, the carbocycle optionally unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra at any position on the five or six membered carbocycle; and
3) a 5 or 6 membered heterocycle containing 0 to 2 double bonds, and 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S, which are substituted at any position on the five or six membered heterocycle, the heterocycle being optionally unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
XI and X2 are independently selected from a group consisting of: H, OH, Cl-15 alkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, C2-15 alkynyl, halo, OR3, ORCF3, C5-10 aryl, C5-10 aralkyl, C5-10 heteroaryl and Cl-10 acyl, said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
Ra represents a member selected from the group consisting of: halo, acyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CF3, OCF3, -O-, CN, NC^, R3, OR3 ; SR3, =N(OR), S(O)R3, SO2R3, NR3, R3, NR3 COR3, NR3CO2R3, NR3CON(R3)2, NR3SO2R3, COR3, CO2R3, CON(R3)2, SO2N(R3)2, OCON(R3)2 said aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of halo or Cl-6 alkyl;
Y is selected from the group consisting of: S(O)p, --CH2 — , — C(O)~, ~C(O)NH~, -NR-, -O-, -SO2NH, -NHSO2;
Yl is selected from the group consisting of: O and C; Z is selected from the group consisting of: COτR.3, R3CO2R3,
CONHSO2Me, CONH2 and 5-(lH-tetrazole); t and v are independently 0 or 1 such that t+v = 1;
Q is a saturated or unsaturated straight chain hydrocarbon containing 2-4 carbon atoms and p is 0-2 with the proviso when Z is CC^RB and B is a 5 membered heterocycle consisting of O, R3 does not represent methyl, as illustrated in US Patent No. 5,869,051, incorporates herein in its entirety by reference, and derivatives thereof; and
Figure imgf000052_0001
or
Figure imgf000052_0002
wherein: each R is independently H, OH, alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; trifluoromethyl; alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; SH; thioalkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; phenyl; phenyl substituted by alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms or by halogen; benzyl; phenethyl; halogen, amino; N(R4)2 wherein R4 is H or alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; COOR4; CH2OR4 ; formyl; CN; trifluoromethylthio; or nitro; each R' is independently R4 ; OR4 ; COOR4 ; N(R4)2 ; SR4 ; CH2OR4; CHO; or together R' and R' are O; CH2 ; or
Figure imgf000053_0001
Y' is sulfur, sulfoxide,sulfone;
O
II S^NR^
Rl l is H, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkanoyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; phenylsulfonyl; tosyl; NR12 wherein R12 is H, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; or
O
N— ^ — R13
wherein R13 is alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched, alkoxy of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; N-CN, CH2, or C=O; Y is Y' and oxygen; each RI is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1-3 carbon atoms; each m is independently an integer from 0-6;
R2 is
Figure imgf000054_0001
each R6 is independently H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons; each R7 is independently H, OH, or alkyl of 1-4 carbons; each R8 is independently H, or alkyl of 1-4 carbons, and is absent when a triple bond is present;
R5 is COOR4 ; CH2OH; CHO; tetrazole; NHSO2R14 ; hydroxymethylketone; CN; CON(R7)2; a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic ring containing an acidic hydroxyl group; or COOR15 where R15 is
Figure imgf000054_0002
wherein each s is independently 0-3 ;
R16 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N and S with at least one being N, and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of 5 or 6 atoms, or
B) the radical W--R17 wherein W is O, S or NH and R17 contains up to 21 carbon atoms and is (1) a hydrocarbon radical or (2) an acyl radical of an organic acyclic or monocyclic carboxylic acid containing not more than 1 heteroatom in the ring;
R14 is OH, alkyl or alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, phenyl or phenyl substituted by alkyl or alkoxy groups of 1 to 3 carbon atoms, halogen, hydroxy, haloalkyl, COOH, CN, formyl, acyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or perfluoroalkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; r and q are each independently 0-20 provided that the total of r and q does not exceed 20; p is 0 or 1 ;
R9 is alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; or (CH2)rR5; and
RIO is H; alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; R4C(O) or R4OCH2, as described in US Patent No. 5,847,008, incorporated herein in its entirety by reference, and derivatives thereof.
Some derivative structures of the above generic PPAR ligands which may be used in prepartion of the invention are as follows:
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000055_0002
Figure imgf000055_0003
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000056_0002
Figure imgf000056_0003
wherein
R is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkaryl, acyl, acylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, and heteroaryl;
RI is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkaryl, acyl, acylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, and heteroaryl, and preferably RI is an the ortho position;
R2 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl and hydrogen;
R4 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl; m is 0 when W is H, alkyl or substituted alkyl; else m is 1. W is selected from S, NH, H, -CH2-, alkyl, or substituted alkyl
X is selected from I, F, Cl, Br, H, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
Y is selected from S, O and N;
Z is selected from the group consisting of: C(O)H, CC^R.3, R3CO2R3, CONHSO2Me, CONH2 and 5-(lH-tetrazole); wherein R3 is selected from a group consisting of: H, NHR1, NHacyl, Cl-15 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, Cl-15 alkoxy, CO2 alkyl, OH, C2-15 alkynyl, C5-10 aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; and wherein Ra represents a member selected from the group consisting of: halo, acyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CF3, OCF3, -O-, CN, NO2, R3, OR3; SR3, =N(OR), S(O)R3, SO2R3, NR3, R3, NR3 COR3, NR3CO2R3, NR3CON(R3)2, NR3SO2R3, COR3, CO2R3, CON(R3)2, SO2N(R3)2, OCON(R3)2 said aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of halo or Cl-6 alkyl.
Suitable RXR ligands for use in the invention may include known RXR ligands such as the following:
RXR Ligands
Figure imgf000057_0001
Panretin Tazoretene
Figure imgf000057_0002
Figure imgf000057_0003
Tagretin
LG100268 Derivatives of RXR ligands may also be used in preparation of the invention. Such derivatives may be selected from one or more of the following formulas II-IV:
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000058_0002
XR — (A)n— COOR1 (IV)
wherein
X, XI and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, I, Br, Cl, F, Na, SH, O, NH, carbonyl, amide, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, and alkaryl;
R is aryl, substituted aryl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl; RI is H or alkyl; R2 is H or alkyl; R3 is CH2, O, or NOR4 wherein R4 is alkyl or substituted alkyl;
Q is CH or N, A is
R2 R2
— or r-zzπ or
R2 R2 R2 R2 and n is 1-10.
Other RXR and PPARγ ligands and derivatives may be known to those in the art. Preferentially, RXR and PPARγ ligands or derivatives thereof used in the invention are preferentially bound to only the RXR or PPARγ receptor, respectively. In particular, it is preferred that the PPAR ligand or derivative thereof preferentially bind only to the PPARγ receptor.
Activation of the RXR receptor with known RXR ligands can lead to modulation of the transcriptional activity of a wide variety of RXR/nuclear receptor complexes. Thus, the activation of the RXR receptor by the use of RXR ligands may potentiate many other effects within the body. Because of this lack of functional specificity, use of a modified RXR ligand as set forth above to control transcription exclusivity by the PPARγ/RXR heterodimer is preferred. Preferentially, the RXR ligands used in the invention are a derivative of known RXR ligands exhibiting more limited functionality and less independent activation of, or lower binding affinity for, other RXR/nuclear receptor complexes which are not of interest.
In contrast, many known PPARγ ligands are very specific in that they bind preferentially to only the PPARγ receptor. These ligands, some of which are exemplified herein, and derivatives of other known PPAR agonists selected for preferential binding to the PPARγ receptor, may be used herein.
It is known that fatty acids, eicosanoids, prostaglandins and metabolites thereof activate PPARγ, as do non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS).
12 14 Although fatty acids such as 15 deoxy D ' PGJ2, linoleic acid, γ-linolenic acid, oleic acid, stearic acid, cis-pariniaric acid, eicosopentonoic acid ad decosahexanoic acid bind well to the PPARγ receptor, they are not specific to the PPARγ receptor. The NSAIDS are not specific and also may have a low affinity for the PPARγ receptor. Therefore, because these compounds activate one or more of the PPAR receptors, including both PPARγ and PPAR , as well as potentially other receptors, they prompt too broad a response causing potentially undesirable reactions and side effects. Therefore, these would not form acceptable ligands for the invention described herein, although derivatives thereof may be identified which would preferentially bind to the PPARγ receptor a^d therefore could be used in the invention described herein.
In contrast, the class of drugs known as thiazolidinediones (TZDs) are highly selective for PPARγ. TZDs or "glitazones" are high-affinity agonists of PPARγ . The glitazones enhance the sensitivity of target tissues to insulin while reducing serum insulin and lipid levels, as well as reducing plasma levels of free fatty acids, triglycerides and total cholesterol in mammals having Type 2 diabetes, which affects the proper storage and utilization of energy in the body in the form of glucose. NIDDM is characterized by high plasma glucose levels, insulin resistance, and insufficient insulin secretion by the β-cells of the pancreas. Drug treatment of NIDDM classically focuses on increasing insulin secretion, creating a condition of hyperinsulemia which creates a risk of heart disease. Some TZDs cause increases in plasma volume, increased adipose cell formation in bone marrow at high doses, and are known to have a hepatatoxic effect. Further some TZDs lack potency for the PPARγ receptor, therefore requiring high patient doses or frequent patient dosing, and potentially leading to non-mechanism (i.e., non- PPARγ binding) related side effects or toxicities. Diabetes Vol. 47, (1998) 507- 514. Therefore, although TZDs may be used as ligands for the invention described herein, derivatives thereof may be desired. Further herein, the PPARγ ligand or ligand derivatives suitable for use in the invention A-K are referred to as LI -LI 1, and the RXR ligands or derivatives thereof II-IV are referred to as LI 2- 14.
Combinatorial Libraries Combinatorial approaches for identifying multimeric compounds which possess multibinding properties will now be discussed.
Specifically, factors such as the proper juxtaposition of the individual ligands of a multibinding compound with respect to the relevant array of binding sites on a target or targets is important in optimizing the interaction of the multibinding compound with its target(s) and to maximize the biological advantage through multivalency. One approach is to identify a library of candidate multibinding compounds with properties spanning the multibinding parameters that are relevant for a particular target. These parameters include: (1) the identity of ligand(s), (2) the orientation of ligands, (3) the valency of the construct, (4) linker length, (5) linker geometry, (6) linker physical properties, and (7) linker chemical functional groups.
Libraries of multimeric compounds potentially possessing multibinding properties (i.e. , candidate multibinding compounds) and comprising a multiplicity of such variables are prepared and these libraries are then evaluated via conventional assays corresponding to the ligand selected and the multibinding parameters desired. Considerations relevant to each of these variables are set forth below.
Selection of ligand(s)
A single ligand or set of ligands is (are) selected for incorporation into the libraries of candidate multibinding compounds which library is directed against a particular biological target or targets. The only requirement for the ligands chosen is that they are capable of interacting with the selected target(s). Thus, ligands may be known drugs, modified forms of known drugs, substructures of known drugs or substrates of modified forms of known drugs (which are competent to interact with the target), or other compounds. Ligands are preferably chosen based on known favorable properties that may be projected to be carried over to or amplified in multibinding forms. Favorable properties include demonstrated safety and efficacy in human patients, ability to increase insulin sensitivity, ability to lower serum triglyceride, cholesterol and/or fatty acid levels, etc. However, it is crucial to note that ligands which display an unfavorable property from among the previous list may obtain a more favorable property through the process of multibinding compound formation; i.e., ligands should not necessarily be excluded on such a basis. For example, a ligand that is not sufficiently potent at a particular target so as to be efficacious in a human patient may become highly potent and efficacious when presented in multibinding form. A ligand that is potent and efficacious but not of utility because of a non-mechanism-related toxic side effect may have increased therapeutic index (increased potency relative to toxicity) as a multibinding compound. Compounds that exhibit short in vivo half-lives may have extended half-lives as multibinding compounds. Physical properties of ligands that limit their usefulness (e.g. poor bioavailability due to low solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity) may be rationally modulated in multibinding forms, providing compounds with physical properties consistent with the desired utility.
Orientation: selection of ligand attachment points and linking chemistry Several points are chosen on each ligand at which to attach the ligand to the linker. The selected points on the ligand/linker for attachment are functionalized to contain complementary reactive functional groups. This permits probing the effects of presenting the ligands to their receptor(s) in multiple relative orientations, an important multibinding design parameter. The only requirement for choosing attachment points is that attaching to at least one of these points does not abrogate activity of the ligand. Such points for attachment can be identified by structural information when available. Alternatively, evaluation of ligand/target binding by nuclear magnetic resonance will permit the identification of sites non- essential for ligand/target binding. See, for example, Fesik, et al. , U.S. Patent No. 5,891,643. When such structural information is not available, utilization of structure-activity relationships (SAR) for ligands will suggest positions where substantial structural variations are and are not allowed. In the absence of both structural and SAR information, a library is merely selected with multiple points of attachment to allow presentation of the ligand in multiple distinct orientations. Subsequent evaluation of this library will indicate what positions are suitable for attachment.
It is important to emphasize that positions of attachment that do abrogate the activity of the monomeric ligand may also be advantageously included in candidate multibinding compounds in the library provided that such compounds bear at least one ligand attached in a manner which does not abrogate intrinsic activity. This selection derives from, for example, heterobivalent interactions within the context of a single target molecule. For example, consider a receptor antagonist ligand bound to its target receptor, and then consider modifying this ligand by attaching to it a second copy of the same ligand with a linker which allows the second ligand to interact with the same receptor molecule at sites proximal to the antagonist binding site, which include elements of the receptor that are not part of the formal antagonist binding site and/ or elements of the matrix surrounding the receptor such as the membrane. Here, the most favorable orientation for interaction of the second ligand molecule with the receptor/matrix may be achieved by attaching it to the linker at a position which abrogates activity of the ligand at the formal antagonist binding site. Another way to consider this is that the SAR of individual ligands within the context of a multibinding structure is often different from the SAR of those same ligands in momomeric form.
The foregoing discussion focused on bivalent interactions of dimeric compounds bearing two copies of the same ligand joined to a single linker through different attachment points, one of which may abrogate the binding/activity of the monomeric ligand. It should also be understood that biva'ent advantage may also be attained with heterodimeric constructs bearing two different ligands that bind to common or different targets. For example, a PPARγ receptor agonist and an RXR receptor agonist may be joined to a linker through attachment points which do not abrogate the binding affinity of the monomeric ligands for their respective receptor sites. The dimeric compound may achieve enhanced affinity for both receptors due to favorable interactions between the PPARγ ligand and elements of the RXR receptor proximal to the formal RXR agonist binding site and between the RXR ligand and elements of the PPARγ receptor proximal to the formal PPARγ agonist binding site. Thus, the dimeric compound may be a more potent and selective agonist of insulin sensitivity and a superior therapy for NIDDM, cancer including colon carcinomas and lipocarcinomas, hyperlipedemia, arteriosclerosis and inflammatory diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease.
Once the ligand attachment points have been chosen, one identifies the types of chemical linkages that are possible at those points. The most preferred types of chemical linkages are those that are compatible with the overall structure of the ligand (or protected forms of the ligand), readily and generally formed, stable and intrinsically innocuous under typical chemical and physiological conditions, and compatible with a large number of available linkers. Amide bonds, ethers, amines, carbamates, ureas, and sulfonamides are but a few examples of preferred linkages. Linkers: spanning relevant multibinding parameters through selection of valency, linker length, linker geometry, rigidity, physical properties, and chemical functional groups
In the library of linkers employed to generate the library of candidate multibinding compounds, the selection of linkers employed in this library of linkers takes into consideration the following factors.
Valency. In most instances the library of linkers is initiated with divalent linkers. The choice of ligands and proper juxtaposition of two ligands relative to their binding sites permits such molecules to exhibit target binding affinities and specificities more than sufficient to confer biological advantage. Furthermore, divalent linkers or constructs are also typically of modest size such that they retain the desirable biodistribution properties of small molecules.
Linker length. Linkers are chosen in a range of lengths to allow the spanning of a range of inter-ligand distances that encompass the distance preferable for a given divalent interaction. In some instances the preferred distance can be estimated rather precisely from high-resolution structural information of targets, typically enzymes and soluble receptor targets. In other instances where high-resolution structural information is not available, one can make use of simple models to estimate the maximum distance between binding sites either on adjacent receptors or at different locations on the same receptor. In situations where two binding sites are present on the same target (or target subunit for multisubunit targets), preferred linker distances are 2-20 A, with more preferred linker distances of 3-12 A. In situations where two binding sites reside on separate (e.g. , protein) target sites, preferred linker distances are 20-100 A, with more preferred distances of 30-70 A. Linker geometry and rigidity. The combination of ligand attachment site, linker length, linker geometry, and linker rigidity determine the possible ways in which the ligands of candidate multibinding compounds may be displayed in three dimensions and thereby presented to their binding sites. Linker geometry and rigidity are nominally determined by chemical composition and bonding pattern, which may be controlled and are systematically varied as another spanning function in a multibinding array. For example, linker geometry is varied by attaching two ligands to the ortho, meta, and para positions of a benzene ring, or in cis- or trans-arrangements at the 1,1- vs. 1,2- vs. 1,3- vs. 1,4- positions around a cyclohexane core or in cis- or trans-arrangements at a point of ethylene unsaturation. Linker rigidity is varied by controlling the number and relative energies of different conformational states possible for the linker. For example, a divalent compound bearing two ligands joined by 1,8-octyl linker has many more degrees of freedom, and is therefore less rigid than a compound in which the two ligands are attached to the 4,4' positions of a biphenyl linker.
Linker physical properties. The physical properties of linkers are nominally determined by the chemical constitution and bonding patterns of the linker, and linker physical properties impact the overall physical properties of the candidate multibinding compounds in which they are included. A range of linker compositions is typically selected to provide a range of physical properties
(hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, amphiphilicity, polarization, acidity, and basicity) in the candidate multibinding compounds. The particular choice of linker physical properties is made within the context of the physical properties of the ligands they join and, preferably, the goal is to generate molecules with favorable properties. For example, linkers can be selected to avoid those that are too hydrophilic or too hydrophobic to be readily absorbed and/or distributed in vivo. Linker chemical functional groups. Linker chemical functional groups are selected to be compatible with the chemistry chosen to connect linkers to the ligands and to impart the range of physical properties sufficient to span initial examination of this parameter.
Combinatorial synthesis
Having chosen a set of n ligands (n being determined by the sum of the number of different attachment points for each ligand chosen) and m linkers by the process outlined above, a library of (n\)m candidate divalent multibinding compounds is prepared which spans the relevant multibinding design parameters for a particular target. For example, an array generated from two ligands, one which has two attachment points (Al , A2) and one which has three attachment points (Bl, B2, B3) joined in all possible combinations provide for at least 15 possible combinations of multibinding compounds:
Al-Al A1-A2 Al-Bl A1-B2 A1-B3 A2-A2 A2-B1 A2-B2 A2-B3 Bl-Bl B1-B2 B1-B3 B2-B2 B2-B3 B3-B3
When each of these combinations is joined by 10 different linkers, a library of 150 candidate multibinding compounds results.
Given the combinatorial nature of the library, common chemistries are preferably used to join the reactive functionalities on the ligands with complementary reactive functionalities on the linkers. The library therefore lends itself to efficient parallel synthetic methods. The combinatorial library can employ solid phase chemistries well known in the art wherein the ligand and/or linker is attached to a solid support. Alternatively and preferably, the combinatorial library is prepared in the solution phase. After synthesis, candidate multibinding compounds are optionally purified before assaying for activity by, for example, chromatographic methods (e.g., HPLC).
Analysis of array by biochemical, analytical, pharmacological, and computational methods Various methods are used to characterize the properties and activities of the candidate multibinding compounds in the library to deterrrine which compounds possess multibinding properties. Physical constants such as solubility under various solvent conditions and logD/clogD values are determined. A combination of NMR spectroscopy and computational methods is used to determine low-energy conformations of the candidate multibinding compounds in fluid media. The ability of the members of the library to bind to the desired target and other targets is determined by various standard methods, which include radioligand displacement assays for receptor and ion channel targets, and kinetic inhibition analysis for many enzyme targets. In vitro efficacy, such as for receptor agonists and antagonists, ion channel blockers, and antimicrobial activity are also determined. Pharmacological data, including oral absorption, everted gut penetration, other pharmacokinetic parameters and efficacy data are determined in appropriate models. In this way, key structure-activity relationships are obtained for multibinding design parameters which are then used to direct future work.
The members of the library which exhibit multibinding properties, as defined herein, can be readily determined by conventional methods. First, those members which exhibit multibinding properties are identified by conventional methods as described above, including conventional assays (both in vitro and in vivo).
Second, ascertaining the structure of those compounds which exhibit multibinding properties can be accomplished via art recognized procedures. For example, each member of the library can be encrypted or tagged with appropriate information allowing determination of the structure of relevant members at a later time. See, for example, Dower, et al., International Patent Application Publication No. WO 93/06121; Brenner, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 89:5181 (1992); Gallop, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,846,839; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Alternatively, the structure of relevant multivalent compounds can also be determined from soluble and untagged libraries of candidate multivalent compounds by methods known in the art, such as those described by Hindsgaul, et al. , Canadian Patent Application No. 2,240,325 which was published on July 11, 1998. Such methods couple frontal affinity chromatography with mass spectroscopy to determine both the structure and relative binding affinities of candidate multibinding compounds to receptors.
The process set forth above for dimeric candidate multibinding compounds can, of course, be extended to trimeric candidate compounds and higher analogs thereof.
Follow-up synthesis and analysis of additional array(s)
Based on the information obtained through analysis of the initial library, an optional component of the process is to ascertain one or more promising multibinding "lead" compounds as defined by particular relative ligand orientations, linker lengths, linker geometries, etc. Additional libraries can then be generated around these leads to provide for further information regarding structure to activity relationships. These arrays typically bear more focused variations in linker structure to further optimize target affinity and/or activity at the target (antagonism, partial agonism, etc.), and/or alter physical properties. By iterative redesign/analysis using the novel principles of multibinding design along with classical medicinal chemistry, biochemistry, and pharmacology approaches, one is able to prepare and identify optimal multibinding compounds that exhibit biological advantage towards their targets and as therapeutic agents.
To further elaborate upon this procedure, suitable divalent linkers include, by way of example only, those derived from dicarboxylic acids, disulfonylhalides, dialdehydes, dipseudohalides, diketones, dihalides, diisocyanates, diamines, diols, diboronates, mixtures of carboxylic acids, sulfonylhalides, aldehydes, ketones, halides, isocyanates, amines and diols. In each case, the carboxylic acid, sulfonylhalide, aldehyde, ketone, halide, isocyanate, amine and diol functional group is reacted with a complementary functionality on the ligand to form a covalent linkage. Such complementary functionality is well known in the art as illustrated in the following table, which is exemplary only:
COMPLEMENTARY BINDING CHEMISTRIES
First Reactive Group Second Reactive Group Linkage hydroxyl isocyanate urethane amine epoxide β-hydroxyamine sulfonyl halide amine sulfonamide carboxyl ; acid amine amide hydroxyl alkyl/aryl halide ether aldehyde amine/NaCNBH4 amine ketone amine/NaCNBH4 amine amine isocyanate carbamate
Exemplary linkers include the following linkers identified as X-1 through X-418 as set forth below in Table 1 :
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
-71-
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Representative ligands for use in this invention include, by way of example, L-1 through L-14 as identified above.
Combinations of ligands (L) and linkers (X) per this invention include, by way example only, homo- and hetero-dimers wherein a first ligand is selected from L-1 through L-14 above and the second ligand and linker is selected from the following:
L-l/X-l- L-l/X-2- L-l/X-3- L-l/X-4- L-l/X-5- L-l/X-6-
L-l/X-7- L-l/X-8- L-l/X-9- L-l/X-10- L-l/X-11- L-l/X-12-
L-l/X-13- L-l/X-14- L-l/X-15- L-l/X-16- L-l/X-17- L-l/X-18-
L-l/X-19- L-l/X-20- L-l/X-21- L-l/X-22- L-l/X-23- L-l/X-24-
L-l/X-25- L-l/X-26- L- ■l/X-27- L-l/X-28- L-l/X-29- L-l/X-30-
L-l/X-31- L-l/X-32- L- -l/X-33- L-l/X-34- L-l/X-35- L-l/X-36-
L-l/X-37- L-l/X-38- L- -l/X-39- L-l/X-40- L-l/X-41- L-l/X-42-
L-l/X-43- L-l/X-44- L- -l/X-45- L-l/X-46- L-l/X-47- L-l/X-48-
L-l/X-49- l/X-50- L- -l/X-51- L-l/X-52- L-l/X-53- L-l/X-54-
L-l/X-55- l/X-56- L-l/X-57- L-l/X-58- L-l/X-59- L-l/X-60-
L-l/X-61- l/X-62- L-l/X-63- L-l/X-64- L-l/X-65- L-l/X-66-
L-l/X-67- l/X-68- L-l/X-69- L-l/X-70- L-l/X-71- L-l/X-72-
L-l/X-73- l/X-74- L-l/X-75- L-l/X-76- L-l/X-77- L-l/X-78-
L-l/X-79- l/X-80- L-l/X-81- L-l/X-82- L-l/X-83- L-l/X-84-
L-l/X-85- l/X-86- L-l/X-87- L-l/X-88- L-l/X-89- L-l/X-90-
L-l/X-91- L-l/X-92- L-l/X-93- L-l/X-94- L-l/X-95- L-l/X-96-
L-l/X-97- L-l/X-98- L-l/X-99- L-l/X-100- L-l/X-101- L-l/X-102-
L-l/X-103- L-l/X-104- L-l/X-105- L-l/X-106- L-l/X-107- L-l/X-108-
L-l/X-109- L-l/X-110- L-1/X-l ll- L-l/X-112- L-l/X-113- L-l/X-114-
L-l/X-115- L-l/X-116- L-l/X-117- L-l/X-118- L-l/X-119- L-l/X-120-
L-l/X-121- L-l/X-122- L-l/X-123- L-l/X-124- L-l/X-125- L-l/X-126-
L-l/X-127- L-l/X-128- L-l/X-129- L-l/X-130- L-l/X-131- L-l/X-132-
L-l/X-133- L-l/X-134- L-l/X-135- L-l/X-136- L-l/X-137- L-l/X-138-
L-l/X-139- L-l/X-140- L-l/X-141- L-l/X-142- L-l/X-143- L-l/X-144-
L-l/X-145- L-l/X-146- L-l/X-147- L-l/X-148- L-l/X-149- L-l/X-150-
L-l/X-151- L-l/X-152- L-l/X-153- L-l/X-154- L-l/X-155- L-l/X-156-
L-l/X-157- L-l/X-158- L-l/X-159- L-l/X-160- L-l/X-161- L-l/X-162-
L-l/X-163- L-l/X-164- L-l/X-165- L-l/X-166- L-l/X-167- L-l/X-168-
L-l/X-169- L-l/X-170- L-l/X-171- L-l/X-172-
L-l/X-173- L-l/X-174- L-l/X-175- L-l/X-176- L-l/X-177- L-l/X-178-
L-l/X-179- L-l/X-180- L-l/X-181- L-l/X-182- L-l/X-183- L-l/X-184-
L-l/X-185- L-l/X-186- L-l/X-187- L-l/X-188- L-l/X-189- L-l/X-190-
L-l/X-191- L-l/X-192- L-l/X-193- L-l/X-194- L-l/X-195- L-l/X-196-
L-l/X-197- L-l/X-198- L-l/X-199- L-l/X-200- L-l/X-201- L-l/X-202-
L-l/X-203- L-l/X-204- L-l/X-205- L-l/X-206- L-l/X-207- L-l/X-208-
L-l/X-209- L-l/X-210- L-l/X-211- L-l/X-212- L-l/X-213- L-l/X-214-
L-l/X-215- L-l/X-216- L-l/X-217- L-l/X-218- L-l/X-219- L-l/X-220- L-l/X-221- L-l/X-222- L-l/X-223- L-l/X-224- L-l/X-225- L-l/X-226- L-l/X-227- L-l/X-228- L-l/X-229- L-l/X-230- L-l/X-231- L-l/X-232- L-l/X-233- L-l/X-234- L-l/X-235- L-l/X-236- L-l/X-237- L-l/X-238- L-l/X-239- L-l/X-240- L-l/X-241- L-l/X-242- L-l/X-243- L-l/X-244- L-l/X-245- L-l/X-246- L-l/X-247- L-l/X-248- L-l/X-249- L-l/X-250- L-l/X-251- L-l/X-252- L-l/X-253- L-l/X-254- L-l/X-255- L-l/X-256- L-l/X-257- L-l/X-258- L-l/X-259- L-l/X-260- L-l/X-261- L-l/X-262-
L--l/X-263- L-l/X-264- L-l/X-265- L-l/X-266- L-l/X-267- L-l/X-268- L- -l/X-269- L-l/X-270- L-l/X-271- L-l/X-272- L-l/X-273- L-l/X-274- L--l/X-275- L-l/X-276- L-l/X-277- L-l/X-278- L-l/X-279- L-l/X-280- L-l/X-281- L-l/X-282- L-l/X-283- L-l/X-284- L-l/X-285- L-l/X-286- L-l/X-287- L-l/X-288- L-l/X-289- L-l/X-290- L-l/X-291- L-l/X-292- L-l/X-293- L-l/X-294- L-l/X-295- L-l/X-296- L-l/X-297- L-l/X-298- L-l/X-299- L-l/X-300- L-l/X-301- L-l/X-302- L-l/X-303- L-l/X-304- L-l/X-305- L-l/X-306- L-l/X-307- L-l/X-308- L-l/X-309- L-l/X-310- L-l/X-311- L-l/X-312- L-l/X-313- L-l/X-314- L-l/X-315- L-l/X-316- L-l/X-317- L-l/X-318- L-l/X-319- L-l/X-320- L-l/X-321- L-l/X-322- L-l/X-323- L-l/X-324- L-l/X-325- L-l/X-326- L-l/X-327- L-l/X-328- L-l/X-329- L-l/X-330- L-l/X-331- L-l/X-332- L-l/X-333- L-l/X-334- L-l/X-335- L-l/X-336- L-l/X-337- L-l/X-338- L-l/X-339- L-l/X-340- L-l/X-341- L-l/X-342- L-l/X-343- L-l/X-344- L- -l/X-345- L-l/X-346- L-l/X-347- L-l/X-348- L-l/X-349- L-l/X-350- L- -l/X-351- L-l/X-352- L-l/X-353- L-l/X-354- L-l/X-355- L-l/X-356- L- -l/X-357- L-l/X-358- L-l/X-359- L-l/X-360- L-l/X-361- L-l/X-362- L- -l/X-363- L-l/X-364- L-l/X-365- L-l/X-366- L-l/X-367- L-l/X-368- L- -l/X-369- L-l/X-370- L-l/X-371- L-l/X-372- L-l/X-373- L-l/X-374- L-l/X-375- L-l/X-376- L-l/X-377- L-l/X-378- L-l/X-379- L-l/X-380- L-l/X-381- L-l/X-382- L-l/X-383- L-l/X-384- L-l/X-385- L-l/X-386- L-l/X-387- L-l/X-388- L-l/X-389- L-l/X-390- L-l/X-391- L-l/X-392- L-l/X-393- L-l/X-394- L-l/X-395- L-l/X-396- L-l/X-397- L-l/X-398- L-l/X-399- L-l/X-400- L-l/X-401- L-l/X-402- L-l/X-403- L-l/X-404- L-l/X-405- L-l/X-406- L-l/X-407- L-l/X-408- L-l/X-409- L-l/X-410- L-l/X-411- L-l/X-412- L-l/X-413- L-l/X-414- L-l/X-415- L-l/X-416- L-l/X-417- L-l/X-418-
L-2/X-1- L-2/X-2- L-2/X-3- L-2/X-4- L-2/X-5- L-2/X-6-
L-2/X-7- L-2/X-8- L-2/X-9- L-2/X-10- L-2/X-11- L-2/X-12-
L-2/X-13- L-2/X-14- L-2/X-15- L-2/X-16- L-2/X-17- L-2/X-18-
L-2/X-19- L-2/X-20- L-2/X-21- L-2/X-22- L-2/X-23- L-2/X-24-
L-2/X-25- L-2/X-26- L-2/X-27- L-2/X-28- L-2/X-29- L-2/X-30-
L-2/X-31- L-2/X-32- L-2/X-33- L-2/X-34- L-2/X-35- L-2/X-36-
L-2/X-37- L-2/X-38- L-2/X-39- L-2/X-40- L-2/X-41- L-2/X-42-
L-2/X-43- L-2/X-44- L-2/X-45- L-2/X-46- L-2/X-47- L-2/X-48-
L-2/X-49- L-2/X-50- L-2/X-51- L-2/X-52- L-2/X-53- L-2/X-54-
L-2/X-55- L-2/X-56- L-2/X-57- L-2/X-58- L-2/X-59- L-2/X-60-
L-2/X-61- L-2/X-62- L-2/X-63- L-2/X-64- L-2/X-65- L-2/X-66-
L-2/X-67- L-2/X-68- L-2/X-69- L-2/X-70- L-2/X-71- L-2/X-72-
L-2/X-73- L-2/X-74- L-2/X-75- L-2/X-76- L-2/X-77- L-2/X-78-
L-2/X-79- L-2/X-80- L-2/X-81- L-2/X-82- L-2/X-83- L-2/X-84-
L-2/X-85- L-2/X-86- L-2/X-87- L-2/X-88- L-2/X-89- L-2/X-90-
L-2/X-91- L-2/X-92- L-2/X-93- L-2/X-94- L-2/X-95- L-2/X-96--
L-2/X-97- L-2/X-98- L-2/X-99- L-2/X-100- L-2/X-101- L-2/X-102- L-2/X-103- L-2/X-104- L-2/X-105- L-2/X-106- L-2/X-107- L-2/X-108-
L-2/X-109- L-2/X-110- L-2/X-111- L-2/X-112- L-2/X-113- L-2/X-114-
L-2/X-115- L-2/X-116- L-2/X-117- L-2/X-118- L-2/X-119- L-2/X-120-
L-2/X-121- L-2/X-122- L-2/X-123- L-2/X-124- L-2/X-125- L-2/X-126-
L-2/X-127- L-2/X-128- L-2/X-129- L-2/X-130- L-2/X-131- L-2/X-132-
L-2/X-133- L-2/X-134- L-2/X-135- L-2/X-136- L-2/X-137- L-2/X-138-
L-2/X-139- L-2/X-140- L-2/X-141- L-2/X-142- L-2/X-143- L-2/X-144-
L-2/X-145- L-2/X-146- L-2/X-147- L-2/X-148- L-2/X-149- L-2/X-150-
L-2/X-151- L-2/X-152- L-2/X-153- L-2/X-154- L-2/X-155- L-2/X-156-
L-2/X-157- L-2/X-158- L-2/X-159- L-2/X-160- L-2/X-161- L-2/X-162-
L-2/X-163- L-2/X-164- L-2/X-165- L-2/X-166- L-2/X-167- L-2/X-168-
L-2/X-169- L-2/X-170- L-2/X-171- L-2/X-172-
L-2/X-173- L-2/X-174- L-2/X-175- L-2/X-176- L-2/X-177- L-2/X-178-
L-2/X-179- L-2/X-180- L-2/X-181- L-2/X-182- L-2/X-183- L-2/X-184-
L-2/X-185- L-2/X-186- L-2/X-187- L-2/X-188- L-2/X-189- L-2/X-190-
L-2/X-191- L-2/X-192- L-2/X-193- L-2/X-194- L-2/X-195- L-2/X-196-
L-2/X-197- L-2/X-198- L-2/X-199- L-2/X-200- L-2/X-201- L-2/X-202-
L-2/X-203- L-2/X-204- L-2/X-205- L-2/X-206- L-2/X-207- L-2/X-208-
L-2/X-209- L-2/X-210- L-2/X-211- L-2/X-212- L-2/X-213- L-2/X-214-
L-2/X-215- L-2/X-216- L-2/X-217- L-2/X-218- L-2/X-219- L-2/X-220-
L-2/X-221- L-2/X-222- L-2/X-223- L-2/X-224- L-2/X-225- L-2/X-226-
L-2/X-227- L-2/X-228- L-2/X-229- L-2/X-230- L-2/X-231- L-2/X-232-
L-2/X-233- L-2/X-234- L-2/X-235- L-2/X-236- L-2/X-237- L-2/X-238-
L-2/X-239- L-2/X-240- L-2/X-241- L-2/X-242- L-2/X-243- L-2/X-244-
L-2/X-245- L-2/X-246- L-2/X-247- L-2/X-248- L-2/X-249- L-2/X-250-
L-2/X-251- L-2/X-252- L-2/X-253- L-2/X-254- L-2/X-255- L-2/X-256-
L-2/X-257- L-2/X-258- L-2/X-259- L-2/X-260- L-2/X-261- L-2/X-262-
L-2/X-263- L-2/X-264- L-2/X-265- L-2/X-266- L-2/X-267- L-2/X-268-
L-2/X-269- L-2/X-270- L-2/X-271- L-2/X-272- L-2/X-273- L-2/X-274-
L-2/X-275- L-2/X-276- L-2/X-277- L-2/X-278- L-2/X-279- L-2/X-280-
L-2/X-281- L-2/X-282- L-2/X-283- L-2/X-284- L-2/X-285- L-2/X-286-
L-2/X-287- L-2/X-288- L-2/X-289- L-2/X-290- L-2/X-291- L-2/X-292-
L-2/X-293- L-2/X-294- L-2/X-295- L-2/X-296- L-2/X-297- L-2/X-298-
L-2/X-299- L-2/X-300- L-2/X-301- L-2/X-302- L-2/X-303- L-2/X-304-
L-2/X-305- L-2/X-306- L-2/X-307- L-2/X-308- L-2/X-309- L-2/X-310-
L-2/X-311- L-2/X-312- L-2/X-313- L-2/X-314- L-2/X-315- L-2/X-316-
L-2/X-317- L-2/X-318- L-2/X-319- L-2/X-320- L-2/X-321- L-2/X-322-
L-2/X-323- L-2/X-324- L-2/X-325- L-2/X-326- L-2/X-327- L-2/X-328-
L-2/X-329- L-2/X-330- L-2/X-331- L-2/X-332- L-2/X-333- L-2/X-334-
L-2/X-335- L-2/X-336- L-2/X-337- L-2/X-338- L-2/X-339- L-2/X-340-
L-2/X-341- L-2/X-342- L-2/X-343- L-2/X-344- L-2/X-345- L-2/X-346-
L-2/X-347- L-2/X-348- L-2/X-349- L-2/X-350- L-2/X-351- L-2/X-352-
L-2/X-353- L-2/X-354- L-2/X-355- L-2/X-356- L-2/X-357- L-2/X-358-
L-2/X-359- L-2/X-360- L-2/X-361- L-2/X-362- L-2/X-363- L-2/X-364-
L-2/X-365- L-2/X-366- L-2/X-367- L-2/X-368- L-2/X-369- L-2/X-370-
L-2/X-371- L-2/X-372- L-2/X-373- L-2/X-374- L-2/X-375- L-2/X-376-
L-2/X-377- L-2/X-378- L-2/X-379- L-2/X-380- L-2/X-381- L-2/X-382-
L-2/X-383- L-2/X-384- L-2/X-385- L-2/X-386- L-2/X-387- L-2/X-388-
L-2/X-389- L-2/X-390- L-2/X-391- L-2/X-392- L-2/X-393- L-2/X-394-
L-2/X-395- L-2/X-396- L-2/X-397- L-2/X-398- L-2/X-399- L-2/X-400-
L-2/X-401- L-2/X-402- L-2/X-403- L-2/X-404- L-2/X-405- L-2/X-406- L-2/X-407- L-2/X-408- L-2/X-409- L ./X^lO- L^/X^l l- L-2/X-412- L-2/X-413- L-2/X-414- L-2/X-415- L^/X^lό- L-2/X-417- L-2/X-418-
L-3/X-1- L-3/X-2- L-3/X-3- L-3/X-4- L-3/X-5- L-3/X-6-
L-3/X-7- L-3/X-8- L-3/X-9- L-3/X-10- L-3/X-11- L-3/X-12-
L-3/X-13- L-3/X-14- L-3/X-15- L-3/X-16- L-3/X-17- L-3/X-18-
L-3/X-19- L-3/X-20- L-3/X-21- L-3/X-22- L-3/X-23- L-3/X-24-
L-3/X-25- L-3/X-26- L-3/X-27- L-3/X-28- L-3/X-29- L-3/X-30-
L-3/X-31- L-3/X-32- L-3/X-33- L-3/X-34- L-3/X-35- L-3/X-36-
L-3/X-37- L-3/X-38- L-3/X-39- L-3/X-40- L-3/X-41- L-3/X-42-
L-3/X-43- L-3/X-44- L-3/X-45- L-3/X-46- I 3/X-47- L-3/X-48-
L-3/X-49- L-3/X-50- L-3/X-51- L-3/X-52- L-3/X-53- L-3/X-54-
L-3/X-55- L-3/X-56- L-3/X-57- L-3/X-58- L-3/X-59- L-3/X-60-
L-3/X-61- L-3/X-62- L-3/X-63- L-3/X-64- L-3/X-65- L-3/X-66-
L-3/X-67- L-3/X-68- L-3/X-69- L-3/X-70- L-3/X-71- L-3/X-72-
L-3/X-73- L-3/X-74- L-3/X-75- L-3/X-76- L-3/X-77- L-3/X-78-
L-3/X-79- L-3/X-80- L-3/X-81- L-3/X-82- L-3/X-83- L-3/X-84-
L-3/X-85- L-3/X-86- L-3/X-87- L-3/X-88- L-3/X-89- L-3/X-90-
L-3/X-91- L-3/X-92- L-3/X-93- L-3/X-94- L-3/X-95- L-3/X-96-
L-3/X-97- L-3/X-98- L-3/X-99- L-3/X-100- L-3/X-101- L-3/X-102-
L-3/X-103- L-3/X-104- L-3/X-105- L-3/X-106- L-3/X-107- L-3/X-108-
L-3/X-109- L-3/X-110- L-3/X-111- L-3/X-112- L-3/X-113- L-3/X-114-
L-3/X-115- L-3/X-116- L-3/X-117- L-3/X-118- L-3/X-119- L-3/X-120-
L-3/X-121- L-3/X-122- L-3/X-123- L-3/X-124- L-3/X-125- L-3/X-126-
L-3/X-127- L-3/X-128- L-3/X-129- L-3/X-130- L-3/X-131- L-3/X-132-
L-3/X-133- L-3/X-134- L-3/X-135- L-3/X-136- L-3/X-137- L-3/X-138-
L-3/X-139- L-3/X-140- L-3/X-141- L-3/X-142- L-3/X-143- L-3/X-144-
L-3/X-145- L-3/X-146- L-3/X-147- L-3/X-148- L-3/X-149- L-3/X-150-
L-3/X-151- L-3/X-152- L-3/X-153- L-3/X-154- L-3/X-155- L-3/X-156-
L-3/X-157- L-3/X-158- L-3/X-159- L-3/X-160- L-3/X-161- L-3/X-162-
L-3/X-163- L-3/X-164- L-3/X-165- L-3/X-166- L-3/X-167- L-3/X-168-
L-3/X-169- L-3/X-170- L-3/X-171- L-3/X-172-
L-3/X-173- L-3/X-174- L-3/X-175- L-3/X-176- L-3/X-177- L-3/X-178-
L-3/X-179- L-3/X-180- L-3/X-181- L-3/X-182- L-3/X-183- L-3/X-184-
L-3/X-185- L-3/X-186- L-3/X-187- L-3/X-188- L-3/X-189- L-3/X-1 0-
L-3/X-191- L-3/X-192- L-3/X-193- L-3/X-194- L-3/X-195- L-3/X-196-
L-3/X-197- L-3/X-198- L-3/X-199- L-3/X-200- L-3/X-201- L-3/X-202-
L-3/X-203- L-3/X-204- L-3/X-205- L-3/X-206- L-3/X-207- L-3/X-208-
L-3/X-209- L-3/X-210- L-3/X-211- L-3/X-212- L-3/X-213- L-3/X-214-
L-3/X-215- L-3/X-216- L-3/X-217- L-3/X-218- L-3/X-219- L-3/X-220-
L-3/X-221- L-3/X-222- L-3/X-223- L-3/X-224- L-3/X-225- L-3/X-226-
L-3/X-227- L-3/X-228- L-3/X-229- L-3/X-230- L-3/X-231- L-3/X-232-
L-3/X-233- L-3/X-234- L-3/X-235- L-3/X-236- L-3/X-237- L-3/X-238-
L-3/X-239- L-3/X-240- L-3/X-241- L-3/X-242- L-3/X-243- L-3/X-244-
L-3/X-245- L-3/X-246- L-3/X-247- L-3/X-248- L-3/X-249- L-3/X-250-
L-3/X-251- L-3/X-252- L-3/X-253- L-3/X-254- L-3/X-255- L-3/X-256-
L-3/X-257- L-3/X-258- L-3/X-259- L-3/X-260- L-3/X-261- L-3/X-262-
L-3/X-263- L-3/X-264- L-3/X-265- L-3/X-266- L-3/X-267- L-3/X-268-
L-3/X-269- L-3/X-270- L-3/X-271- L-3/X-272- L-3/X-273- L-3/X-274-
L-3/X-275- L-3/X-276- L-3/X-277- L-3/X-278- L-3/X-279- L-3/X-280- L-3/X-281- L-3/X-282- L-3/X-283- L-3/X-284- L-3/X-285- L-3/X-286-
L-3/X-287- L-3/X-288- L-3/X-289- L-3/X-290- L-3/X-291- L-3/X-292- L-3/X-293- L-3/X-294- L-3/X-295- L-3/X-296- L-3/X-297- L-3/X-298- L-3/X-299- L-3/X-300- L-3/X-301- L-3/X-302- L-3/X-303- L-3/X-304- L-3/X-305- L-3/X-306- L-3/X-307- L-3/X-308- L-3/X-309- L-3/X-310- L-3/X-311- L-3/X-312- L-3/X-313- L-3/X-314- L-3/X-315- L-3/X-316- L-3/X-317- L-3/X-318- L-3/X-319- L-3/X-320- L-3/X-321- L-3/X-322- L-3/X-323- L-3/X-324- L-3/X-325- L-3/X-326- L-3/X-327- L-3/X-328- L-3/X-329- L-3/X-330- L-3/X-331- L-3/X-332- L-3/X-333- L-3/X-334- L-3/X-335- L-3/X-336- L-3/X-337- L-3/X-338- L-3/X-339- L-3/X-340- L-3/X-341- L-3/X-342- L-3/X-343- L-3/X-344- L-3/X-345- L-3/X-346- L-3/X-347- L-3/X-348- L-3/X-349- L-3/X-350- L-3/X-351- L-3/X-352- L-3/X-353- L-3/X-354- L-3/X-355- L-3/X-356- L-3/X-357- L-3/X-358- L-3/X-359- L-3/X-360- L-3/X-361- L-3/X-362- L-3/X-363- L-3/X-364- L-3/X-365- L-3/X-366- L-3/X-367- L-3/X-368- L-3/X-369- L-3/X-370- L-3/X-371- L-3/X-372- L-3/X-373- L-3/X-374- L-3/X-375- L-3/X-376- L-3/X-377- L-3/X-378- L-3/X-379- L-3/X-380- L-3/X-381- L-3/X-382- L-3 X-383- L-3/X-384- L-3/X-385- L-3/X-386- L-3/X-387- L-3/X-388- L-3/X-389- L-3/X-390- L-3/X-391- L-3/X-392- L-3/X-393- L-3/X-394- L-3/X-395- L-3/X-396- L-3/X-397- L-3/X-398- L-3/X-399- L-3/X-400- L-3/X-401- L-3/X-402- L-3/X-403- L-3/X-404- L-3/X-405- L-3/X-406- L-3/X-407- L-3/X-408- L-3/X-409- L-3/X-410- L-3/X-411- L-3/X-412- L-3/X-413- L-3/X-414- L-3/X-415- L-3/X-416- L-3/X-417- L-3/X-418-
L-4/X-1- L-4/X-2- L-4/X-3- L-4/X-4- L-4/X-5- L-4/X-6-
L-4/X-7- L-4/X-8- L-4/X-9- L-4/X-10- L-4/X-11- L-4/X-12-
L-4/X-13- L-4/X-14- L-4/X-15- L-4/X-16- L-4/X-17- L-4/X-18-
L-4/X-19- L-4/X-20- L-4/X-21- L-4/X-22- L-4/X-23- L-4/X-24-
L-4/X-25- L-4/X-26- L-4/X-27- L-4/X-28- L-4/X-29- L-4/X-30-
L-4/X-31- L-4/X-32- L-4/X-33- L-4/X-34- L-4/X-35- L-4/X-36-
L-4/X-37- L-4/X-38- L-4/X-39- L-4/X-40- L-4/X-41- L-4/X-42-
L-4/X-43- L-4/X-44- L-4/X-45- L-4/X-46- L-4/X-47- L-4/X-48-
L-4/X-49- L-4/X-50- L-4/X-51- L-4/X-52- L-4/X-53- L-4/X-54-
L-4/X-55- L-4/X-56- L-4/X-57- L-4/X-58- • L-4/X-59- L-4/X-60-
L-4/X-61- L-4/X-62- L-4/X-63- L-4/X-64- L-4/X-65- L-4/X-66-
L-4/X-67- L-4/X-68- L-4/X-69- L-4/X-70- L-4/X-71- L-4/X-72-
L-4/X-73- L-4/X-74- L-4/X-75- L-4/X-76- L-4/X-77- L-4/X-78-
L-4/X-79- L-4/X-80- L-4/X-81- L-4/X-82- L-4/X-83- L-4/X-84-
L-4/X-85- L-4/X-86- L-4/X-87- L-4/X-88- L-4/X-89- L-4/X-90-
L-4/X-91- L-4/X-92- L-4/X-93- L-4/X-94- L-4/X-95- L-4/X-96-
L-4/X-97- L-4/X-98- L-4/X-99- L-4/X-100- L-4/X-101- L-4/X-102-
L-4/X-103- L-4/X-104- L-4/X-105- L-4/X-106- L-4/X-107- L-4/X-108-
L-4/X-109- L-4/X-110- L-4/X-111- L-4/X-112- L-4/X-113- L-4/X-114-
L-4/X-115- L-4/X-116- L-4/X-117- L-4/X-118- L-4/X-119- L-4/X-120-
L-4/X-121- L-4/X-122- L-4/X-123- L-4/X-124- L-4/X-125- L-4/X-126-
L-4/X-127- L-4/X-128- L-4/X-129- L-4/X-130- L-4/X-131- L-4/X-132-
L-4/X-133- L-4/X-134- L-4/X-135- L-4/X-136- L-4/X-137- L-4/X-138-
L-4/X-139- L-4/X-140- L-4/X-141- L-4/X-142- L-4/X-143- L-4/X-144-
L-4/X-145- L-4/X-146- L-4/X-147- L-4/X-148- L-4/X-149- L-4/X-150-
L-4/X-151- L-4/X-152- L-4/X-153- L-4/X-154- L-4/X-155- L-4/X-156-
L-4/X-157- L-4/X-158- L-4/X-159- L-4/X-160- L-4/X-161- L-4/X-162- L-4/X-163- L-4/X-164- L-4/X-165- L-4/X-166- L-4/X-167- L-4/X-168- L-4/X-169- L-4/X-170- L-4/X-171- L-4/X-172- L-4/X-173- L-4/X-174- L-4/X-175- L-4/X-176- L-4/X-177- L-4/X-178- L-4/X-179- L-4/X-180- L-4/X-181- L-4/X-182- L-4/X-183- L-4/X-184- L-4/X-185- L-4/X-186- L-4/X-187- L-4/X-188- L-4/X-189- L-4/X-1 0- L-4/X-191- L-4/X-192- L-4/X-193- L-4/X-194- L-4/X-195- L-4/X-196- L-4/X-197- L-4/X-198- L-4/X-199- L-4/X-200- L-4/X-201- L-4/X-202- L-4/X-203- L-4/X-204- L-4/X-205- L-4/X-206- L-4/X-207- L-4/X-208- L-4/X-209- L-4/X-210- L-4/X-211- L-4/X-212- L-4/X-213- L-4/X-214- L-4/X-215- L-4/X-216- L-4/X-217- L-4/X-218- L-4/X-219- L-4/X-220- L-4/X-221- L-4/X-222- L-4/X-223- L-4/X-224- L-4/X-225- L-4/X-226- L-4/X-227- L-4/X-228- L-4/X-229- L-4/X-230- L-4/X-231- L-4/X-232- L-4/X-233- L-4/X-234- L-4/X-235- L-4/X-236- L-4/X-237- L-4/X-238- L-4/X-239- L-4/X-240- L-4/X-241- L-4/X-242- L-4/X-243- L-4/X-244- L-4/X-245- L-4/X-246- L-4/X-247- L-4/X-248- L-4/X-249- L-4/X-250- L-4/X-251- L-4/X-252- L-4/X-253- L-4/X-254- L-4/X-255- L-4/X-256- L-4/X-257- L-4/X-258- L-4/X-259- L-4/X-260- L-4/X-261- L-4/X-262- L-4/X-263- L-4/X-264- L-4/X-265- L-4/X-266- L-4/X-267- L-4/X-268- L-4/X-269- L-4/X-270- L-4/X-271- L-4/X-272- L-4/X-273- L-4/X-274- L-4/X-275- L-4/X-276- L-4/X-277- L-4/X-278- L-4/X-279- L-4/X-280- L-4/X-281- L-4/X-282- L-4/X-283- L-4/X-284- L-4/X-285- L-4/X-286- L-4/X-287- L-4/X-288- L-4/X-289- L-4/X-290- L-4/X-291- L-4/X-292- L-4/X-293- L-4/X-294- L-4/X-295- L-4/X-296- L-4/X-297- L-4/X-298- L-4/X-299- L-4/X-300- L-4/X-301- L-4/X-302- L-4/X-303- L-4/X-304- L-4/X-305- L-4/X-306- L-4/X-307- L-4/X-308- L-4/X-309- L-4/X-310- L-4/X-311- L-4/X-312- L-4/X-313- L-4/X-314- L-4/X-315- L-4/X-316- L-4/X-317- L-4/X-318- L-4/X-319- L-4/X-320- L-4/X-321- L-4/X-322- L-4/X-323- L-4/X-324- L-4/X-325- L-4/X-326- L-4/X-327- L-4/X-328- L-4/X-329- L-4/X-330- L-4/X-331- L-4/X-332- L-4/X-333- L-4/X-334- L-4/X-335- L-4/X-336- L-4/X-337- L-4/X-338- L-4/X-339- L-4/X-340- L-4/X-341- L-4/X-342- L-4/X-343- L-4/X-344- L-4/X-345- L-4/X-346- L-4/X-347- L-4/X-348- L-4/X-349- L-4/X-350- L-4/X-351- L-4/X-352- L-4/X-353- L-4/X-354- L-4/X-355- L-4/X-356- L-4/X-357- L-4/X-358- L-4/X-359- L-4/X-360- L-4/X-361- L-4/X-362- L-4/X-363- L-4/X-364- L-4/X-365- L-4/X-366- L-4/X-367- L-4/X-368- L-4/X-369- L /X-370- L-4/X-371- L-4/X-372- L-4/X-373- L-4/X-374- L-4/X-375- L-4/X-376- L-4/X-377- L-4/X-378- L-4/X-379- L-4/X-380- L-4/X-381- L-4/X-382- L-4/X-383- L-4/X-384- L-4/X-385- L-4/X-386- L-4/X-387- L-4/X-388- L-4/X-389- L-4/X-390- L-4/X-391- L-4/X-392- L-4/X-393- L-4/X-394- L-4/X-395- L-4/X-396- L-4/X-397- L-4/X-398- L-4/X-399- L-4/X-400- L-4/X-401- L-4/X-402- L-4/X-403- L-4/X-404- L-4/X-405- L-4/X-406- L-4/X-407- L-4/X-408- L-4/X-409- L-4/X-410- L-4/X-411- L-4/X-412- L /X-413- L-4/X-414- L-4/X-415- L-4/X-416- L-4/X-417- L-4/X-418-
L-5/X-1- L-5/X-2- L-5/X-3- L-5/X-4- L-5/X-5- L-5/X-6-
L-5/X-7- L-5/X-8- L-5/X-9- L-5/X-10- L-5/X-11- L-5/X-12-
L-5/X-13- L-5/X-14- L-5/X-15- L-5/X-16- L-5/X-17- L-5/X-18-
L-5/X-19- L-5/X-20- L-5/X-21- L-5/X-22- L-5/X-23- L-5/X-2
L-5/X-25- L-5/X-26- L-5/X-27- L-5/X-28- L-5/X-29- L-5/X-30 L-5/X-31- L-5/X-32- L-5/X-33- L-5/X-34- L-5/X-35- L-5/X-36-
L-5/X-37- L-5/X-38- L-5/X-39- L-5/X-40- L-5/X-41- L-5/X-42-
L-5/X-43- L-5/X-44- L-5/X-45- L-5/X-46- L-5/X-47- L-5/X-48-
L-5/X-49- L-5/X-50- L-5/X-51- L-5/X-52- L-5/X-53- L-5/X-54-
L-5/X-55- L-5/X-56- L-5/X-57- L-5/X-58- L-5/X-59- L-5/X-60-
L-5/X-61- L-5/X-62- L-5/X-63- L-5/X-64- L-5/X-65- L-5/X-66-
L-5/X-67- L-5/X-68- L-5/X-69- L-5/X-70- L-5/X-71- L-5/X-72-
L-5/X-73- L-5/X-74- L-5/X-75- L-5/X-76- L-5/X-77- L-5/X-78-
L-5/X-79- L-5/X-80- L-5/X-81- L-5/X-82- L-5/X-83- L-5/X-84-
L-5/X-85- L-5/X-86- L-5/X-87- L-5/X-88- L-5/X-89- L-5/X-90-
L-5/X-91- L-5/X-92- L-5/X-93- L-5/X-94- L-5/X-95- L-5/X-96-
L-5/X-97- L-5/X-98- L-5/X-99- L-5/X-100- L-5/X-101- L-5/X-102-
L-5/X-103- L-5/X-104- L-5/X-105- L-5/X-106- L-5/X-107- L-5/X-108-
L-5/X-109- L-5/X-110- L-5/X-111- L-5/X-112- L-5/X-113- L-5/X-114-
L-5/X-115- L-5/X-116- L-5/X-117- L-5/X-118- L-5/X-119- L-5/X-120-
L-5/X-121- L-5/X-122- L-5/X-123- L-5/X-124- L-5/X-125- L-5/X-126-
L-5/X-127- L-5/X-128- L-5/X-129- L-5/X-130- L-5/X-131- L-5/X-132-
L-5/X-133- L-5/X-134- L-5/X-135- L-5/X-136- L-5/X-137- L-5/X-138-
L-5/X-139- L-5/X-140- L-5/X-141- L-5/X-142- L-5/X-143- L-5/X-144-
L-5/X-145- L-5/X-146- L-5/X-147- L-5/X-148- L-5/X-149- L-5/X-150-
L-5/X-151- L-5/X-152- L-5/X-153- L-5/X-154- L-5/X-155- L-5/X-156-
L-5/X-157- L-5/X-158- L-5/X-159- L-5/X-160- L-5/X-161- L-5/X-162-
L-5/X-163- L-5/X-164- L-5/X-165- L-5/X-166- L-5/X-167- L-5/X-168-
L-5/X-169- L-5/X-170- L-5/X-171- L-5/X-172-
L-5/X-173- L-5/X-174- L-5/X-175- L-5/X-176- L-5/X-177- L-5/X-178-
L-5/X-179- L-5/X-180- L-5/X-181- L-5/X-182- L-5/X-183- L-5/X-184-
L-5/X-185- L-5/X-186- L-5/X-187- L-5/X-188- L-5/X-189- L-5/X-190-
L-5/X-191- L-5/X-192- L-5/X-193- L-5/X-194- L-5/X-195- L-5/X-196-
L-5/X-197- L-5/X-198- L-5/X-199- L-5/X-200- L-5/X-201- L-5/X-202-
L-5/X-203- L-5/X-204- L-5/X-205- L-5/X-206- L-5/X-207- L-5/X-208-
L-5/X-209- L-5/X-210- L-5/X-211- L-5/X-212- L-5/X-213- L-5/X-214-
L-5/X-215- L-5/X-216- L-5/X-217- L-5/X-218- L-5/X-219- L-5/X-220-
L-5/X-221- L-5/X-222- L-5/X-223- L-5/X-224- L-5/X-225- L-5/X-226-
L-5/X-227- L-5/X-228- L-5/X-229- L-5/X-230- L-5/X-231- L-5/X-232-
L-5/X-233- L-5/X-234- L-5/X-235- L-5/X-236- L-5/X-237- L-5/X-238-
L-5/X-239- L-5/X-240- L-5/X-241- L-5/X-242- L-5/X-243- L-5/X-244-
L-5/X-245- L-5/X-246- L-5/X-247- L-5/X-248- L-5/X-249- L-5/X-250-
L-5/X-251- L-5/X-252- L-5/X-253- L-5/X-254- L-5/X-255- L-5/X-256-
L-5/X-257- L-5/X-258- L-5/X-259- L-5/X-260- L-5/X-261- L-5/X-262-
L-5/X-263- L-5/X-264- L-5/X-265- L-5/X-266- L-5/X-267- L-5/X-268-
L-5/X-269- L-5/X-270- L-5/X-271- L-5/X-272- L-5/X-273- L-5/X-274-
L-5/X-275- L-5/X-276- L-5/X-277- L-5/X-278- L-5/X-279- L-5/X-280-
L-5/X-281- L-5/X-282- L-5/X-283- L-5/X-284- L-5/X-285- L-5/X-286-
L-5/X-287- L-5/X-288- L-5/X-289- L-5/X-290- L-5/X-291- L-5/X-292-
L-5/X-293- L-5/X-294- L-5/X-295- L-5/X-296- L-5/X-297- L-5/X-298-
L-5/X-299- L-5/X-300- L-5/X-301- L-5/X-302- L-5/X-303- L-5/X-304-
L-5/X-305- L-5/X-306- L-5/X-307- L-5/X-308- L-5/X-309- L-5/X-310-
L-5/X-311- L-5/X-312- L-5/X-313- L-5/X-314- L-5/X-315- L-5/X-316-
L-5/X-317- L-5/X-318- L-5/X-319- L-5/X-320- L-5/X-321- L-5/X-322-
L-5/X-323- L-5/X-324- L-5/X-325- L-5/X-326- L-5/X-327- L-5/X-328-
L-5/X-329- L-5/X-330- L-5/X-331- L-5/X-332- L-5/X-333- L-5/X-334- L-5/X-335- L-5/X-336- L-5/X-337- L-5/X-338- L-5/X-339- L-5/X-340- L-5/X-341- L-5/X-342- L-5/X-343- L-5/X-344- L-5/X-345- L-5/X-346- L-5/X-347- L-5/X-348- L-5/X-349- L-5/X-350- L-5/X-351- L-5/X-352- L-5/X-353- L-5/X-354- L-5/X-355- L-5/X-356- L-5/X-357- L-5/X-358- L-5/X-359- L-5/X-360- L-5/X-361- L-5/X-362- L-5/X-363- L-5/X-364- L-5/X-365- L-5/X-366- L-5/X-367- L-5/X-368- L-5/X-369- L-5/X-370- L-5/X-371- L-5/X-372- L-5/X-373- L-5/X-374- L-5/X-375- L-5/X-376- L-5/X-377- L-5/X-378- L-5/X-379- L-5/X-380- L-5/X-381- L-5/X-382- L-5/X-383- L-5/X-384- L-5/X-385- L-5/X-386- L-5/X-387- L-5/X-388- L-5/X-389- L-5/X-390- L-5/X-391- L-5/X-392- L-5/X-393- L-5/X-394- L-5/X-395- L-5/X-396- L-5/X-397- L-5/X-398- L-5/X-399- L-5/X-400- L-5/X-401- L-5/X-402- L-5/X-403- L-5/X-404- _ 5/X-405- L-5/X-406- L-5/X-407- L-5/X-408- L-5/X-409- L-5/X-410- L-5/X-411- L-5/X-412- L-5/X-413- L-5/X-414- L-5/X-415- L-5/X-416- L-5/X-417- L-5/X-418-
L-6/X-1- L-6/X-2- L-6/X-3- L-6/X-4- L-6/X-5- L-6/X-6-
L-6/X-7- L-6/X-8- L-6/X-9- L-6/X-10- L-6/X-11- L-6/X-12-
L-6/X-13- L-6/X-14- L-6/X-15- L-6/X-16- L-6/X-17- L-6/X-18-
L-6/X-19- L-6/X-20- L-6/X-21- L-6/X-22- L-6/X-23- L-6/X-24-
L-6/X-25- L-6/X-26- L-6/X-27- L-6/X-28- L-6/X-29- L-6/X-30-
L-6/X-31- L-6/X-32- L-6/X-33- L-6/X-34- L-6/X-35- L-6/X-36-
L-6/X-37- L-6/X-38- L-6/X-39- L-6/X-40- L-6/X-41- L-6/X-42-
L-6/X-43- L-6/X-44- L-6/X-45- L-6/X-46- L-6/X-47- L-6/X-48-
L-6/X-49- L-6/X-50- L-6/X-51- L-6/X-52- L-6/X-53- L-6/X-54-
L-6/X-55- L-6/X-56- L-6/X-57- L-6/X-58- L-6/X-59- L-6/X-60-
L-6/X-61- L-6/X-62- L-6/X-63- L-6/X-64- L-6/X-65- L-6/X-66-
L-6/X-67- L-6/X-68- L-6/X-69- L-6/X-70- L-6/X-71- L-6/X-72-
L-6/X-73- L-6/X-74- L-6/X-75- L-6/X-76- L-6/X-77- L-6/X-78-
L-6/X-79- L-6/X-80- L-6/X-81- L-6/X-82- L-6/X-83- L-6/X-84-
L-6/X-85- L-6/X-86- L-6/X-87- L-6/X-88- L-6/X-89- L-6/X-90-
L-6/X-91- L-6/X-92- L-6/X-93- L-6/X-94- L-6/X-95- L-6/X-96-
L-6/X-97- L-6/X-98- L-6/X-99- L-6/X-100- L-6/X-101- L-6/X-102-
L-6/X-103- L-6/X-104- L-6/X-105- L-6/X-106- L-6/X-107- L-6/X-108-
L-6/X-109- L-6/X-110- L-6/X-111- L-6/X-112- L-6/X-113- L-6/X-114-
L-6/X-115- L-6/X-116- L-6/X-117- L-6/X-118- L-6/X-119- L-6/X-120-
L-6/X-121- L-6/X-122- L-6/X-123- L-6/X-124- L-6/X-125- L-6/X-126-
L-6/X-127- L-6/X-128- L-6/X-129- L-6/X-130- L-6/X-131- L-6/X-132-
L-6/X-133- L-6/X-134- L-6/X-135- L-6/X-136- L-6/X-137- L-6/X-138-
L-6/X-139- L-6/X-140- L-6/X-141- L-6/X-142- L-6/X-143- L-6/X-144-
L-6/X-145- L-6/X-146- L-6/X-147- L-6/X-148- L-6/X-149- L-6/X-150-
L-6/X-151- L-6/X-152- L-6/X-153- L-6/X-154- L-6/X-155- L-6/X-156-
L-6/X-157- L-6/X-158- L-6/X-159- L-6/X-160- L-6/X-161- L-6/X-162-
L-6/X-163- L-6/X-164- L-6/X-165- L-6/X-166- L-6/X-167- L-6/X-168-
L-6/X-169- L-6/X-170- L-6/X-171- L-6/X-172-
L-6/X-173- L-6/X-174- L-6/X-175- L-6/X-176- L-6/X-177- L-6/X-178-
L-6/X-179- L-6/X-180- L-6/X-181- L-6/X-182- L-6/X-183- L-6/X-184-
L-6/X-185- L-6/X-186- L-6/X-187- L-6/X-188- L-6/X-189- L-6/X-190-
L-6/X-191- L-6/X-192- L-6/X-193- L-6/X-194- L-6/X-195- L-6/X-196-
L-6/X-197- L-6/X-198- L-6/X-199- L-6/X-200- L-6/X-201- L-6/X-202-
L-6/X-203- L-6/X-204- L-6/X-205- L-6/X-206- L-6/X-207- L-6/X-208- L-6/X-209- L-6/X-210- L-6/X-211- L-6/X-212- L-6/X-213- L-6/X-214- L-6/X-215- L-6/X-216- L-6/X-217- L-6/X-218- L-6/X-219- L-6/X-220- L-6/X-221- L-6/X-222- L-6/X-223- L-6/X-224- L-6/X-225- L-6/X-226- L-6/X-227- L-6/X-228- L-6/X-229- L-6/X-230- L-6/X-231- L-6/X-232- L-6/X-233- L-6/X-234- L-6/X-235- L-6/X-236- L-6/X-237- L-6/X-238- L-6/X-239- L-6/X-240- L-6/X-241- L-6/X-242- L-6/X-243- L-6/X-244- L-6/X-245- L-6/X-246- L-6/X-247- L-6/X-248- L-6/X-249- L-6/X-250- L-6/X-251- L-6/X-252- L-6/X-253- L-6/X-254- L-6/X-255- L-6/X-256- L-6/X-257- L-6/X-258- L-6/X-259- L-6/X-260- L-6/X-261- L-6/X-262- L-6/X-263- L-6/X-264- L-6/X-265- L-6/X-266- L-6/X-267- L-6/X-268- L-6/X-269- L-6/X-270- L-6/X-271- L-6/X-272- L-6/X-273- L-6/X-274- L-6/X-275- L-6/X-276- L-6/X-277- L-6/X-278- L-6/X-279- L-6/X-280- L-6/X-281- L-6/X-282- L-6/X-283- L-6/X-284- L-6/X-285- L-6/X-286- L-6/X-287- L-6/X-288- L-6/X-289- L-6/X-290- L-6/X-291- L-6/X-292- L-6/X-293- L-6/X-294- L-6/X-295- L-6/X-296- L-6/X-297- L-6/X-298- L-6/X-299- L-6/X-300- L-6/X-301- L-6/X-302- L-6/X-303- L-6/X-304- L-6/X-305- L-6/X-306- L-6/X-307- L-6/X-308- L-6/X-309- L-6/X-310- L-6/X-311- L-6/X-312- L-6/X-313- L-6/X-314- L-6/X-315- L-6/X-316- L-6/X-317- L-6/X-318- L-6/X-319- L-6/X-320- L-6/X-321- L-6/X-322- L-6/X-323- L-6/X-324- L-6/X-325- L-6/X-326- L-6/X-327- L-6/X-328- L-6/X-329- L-6/X-330- L-6/X-331- L-6/X-332- L-6/X-333- L-6/X-334- L-6/X-335- L-6/X-336- L-6/X-337- L-6/X-338- L-6/X-339- L-6/X-340- L-6/X-341- L-6/X-342- L-6/X-343- L-6/X-344- L-6/X-345- L-6/X-346- L-6/X-347- L-6/X-348- L-6/X-349- L-6/X-350- L-6/X-351- L-6/X-352- L-6/X-353- L-6/X-354- L-6/X-355- L-6/X-356- L-6/X-357- L-6/X-358- L-6/X-359- L-6/X-360- L-6/X-361- L-6/X-362- L-6/X-363- L-6/X-364- L-6/X-365- L-6/X-366- L-6/X-367- L-6/X-368- L-6/X-369- L-6/X-370- L-6/X-371- L-6/X-372- L-6/X-373- L-6/X-374- L-6/X-375- L-6/X-376- L-6/X-377- L-6/X-378- L-6/X-379- L-6/X-380- L-6/X-381- L-6/X-382- L-6/X-383- L-6/X-384- L-6/X-385- L-6/X-386- L-6/X-387- L-6/X-388- L-6/X-389- L-6/X-390- L-6/X-391- L-6/X-392- L-6/X-393- L-6/X-394- L-6/X-395- L-6/X-396- L-6/X-397- L-6/X-398- L-6/X-399- L-6/X-400- L-6/X-401- L-6/X-402- L-6/X-403- L-6/X-404- L-6/X-405- L-6/X-406- L-6/X-407- L-6/X-408- L-6/X-409- L-6/X-410- L-6/X-411- L-6/X-412- L-6/X-413- L-6/X-414- L-6/X-415- L-6/X-416- L-6/X-417- L-6/X-418-
L-7/X-1- L-7/X-2- L-7/X-3- L-7/X-4- L-7/X-5- L-7/X-6-
L-7/X-7- L-7/X-8- L-7/X-9- L-7/X-10- L-7/X-11- L-7/X-12-
L-7/X-13- L-7/X-14- L-7/X-15- L-7/X-16- L-7/X-17- L-7/X-18-
L-7/X-19- L-7/X-20- L-7/X-21- L-7/X-22- L-7/X-23- L-7/X-24-
L-7/X-25- L-7/X-26- L-7/X-27- L-7/X-28- L-7/X-29- L-7/X-30-
L-7/X-31- L-7/X-32- L-7/X-33- L-7/X-34- L-7/X-35- L-7/X-36-
L-7/X-37- L-7/X-38- L-7/X-39- L-7/X-40- L-7/X-41- L-7/X-42-
L-7/X-43- L-7/X-44- L-7/X-45- L-7/X-46- L-7/X-47- L-7/X-48-
L-7/X-49- L-7/X-50- L-7/X-51- L-7/X-52- L-7/X-53- L-7/X-54-
L-7/X-55- L-7/X-56- L-7/X-57- L-7/X-58- L-7/X-59- L-7/X-60-
L-7/X-61- L-7/X-62- L-7/X-63- L-7/X-64- L-7/X-65- L-7/X-66-
L-7/X-67- L-7/X-68- L-7/X-69- L-7/X-70- L-7/X-71- L-7/X-72-
L-7/X-73- L-7/X-74- L-7/X-75- L-7/X-76- L-7/X-77- L-7/X-78--
L-7/X-79- L-7/X-80- L-7/X-81- L-7/X-82- L-7/X-83- L-7/X-84- L-7/X-85- L-7/X-86- L-7/X-87- L-7/X-88- L-7/X-89- L-7/X-90-
L-7/X-91- L-7/X-92- L-7/X-93- L-7/X-94- L-7/X-95- L-7/X-96-
L-7/X-97- L-7/X-98- L-7/X-99- L-7/X-100- L-7/X-101- L-7/X-102-
L-7/X-103- L-7/X-104- L-7/X-105- L-7/X-106- L-7/X-107- L-7/X-108-
L-7/X-109- L-7/X-110- L-7/X-111- L-7/X-112- L-7/X-113- L-7/X-114-
L-7/X-115- L-7/X-116- L-7/X-117- L-7/X-118- L-7/X-119- L-7/X-120-
L-7/X-121- L-7/X-122- L-7/X-123- L-7/X-124- L-7/X-125- L-7/X-126-
L-7/X-127- L-7/X-128- L-7/X-129- L-7/X-130- L-7/X-131- L-7/X-132-
L-7/X-133- L-7/X-134- L-7/X-135- L-7/X-136- L-7/X-137- L-7/X-138-
L-7/X-139- L-7/X-140- L-7/X-141- L-7/X-142- L-7/X-143- L-7/X-144-
L-7/X-145- L-7/X-146- L-7/X-147- L-7/X-148- L-7/X-149- L-7/X-150-
L-7/X-151- L-7/X-152- L-7/X-153- L-7/X-154- L-7/X-155- L-7/X-156-
L-7/X-157- L-7/X-158- L-7/X-159- L-7/X-160- L-7/X-161- L-7/X-162-
L-7/X-163- L-7/X-164- L-7/X-165- L-7/X-166- L-7/X-167- L-7/X-168-
L-7/X-169- L-7/X-170- L-7/X-171- L-7/X-172-
L-7/X-173- L-7/X-174- L-7/X-175- L-7/X-176- L-7/X-177- L-7/X-178-
L-7/X-179- L-7/X-180- L-7/X-181- L-7/X-182- L-7/X-183- L-7/X-184-
L-7/X-185- L-7/X-186- L-7/X-187- L-7/X-188- L-7/X-189- L-7/X-190-
L-7/X-191- L-7/X-192- L-7/X-193- L-7/X-194- L-7/X-195- L-7/X-196-
L-7/X-197- L-7/X-198- L-7/X-199- L-7/X-200- L-7/X-201- L-7/X-202-
L-7/X-203- L-7/X-204- L-7/X-205- L-7/X-206- L-7/X-207- L-7/X-208-
L-7/X-209- L-7/X-210- L-7/X-211- L-7/X-212- L-7/X-213- L-7/X-214-
L-7/X-215- L-7/X-216- L-7/X-217- L-7/X-218- L-7/X-219- L-7/X-220-
L-7/X-221- L-7/X-222- L-7/X-223- L-7/X-224- L-7/X-225- L-7/X-226-
L-7/X-227- L-7/X-228- L-7/X-229- L-7/X-230- L-7/X-231- L-7/X-232-
L-7/X-233- L-7/X-234- L-7/X-235- L-7/X-236- L-7/X-237- L-7/X-238-
L-7/X-239- L-7/X-240- L-7/X-241- L-7/X-242- L-7/X-243- L-7/X-244-
L-7/X-245- L-7/X-246- L-7/X-247- L-7/X-248- L-7/X-249- L-7/X-250-
L-7/X-251- L-7/X-252- L-7/X-253- L-7/X-254- L-7/X-255- L-7/X-256-
L-7/X-257- L-7/X-258- L-7/X-259- L-7/X-260- L-7/X-261- L-7/X-262-
L-7/X-263- L-7/X-264- L-7/X-265- L-7/X-266- L-7/X-267- L-7/X-268-
L-7/X-269- L-7/X-270- L-7/X-271- L-7/X-272- L-7/X-273- L-7/X-274-
L-7/X-275- L-7/X-276- L-7/X-277- L-7/X-278- L-7/X-279- L-7/X-280-
L-7/X-281- L-7/X-282- L-7/X-283- L-7/X-284- L-7/X-285- L-7/X-286-
L-7/X-287- L-7/X-288- L-7/X-289- L-7/X-290- L-7/X-291- L-7/X-292-
L-7/X-293- L-7/X-294- L-7/X-295- L-7/X-296- L-7/X-297- L-7/X-298-
L-7/X-299- L-7/X-300- L-7/X-301- L-7/X-302- L-7/X-303- L-7/X-304-
L-7/X-305- L-7/X-306- L-7/X-307- L-7/X-308- L-7/X-309- L-7/X-310-
L-7/X-311- L-7/X-312- L-7/X-313- L-7/X-314- L-7/X-315- L-7/X-316-
L-7/X-317- L-7/X-318- L-7/X-319- L-7/X-320- L-7/X-321- L-7/X-322-
L-7/X-323- L-7/X-324- L-7/X-325- L-7/X-326- L-7/X-327- L-7/X-328-
L-7/X-329- L-7/X-330- L-7/X-331- L-7/X-332- L-7/X-333- L-7/X-334-
L-7/X-335- L-7/X-336- L-7/X-337- L-7/X-338- L-7/X-339- L-7/X-340-
L-7/X-341- L-7/X-342- L-7/X-343- L-7/X-344- L-7/X-345- L-7/X-346-
L-7/X-347- L-7/X-348- L-7/X-349- L-7/X-350- L-7/X-351- L-7/X-352-
L-7/X-353- L-7/X-354- L-7/X-355- L-7/X-356- L-7/X-357- L-7/X-358-
L-7/X-359- L-7/X-360- L-7/X-361- L-7/X-362- L-7/X-363- L-7/X-364-
L-7/X-365- L-7/X-366- L-7/X-367- L-7/X-368- L-7/X-369- L-7/X-370-
L-7/X-371- L-7/X-372- L-7/X-373- L-7/X-374- L-7/X-375- L-7/X-376-
L-7/X-377- L-7/X-378- L-7/X-379- L-7/X-380- L-7/X-381- L-7/X-382-
L-7/X-383- L-7/X-384- L-7/X-385- L-7/X-386- L-7/X-387- L-7/X-388- L-7/X-389- L-7/X-390- L-7/X-391- L-7/X-392- L-7/X-393- L-7/X-394- L-7/X-395- L-7/X-396- L-7/X-397- L-7/X-398- L-7/X-399- L-7/X-400- L-7/X-401- L-7/X-402- L-7/X-403- L-7/X-404- L-7/X-405- L-7/X-406- L-7/X-407- L-7/X-408- L-7/X-409- L-7/X-410- L-7/X-411- L-7/X-412- L-7/X-413- L-7/X-414- L-7/X-415- L-7/X-416- L-7/X-417- L-7/X-418-
L-8/X-1- L-8/X-2- L-8/X-3- L-8/X-4- L-8/X-5- L-8/X-6-
L-8/X-7- L-8/X-8- L-8/X-9- L-8/X-10- L-8/X-11- L-8/X-12-
L-8/X-13- L-8/X-14- L-8/X-15- L-8/X-16- L-8/X-17- L-8/X-18-
L-8/X-19- L-8/X-20- L-8/X-21- L-8/X-22- L-8/X-23- L-8/X-24-
L-8/X-25- L-8/X-26- L-8/X-27- L-8/X-28- L-8/X-29- L-8/X-30-
L-8/X-31- L-8/X-32- L-8/X-33- L-8/X-34- L-8/X-35- L-8/X-36-
L-8/X-37- L-8/X-38- L-8/X-39- L-8/X-40- L-8/X-41- L-8/X-42-
L-8/X-43- L-8/X-44- L-8/X-45- L-8/X-46- L-8/X-47- L-8/X-48-
L-8/X-49- L-8/X-50- L-8/X-51- L-8/X-52- L-8/X-53- L-8/X-54-
L-8/X-55- L-8/X-56- L-8/X-57- L-8/X-58- L-8/X-59- L-8/X-60-
L-8/X-61- L-8/X-62- L-8/X-63- L-8/X-64- L-8/X-65- L-8/X-66-
L-8/X-67- L-8/X-68- L-8/X-69- L-8/X-70- L-8/X-71- L-8/X-72-
L-8/X-73- L-8/X-74- L-8/X-75- L-8/X-76- L-8/X-77- L-8/X-78-
L-8/X-79- L-8/X-80- L-8/X-81- L-8/X-82- L-8/X-83- L-8/X-84-
L-8/X-85- L-8/X-86- L-8/X-87- L-8/X-88- L-8/X-89- L-8/X-90-
L-8/X-91- L-8/X-92- L-8/X-93- L-8/X-94- L-8/X-95- L-8/X-96-
L-8/X-97- L-8/X-98- L-8/X-99- L-8/X-100- L-8/X-101- L-8/X-102-
L-8/X-103- L-8/X-104- L-8/X-105- L-8/X-106- L-8/X-107- L-8/X-108-
L-8/X-109- L-8/X-110- L-8/X-111- L-8/X-112- L-8/X-113- L-8/X-U4-
L-8/X-115- L-8/X-116- L-8/X-117- L-8/X-118- L-8/X-119- L-8/X-120-
L-8/X-121- L-8/X-122- L-8/X-123- L-8/X-124- L-8/X-125- L-8/X-126-
L-8/X-127- L-8/X-128- L-8/X-129- L-8/X-130- L-8/X-131- L-8/X-132-
L-8/X-133- L-8/X-134- L-8/X-135- L-8/X-136- L-8/X-137- L-8/X-138-
L-8/X-139- L-8/X-140- L-8/X-141- L-8/X-142- L-8/X-143- L-8/X-144-
L-8/X-145- L-8/X-146- L-8/X-147- L-8/X-148- L-8/X-149- L-8/X-150-
L-8/X-151- L-8/X-152- L-8/X-153- L-8/X-154- L-8/X-155- L-8/X-156-
L-8/X-157- L-8/X-158- L-8/X-159- L-8/X-160- L-8/X-161- L-8/X-162-
L-8/X-163- L-8/X-164- L-8/X-165- L-8/X-166- L-8/X-167- L-8/X-168-
L-8/X-169- L-8/X-170- L-8/X-171- L-8/X-172-
L-8/X-173- L-8/X-174- L-8/X-175- L-8/X-176- L-8/X-177- L-8/X-178-
L-8/X-179- L-8/X-180- L-8/X-181- L-8/X-182- L-8/X-183- L-8/X-184-
L-8/X-185- L-8/X-186- L-8/X-187- L-8/X-188- L-8/X-189- L-8/X-190-
L-8/X-191- L-8/X-192- L-8/X-193- L-8/X-194- L-8/X-195- L-8/X-196-
L-8/X-197- L-8/X-198- L-8/X-199- L-8/X-200- L-8/X-201- L-8/X-202-
L-8/X-203- L-8/X-204- L-8/X-205- L-8/X-206- L-8/X-207- L-8/X-208-
L-8/X-209- L-8/X-210- L-8/X-211- L-8/X-212- L-8/X-213- L-8/X-214-
L-8/X-215- L-8/X-216- L-8/X-217- L-8/X-218- L-8/X-219- L-8/X-220-
L-8/X-221- L-8/X-222- L-8/X-223- L-8/X-224- L-8/X-225- L-8/X-226-
L-8/X-227- L-8/X-228- L-8/X-229- L-8/X-230- L-8/X-231- L-8/X-232-
L-8/X-233- L-8/X-234- L-8/X-235- L-8/X-236- L-8/X-237- L-8/X-238-
L-8/X-239- L-8/X-240- L-8/X-241- L-8/X-242- L-8/X-243- L-8/X-244-
L-8/X-245- L-8/X-246- L-8/X-247- L-8/X-248- L-8/X-249- L-8/X-250-
L-8/X-251- L-8/X-252- L-8/X-253- L-8/X-254- L-8/X-255- L-8/X-256-
L-8/X-257- L-8/X-258- L-8/X-259- L-8/X-260- L-8/X-261- L-8/X-262- L-8/X-263- L-8/X-264- L-8/X-265- L-8/X-266- L-8/X-267- L-8/X-268- L-8/X-269- L-8/X-270- L-8/X-271- L-8/X-272- L-8/X-273- L-8/X-274- L-8/X-275- L-8/X-276- L-8/X-277- L-8/X-278- L-8/X-279- L-8/X-280- L-8/X-281- L-8/X-282- L-8/X-283- L-8/X-284- L-8/X-285- L-8/X-286- L-8/X-287- L-8/X-288- L-8/X-289- L-8/X-290- L-8/X-291- L-8/X-292- L-8/X-293- L-8/X-294- L-8/X-295- L-8/X-296- L-8/X-297- L-8/X-298- L-8/X-299- L-8/X-300- L-8/X-301- L-8/X-302- L-8/X-303- L-8/X-304- L-8/X-305- L-8/X-306- L-8/X-307- L-8/X-308- L-8/X-309- L-8/X-310- L-8/X-311- L-8/X-312- L-8/X-313- L-8/X-314- L-8/X-315- L-8/X-316- L-8/X-317- L-8/X-318- L-8/X-319- L-8/X-320- L-8/X-321- L-8/X-322- L-8/X-323- L-8/X-324- L-8/X-325- L-8/X-326- L-8/X-327- L-8/X-328- L-8/X-329- L-8/X-330- L-8/X-331- L-8/X-332- --8/X-333- L-8/X-334- L-8/X-335- L-8/X-336- L-8/X-337- L-8/X-338- L-8/X-339- L-8/X-340- L-8/X-341- L-8/X-342- L-8/X-343- L-8/X-344- L-8/X-345- L-8/X-346- L-8/X-347- L-8/X-348- L-8/X-349- L-8/X-350- L-8/X-351- L-8/X-352- L-8/X-353- L-8/X-354- L-8/X-355- L-8/X-356- L-8/X-357- L-8/X-358- L-8/X-359- L-8/X-360- L-8/X-361- L-8/X-362- L-8/X-363- L-8/X-364- L-8/X-365- L-8/X-366- L-8/X-367- L-8/X-368- L-8/X-369- L-8/X-370- L-8/X-371- L-8/X-372- L-8/X-373- L-8/X-374- L-8/X-375- L-8/X-376- L-8/X-377- L-8/X-378- L-8/X-379- L-8/X-380- L-8/X-381- L-8/X-382- L-8/X-383- L-8/X-384- L-8/X-385- L-8/X-386- L-8/X-387- L-8/X-388- L-8/X-389- L-8/X-390- L-8/X-391- L-8/X-392- L-8/X-393- L-8/X-394- L-8/X-395- L-8/X-396- L-8/X-397- L-8/X-398- L-8/X-399- L-8/X-400- L-8/X-401- L-8/X-402- L-8/X-403- L-8/X-404- L-8/X-405- L-8/X-406- L-8/X-407- L-8/X-408- L-8/X-409- L-8/X-410- L-8/X-411- L-8/X-412- L-8/X-413- L-8/X-414- L-8/X-415- L-8/X-416- L-8/X-417- L-8/X-418-
L-9/X-1- L-9/X-2- L-9/X-3- L-9/X-4- L-9/X-5- L-9/X-6-
L-9/X-7- L-9/X-8- L-9/X-9- L-9/X-10- L-9/X-11- L-9/X-12-
L-9/X-13- L-9/X-14- L-9/X-15- L-9/X-16- L-9/X-17- L-9/X-18-
L-9/X-19- L-9/X-20- L-9/X-21- L-9/X-22- L-9/X-23- L-9/X-24-
L-9/X-25- L-9/X-26- L-9/X-27- L-9/X-28- L-9/X-29- L-9/X-30-
L-9/X-31- L-9/X-32- L-9/X-33- L-9/X-34- L-9/X-35- L-9/X-36-
L-9/X-37- L-9/X-38- L-9/X-39- L-9/X-40- L-9/X-41- L-9/X-42-
L-9/X-43- L-9/X-44- L-9/X-45- L-9/X-46- L-9/X-47- L-9/X-48-
L-9/X-49- L-9/X-50- L-9/X-51- L-9/X-52- L-9/X-53- L-9/X-54-
L-9/X-55- L-9/X-56- L-9/X-57- L-9/X-58- L-9/X-59- L-9/X-60-
L-9/X-61- L-9/X-62- L-9/X-63- L-9/X-64- L-9/X-65- L-9/X-66-
L-9/X-67- L-9/X-68- L-9/X-69- L-9/X-70- L-9/X-71- L-9/X-72-
L-9/X-73- L-9/X-74- L-9/X-75- L-9/X-76- L-9/X-77- L-9/X-78-
L-9/X-79- L-9/X-80- L-9/X-81- L-9/X-82- L-9/X-83- L-9/X-84-
L-9/X-85- L-9/X-86- L-9/X-87- L-9/X-88- L-9/X-89- L-9/X-90-
L-9/X-91- L-9/X-92- L-9/X-93- L-9/X-94- L-9/X-95- L-9/X-96-
L-9/X-97- L-9/X-98- L-9/X-99- L-9/X-100- L-9/X-101- L-9/X-102-
L-9/X-103- L-9/X-104- L-9/X-105- L-9/X-106- L-9/X-107- L-9/X-108-
L-9/X-109- L-9/X-110- L-9/X-111- L-9/X-112- L-9/X-113- L-9/X-114-
L-9/X-115- L-9/X-116- L-9/X-117- L-9/X-118- L-9/X-119- L-9/X-120-
L-9/X-121- L-9/X-122- L-9/X-123- L-9/X-124- L-9/X-125- L-9/X-126-
L-9/X-127- L-9/X-128- L-9/X-129- L-9/X-130- L-9/X-131- L-9/X-1 2-
L-9/X-133- L-9/X-134- L-9/X-135- L-9/X-136- L-9/X-137- L-9/X-138- L-9/X-139- L-9/X-140- L-9/X-141- L-9/X-142- L-9/X-143- L-9/X-144- L-9/X-145- L-9/X-146- L-9/X-147- L-9/X-148- L-9/X-149- L-9/X-150- L-9/X-151- L-9/X-152- L-9/X-153- L-9/X-154- L-9/X-155- L-9/X-156- L-9/X-157- L-9/X-158- L-9/X-159- L-9/X-160- L-9/X-161- L-9/X-162- L-9/X-163- L-9/X-164- L-9/X-165- L-9/X-166- L-9/X-167- L-9/X-168- L-9/X-169- L-9/X-170- L-9/X-171- L-9/X-172- L-9/X-173- L-9/X-174- L-9/X-175- L-9/X-176- L-9/X-177- L-9/X-178- L-9/X-179- L-9/X-180- L-9/X-181- L-9/X-182- L-9/X-183- L-9/X-184- L-9/X-185- L-9/X-186- L-9/X-187- L-9/X-188- L-9/X-189- L-9/X-190- L-9/X-191- L-9/X-192- L-9/X-193- L-9/X-194- L-9/X-195- L-9/X-196- L-9/X-197- L-9/X-198- L-9/X-199- L-9/X-200- L-9/X-201- L-9/X-202- L-9/X-203- L-9/X-204- L-9/X-205- L-9/X-206- L-9/X-207- L-9/X-208- L-9/X-209- L-9/X-210- L-9/X-211- L-9/X-212- L-9/X-213- L-9/X-214- L-9/X-215- L-9/X-216- L-9/X-217- L-9/X-218- L-9/X-219- L-9/X-220- L-9/X-221- L-9/X-222- L-9/X-223- L-9/X-224- L-9/X-225- L-9/X-226- L-9/X-227- L-9/X-228- L-9/X-229- L-9/X-230- L-9/X-231- L-9/X-232- L-9/X-233- L-9/X-234- L-9/X-235- L-9/X-236- L-9/X-237- L-9/X-238- L-9/X-239- L-9/X-240- L-9/X-241- L-9/X-242- L-9/X-243- L-9/X-244- L-9/X-245- L-9/X-246- L-9/X-247- L-9/X-248- L-9/X-249- L-9/X-250- L-9/X-251- L-9/X-252- L-9/X-253- L-9/X-254- L-9/X-255- L-9/X-256- L-9/X-257- L-9/X-258- L-9/X-259- L-9/X-260- L-9/X-261- L-9/X-262- L-9/X-263- L-9/X-264- L-9/X-265- L-9/X-266- L-9/X-267- L-9/X-268- L-9/X-269- L-9/X-270- L-9/X-271- L-9/X-272- L-9/X-273- L-9/X-274- L-9/X-275- L-9/X-276- L-9/X-277- L-9/X-278- L-9/X-279- L-9/X-280- L-9/X-281- L-9/X-282- L-9/X-283- L-9/X-284- L-9/X-285- L-9/X-286- L-9/X-287- L-9/X-288- L-9/X-289- L-9/X-290- L-9/X-291- L-9/X-292- L-9/X-293- L-9/X-294- L-9/X-295- L-9/X-296- L-9/X-297- L-9/X-298- L-9/X-299- L-9/X-300- L-9/X-301- L-9/X-302- L-9/X-303- L-9/X-304- L-9/X-305- L-9/X-306- L-9/X-307- L-9/X-308- L-9/X-309- L-9/X-310- L-9/X-311- L-9/X-312- L-9/X-313- L-9/X-314- L-9/X-315- L-9/X-316- L-9/X-317- L-9/X-318- L-9/X-319- L-9/X-320- L-9/X-321- L-9/X-322- L-9/X-323- L-9/X-324- L-9/X-325- L-9/X-326- L-9/X-327- L-9/X-328- L-9/X-329- L-9/X-330- L-9/X-331- L-9/X-332- L-9/X-333- L-9/X-334- L-9/X-335- L-9/X-336- L-9/X-337- L-9/X-338- L-9/X-339- L-9/X-340- L-9/X-341- L-9/X-342- L-9/X-343- L-9/X-344- L-9/X-345- L-9/X-346- L-9/X-347- L-9/X-348- L-9/X-349- L-9/X-350- L-9/X-351- L-9/X-352- L-9/X-353- L-9/X-354- L-9/X-355- L-9/X-356- L-9/X-357- L-9/X-358- L-9/X-359- L-9/X-360- L-9/X-361- L-9/X-362- L-9/X-363- L-9/X-364- L-9/X-365- L-9/X-366- L-9/X-367- L-9/X-368- L-9/X-369- L-9/X-370- L-9/X-371- L-9/X-372- L-9/X-373- L-9/X-374- L-9/X-375- L-9/X-376- L-9/X-377- L-9/X-378- L-9/X-379- L-9/X-380- L-9/X-381- L-9/X-382- L-9/X-383- L-9/X-384- L-9/X-385- L-9/X-386- L-9/X-387- L-9/X-388- L-9/X-389- L-9/X-390- L-9/X-391- L-9/X-392- L-9/X-393- L-9/X-394- L-9/X-395- L-9/X-396- L-9/X-397- L-9/X-398- L-9/X-399- L-9/X-400- L-9/X-401- L-9/X-402- L-9/X-403- L-9/X-404- L-9/X-405- L-9/X-406- L-9/X-407- L-9/X-408- L-9/X-409- L-9/X-410- L-9/X-411- L-9/X-412- L-9/X-413- L-9/X-414- L-9/X-415- L-9/X-416- L-9/X-417- L-9/X-418-
L-10/X-1- L-10/X-2- L-10/X-3- L-10/X-4- L-10/X-5- L-10/X-6- ' L-10/X-7- L-10/X-8- L-10/X-9- L-lO/X-10- L-10/X-l l- L-10/X-12- L-10/X-13- L-10/X-14- L-10/X-15- L-10/X-16- L-10/X-17- L-10/X-18-
L-10/X-19- L-10/X-20- L-10/X-21- L-10/X-22- L-10/X-23- L-10/X-24-
L-10/X-25- L-10/X-26- L-10/X-27- L-10/X-28- L-10/X-29- L-10/X-30-
L-10/X-31- L-10/X-32- L-10/X-33- L-10/X-34- L-10/X-35- L-10/X-36-
L-10/X-37- L-10/X-38- L-10/X-39- L-10/X-40- L-10/X-41- L-10/X-42-
L-10/X-43- L-10/X-44- L-10/X-45- L-10/X-46- L-10/X-47- L-10/X-48-
L-10/X-49- L-10/X-50- L-10/X-51- L-10/X-52- L-10/X-53- L-10/X-54-
L-10/X-55- L-10/X-56- L-10/X-57- L-10/X-58- L-10/X-59- L-10/X-60-
L-10/X-61- L-10/X-62- L-10/X-63- L-10/X-64- L-10/X-65- L-10/X-66-
L-10/X-67- L-10/X-68- L-10/X-69- L-10/X-70- L-10/X-71- L-10/X-72-
L-10/X-73- L-10/X-74- L-10/X-75- L-10/X-76- L-10/X-77- L-10/X-78-
L-10/X-79- L-10/X-80- L-10/X-81- L-10/X-82- L-10/X-83- L-10/X-84-
L-10/X-85- L-10/X-86- L-10/X-87- L-10/X-88- L-10/X-89- L-10/X-90-
L-10/X-91- L-10/X-92- L-10/X-93- L-10/X-94- L-10/X-95- L-10/X-96-
L-10/X-97- L-10/X-98- L-10/X-99- L-lO/X-100- L-lO/X-101- L-10/X-102-
L-10/X-103- L-10/X-104- L-10/X-105- L-10/X-106- L-10/X-107- L-10/X-108-
L-10/X-109- L-lO/X-110- L-10/X-l l l- L-10/X-112- L-10/X-113- L-10/X-114-
L-10/X-115- L-10/X-116- L-10/X-117- L-10/X-118- L-10/X-119- L-10/X-120-
L-10/X-121- L-10/X-122- L-10/X-123- L-10/X-124- L-10/X-125- L-10/X-126-
L-10/X-127- L-10/X-128- L-10/X-129- L-10/X-130- L-10/X-131- L-10/X-132-
L-10/X-133- L-10/X-134- L-10/X-135- L-10/X-136- L-10/X-137- L-10/X-138-
L-10/X-139- L-10/X-140- L-10/X-141- L-10/X-142- L-10/X-143- L-10/X-144-
L-10/X-145- L-10/X-146- L-10/X-147- L-10/X-148- L-10/X-149- L-10/X-150-
L-10/X-151- L-10/X-152- L-10/X-153- L-10/X-154- L-10/X-155- L-10/X-156-
L-10/X-157- L-10/X-158- L-10/X-159- L-10/X-160- L-10/X-161- L-10/X-162-
L-10/X-163- L-10/X-164- L-10/X-165- L-10/X-166- L-10/X-167- L-10/X-168-
L-10/X-169- L-10/X-170- L-10/X-171- L-10/X-172-
L-10/X-173- L-10/X-174- L-10/X-175- L-10/X-176- L-10/X-177- L-10/X-178-
L-10/X-179- L-10/X-180- L-10/X-181- L-10/X-182- L-10/X-183- L-10/X-184-
L-10/X-185- L-10/X-186- L-10/X-187- L-10/X-188- L-10/X-189- L-10/X-190-
L-10/X-191- L-10/X-192- L-10/X-193- L-10/X-194- L-10/X-195- L-10/X-196-
L-10/X-197- L-10/X-198- L-10/X-199- L-10/X-200- L-10/X-201- L-10/X-202-
L-10/X-203- L-10/X-204- L-10/X-205- L-10/X-206- L-10/X-207- L-10/X-208-
L-10/X-209- L-10/X-210- L-10/X-211- L-10/X-212- L-10/X-213- L-10/X-214-
L-10/X-215- L-10/X-216- L-10/X-217- L-10/X-218- L-10/X-219- L-10/X-220-
L-10/X-221- L-10/X-222- L-10/X-223- L-10/X-224- L-10/X-225- L-10/X-226-
L-10/X-227- L-10/X-228- L-10/X-229- L-10/X-230- L-10/X-231- L-10/X-232-
L-10/X-233- L-10/X-234- L-10/X-235- L-10/X-236- L-10/X-237- L-10/X-238-
L-10/X-239- L-10/X-240- L-10/X-241- L-10/X-242- L-10/X-243- L-10/X-244-
L-10/X-245- L-10/X-246- L-10/X-247- L-10/X-248- L-10/X-249- L-10/X-250-
L-10/X-251- L-10/X-252- L-10/X-253- L-10/X-254- L-10/X-255- L-10/X-256-
L-10/X-257- L-10/X-258- L-10/X-259- L-10/X-260- L-10/X-261- L-10/X-262-
L-10/X-263- L-10/X-264- L-10/X-265- L-10/X-266- L-10/X-267- L-10/X-268-
L-10/X-269- L-10/X-270- L-10/X-271- L-10/X-272- L-10/X-273- L-10/X-274-
L-10/X-275- L-10/X-276- L-10/X-277- L-10/X-278- L-10/X-279- L-10/X-280-
L-10/X-281- L-10/X-282- L-10/X-283- L-10/X-284- L-10/X-285- L-10/X-286-
L-10/X-287- L-10/X-288- L-10/X-289- L-10/X-290- L-10/X-291- L-10/X-292-
L-10/X-293- L-10/X-294- L-10/X-295- L-10/X-296- L-10/X-297- L-10/X-298-
L-10/X-299- L-10/X-300- L-10/X-301- L-10/X-302- L-10/X-303- L-10/X-304-
L-10/X-305- L-10/X-306- L-10/X-307- L-10/X-308- L-10/X-309- L-lO/X-310-
L-10/X-311- L-10/X-312- L-10/X-313- L-10/X-314- L-10/X-315- L-10/X-316- L-10/X-317- L-10/X-318- L-10/X-319- L-10/X-320- L-10/X-321- L-10/X-322-
L-10/X-323- L-10/X-324- L-10/X-325- L-10/X-326- L-10/X-327- L-10/X-328-
L-10/X-329- L-10/X-330- L-10/X-331- L-10/X-332- L-10/X-333- L-10/X-334-
L-10/X-335- L-10/X-336- L-10/X-337- L-10/X-338- L-10/X-339- L-10/X-340-
L-10/X-341- L-10/X-342- L-10/X-343- L-10/X-344- L-10/X-345- L-10/X-346-
L-10/X-347- L-10/X-348- L-10/X-349- L-10/X-350- L-10/X-351- L-10/X-352-
L-10/X-353- L-10/X-354- L-10/X-355- L-10/X-356- L-10/X-357- L-10/X-358-
L-10/X-359- L-10/X-360- L-10/X-361- L-10/X-362- L-10/X-363- L-10/X-364-
L-10/X-365- L-10/X-366- L-10/X-367- L-10/X-368- L-10/X-369- L-10/X-370-
L-10/X-371- L-10/X-372- L-10/X-373- L-10/X-374- L-10/X-375- L-10/X-376-
L-10/X-377- L-10/X-378- L-10/X-379- L-10/X-380- L-10/X-381- L-10/X-382-
L-10/X-383- L-10/X-384- L-10/X-385- L-10/X-386- L-10/X-387- L-10/X-388-
L-10/X-389- L-10/X-390- L-10/X-391- L-10/X-392- L-10/X-393- L-10/X-394-
L-10/X-395- L-10/X-396- L-10/X-397- L-10/X-398- L-10/X-399- L-10/X-400-
L-10/X-401- L-10/X-402- L-10/X-403- L-10/X-404- L-10/X-405- L-10/X-406-
L-10/X-407- L-10/X-408- L-10/X-409- L-10/X-410- L-10/X-411- L-10/X-412-
L-10/X-413- L-10/X-414- L-10/X-415- L-10/X-416- L-10/X-417- L-10/X-418-
L-ll/X-1- L-ll/X-2- L-ll/X-3- L-ll/X-4- L-ll/X-5- L-ll/X-6-
L-ll/X-7- L-ll/X-8- L-ll/X-9- L-ll/X-10- L-ll/X-11- L-ll/X-12-
L-ll/X-13- L-ll/X-14- L-ll/X-15- L-ll/X-16- L-ll/X-17- L-ll/X-18-
L-ll/X-19- L-ll/X-20- L-ll/X-21- L-ll/X-22- L-ll/X-23- L-ll/X-24-
L-ll/X-25- L-ll/X-26- L-ll/X-27- L-ll/X-28- L-ll/X-29- L-ll/X-30-
L-ll/X-31- L-ll/X-32- L-ll/X-33- L-ll/X-34- L-ll/X-35- L-ll/X-36-
L-ll/X-37- L-ll/X-38- L-ll/X-39- L-ll/X-40- L-ll/X-41- L-ll/X-42-
L-ll/X-43- L-ll/X-44- L-ll/X-45- L-ll/X-46- L-ll/X-47- L-ll/X-48-
L-ll/X-49- L-ll/X-50- L-ll/X-51- L-ll/X-52- L-ll/X-53- L-ll/X-54-
L-ll/X-55- L-ll/X-56- L-ll/X-57- L-ll/X-58- L-ll/X-59- L-ll/X-60-
L-ll/X-61- L-ll/X-62- L-ll/X-63- L-ll/X-64- L-ll/X-65- L-ll/X-66-
L-ll/X-67- L-ll/X-68- L-ll/X-69- L-ll/X-70- L-ll/X-71- L-ll/X-72-
L-ll/X-73- L-ll/X-74- L-ll/X-75- L-ll/X-76- L-ll/X-77- L-ll/X-78-
L-ll/X-79- L-ll/X-80- L-ll/X-81- L-ll/X-82- L-ll/X-83- L-ll/X-84-
L-ll/X-85- L-ll/X-86- L-ll/X-87- L-ll/X-88- L-ll/X-89- L-ll/X-90-
L-ll/X-91- L-ll/X-92- L-ll/X-93- L-ll/X-94- L-ll/X-95- L-ll/X-96-
L-ll/X-97- L-ll/X-98- L-ll/X-99- L-ll/X-100- L-ll/X-101- L-ll/X-102-
L-ll/X-103- L-ll/X-104- L-ll/X-105- L-ll/X-106- L-ll/X-107- L-ll/X-108-
L-ll/X-109- L- 11 /X-110- L-ll/X-111- L-ll/X-112- L-ll/X-113- L-ll/X-114-
L-ll/X-115- L-ll/X-116- L-ll/X-117- L-ll/X-118- L-ll/X-119- L-ll/X-120-
L-ll/X-121- L-ll/X-122- L-ll/X-123- L-ll/X-124- L-ll/X-125- L-ll/X-126-
L-ll/X-127- L-ll/X-128- L-ll/X-129- L-ll/X-130- L-ll/X-131- L-ll/X-132-
L- 11 /X-133- L-ll/X-134- L-ll/X-135- L-ll/X-136- L- 11 /X-137- L-ll/X-138-
L-ll/X-139- L-ll/X-140- L-ll/X-141- L-ll/X-142- L-ll/X-143- L-ll/X-144-
L-ll/X-145- L-ll/X-146- L-ll/X-147- L-ll/X-148- L-ll/X-149- L- 11 /X-150-
L-ll/X-151- L-ll/X-152- L-ll/X-153- L-ll/X-154- L-ll/X-155- L-ll/X-156-
L-ll/X-157- L-ll/X-158- L-ll/X-159- L-ll/X-160- L-ll/X-161- L-ll/X-162-
L-ll/X-163- L-ll/X-164- L-ll/X-165- L-ll/X-166- L-ll/X-167- L-ll/X-168-
L-ll/X-169- L- 11 /X-170- L-ll/X-171- L-ll/X-172-
L-ll/X-173- L-ll/X-174- L-ll/X-175- L-ll/X-176- L-ll/X-177- L-ll/X-178-
L-ll/X-179- L- 11 /X-180- L-ll/X-181- L- 11 /X-182- L-ll/X-183- L-11/X--184-
L-ll/X-185- L-ll/X-186- L-ll/X-187- L- 11 /X-188- L-ll/X-189- L-ll/X-190- L-ll/X-191- L-ll/X-192- L- 11 /X-193- L- 11 /X-194- L-ll/X-195- L- 11 /X-196-
L-ll/X-197- L-ll/X-198- L- 11 /X-199- L-ll/X-200- L-ll/X-201- L-ll/X-202-
L-ll/X-203- L-ll/X-204- L-ll/X-205- L-ll/X-206- L-ll/X-207- L-ll/X-208-
L-ll/X-209- L-ll/X-210- L-ll/X-211- L-ll/X-212- L-ll/X-213- L-ll/X-214-
L-ll/X-215- L-ll/X-216- L-ll/X-217- L-ll/X-218- L-ll/X-219- L-ll/X-220-
L-ll/X-221- L-ll/X-222- L-ll/X-223- L-ll/X-224- L-ll/X-225- L-ll/X-226-
L-ll/X-227- L-ll/X-228- L-ll/X-229- L-ll/X-230- L-ll/X-231- L-ll/X-232-
L-ll/X-233- L-ll/X-234- L-ll/X-235- L-ll/X-236- L-ll/X-237- L-ll/X-238-
L-ll/X-239- L-ll/X-240- L-ll/X-241- L-ll/X-242- L-ll/X-243- L-ll/X-244-
L-ll/X-245- L-ll/X-246- L-ll/X-247- L-ll/X-248- L-ll/X-249- L-ll/X-250-
L-ll/X-251- L-ll/X-252- L-ll/X-253- L-ll/X-254- L-ll/X-255- L-ll/X-256-
L-ll/X-257- L-ll/X-258- L-ll/X-259- L-ll/X-260- τ -ll/X-261- L-ll/X-262-
L-ll/X-263- L-ll/X-264- L-ll/X-265- L-ll/X-266- L-ll/X-267- L-ll/X-268-
L-ll/X-269- L-ll/X-270- L-ll/X-271- L-ll/X-272- L-ll/X-273- L-ll/X-274-
L-ll/X-275- L-ll/X-276- L-ll/X-277- L-ll/X-278- L-ll/X-279- L-ll/X-280-
L-ll/X-281- L-ll/X-282- L-ll/X-283- L-ll/X-284- L-ll/X-285- L-ll/X-286-
L-ll/X-287- L-ll/X-288- L-ll/X-289- L-ll/X-290- L-ll/X-291- L-ll/X-292-
L-ll/X-293- L-ll/X-294- L-ll/X-295- L-ll/X-296- L-ll/X-297- L-ll/X-298-
L-ll/X-299- L-ll/X-300- L-ll/X-301- L-ll/X-302- L-ll/X-303- L-ll/X-304-
L-ll/X-305- L-ll/X-306- L-ll/X-307- L-ll/X-308- L-ll/X-309- L-ll/X-310-
L-ll/X-311- L-ll/X-312- L-ll/X-313- L-ll/X-314- L-ll/X-315- L-ll/X-316-
L-ll/X-317- L-ll/X-318- L-ll/X-319- L-ll/X-320- L-ll/X-321- L-ll/X-322-
L-ll/X-323- L-ll/X-324- L-ll/X-325- L-ll/X-326- L-ll/X-327- L-ll/X-328-
L-ll/X-329- L-ll/X-330- L-ll/X-331- L-ll/X-332- L-ll/X-333- L-ll/X-334-
L-ll/X-335- L-ll/X-336- L-ll/X-337- L-ll/X-338- L-ll/X-339- L-ll/X-340-
L-ll/X-341- L-ll/X-342- L-ll/X-343- L-ll/X-344- L-ll/X-345- L-ll/X-346-
L-ll/X-347- L-ll/X-348- L-ll/X-349- L-ll/X-350- L-ll/X-351- L-ll/X-352-
L-ll/X-353- L-ll/X-354- L-ll/X-355- L-ll/X-356- L-ll/X-357- L-ll/X-358-
L-ll/X-359- L-ll/X-360- L-ll/X-361- L-ll/X-362- L-ll/X-363- L-ll/X-364-
L-ll/X-365- L-ll/X-366- L-ll/X-367- L-ll/X-368- L-ll/X-369- L-ll/X-370-
L-ll/X-371- L-ll/X-372- L-ll/X-373- L-ll/X-374- L-ll/X-375- L-ll/X-376-
L-ll/X-377- L-ll/X-378- L-ll/X-379- L-ll/X-380- L-ll/X-381- L-ll/X-382-
L-ll/X-383- L-ll/X-384- L-ll/X-385- L-ll/X-386- L-ll/X-387- L-ll/X-388-
L-ll/X-389- L-ll/X-390- L-ll/X-391- L-ll/X-392- L-ll/X-393- L-ll/X-394-
L-ll/X-395- L-ll/X-396- L-ll/X-397- L-ll/X-398- L-ll/X-399- L-ll/X-400-
L-ll/X-401- L-ll/X-402- L-ll/X-403- L-ll/X-404- L-ll/X-405- L-ll/X-406-
L-ll/X-407- L-ll/X-408- L-ll/X-409- L-ll/X-410- L-ll/X-411- L-ll/X-412-
L-ll/X-413- L-ll/X-414- L-ll/X-415- L-ll/X-416- L-ll/X-417- L-ll/X-418-
L-12/X-1- L-12/X-2- L-12/X-3- L-12/X-4- L-12/X-5- L-12/X-6-
L-12/X-7- L-12/X-8- L-12/X-9- L-12/X-10- L-12/X-11- L-12/X-12-
L-12/X-13- L-12/X-14- L-12/X-15- L-12/X-16- L-12/X-17- L-12/X-18-
L-12/X-19- L-12/X-20- L-12/X-21- L-12/X-22- L-12/X-23- L-12/X-24-
L-12/X-25- L-12/X-26- L-12/X-27- L-12/X-28- L-12/X-29- L-12/X-30-
L-12/X-31- L-12/X-32- L-12/X-33- L-12/X-34- L-12/X-35- L-12/X-36-
L-12/X-37- L-12/X-38- L-12/X-39- L-12/X-40- L-12/X-41- L-12/X-42-
L-12/X-43- L-12/X-44- L-12/X-45- L-12/X-46- L-12/X-47- L-12/X-48-
L-12/X-49- L-12/X-50- L-12/X-51- L-12/X-52- L-12/X-53- L-12/X-54-
L-12/X-55- L-12/X-56- L-12/X-57- L-12/X-58- L-12/X-59- L-12/X-60-
L-12/X-61- L-12/X-62- L-12/X-63- L-12/X-64- L-12/X-65- L-12/X-66- L-12/X-67- L-12/X-68- L-12/X-69- L-12/X-70- L-12/X-71- L-12/X-72-
L-12/X-73- L-12/X-74- L-12/X-75- L-12/X-76- L-12/X-77- L-12/X-78-
L-12/X-79- L-12/X-80- L-12/X-81- L-12/X-82- L-12/X-83- L-12/X-84-
L-12/X-85- L-12/X-86- L-12/X-87- L-12/X-88- L-12/X-89- L-12/X-90-
L-12/X-91- L-12/X-92- L-12/X-93- L-12/X-94- L-12/X-95- L-12/X-96-
L-12/X-97- L-12/X-98- L-12/X-99- L-12/X-100- L-12/X-101- L-12/X-102-
L-12/X-103- L-12/X-104- L-12/X-105- L-12/X-106- L-12/X-107- L-12/X-108-
L-12/X-109- L-12/X-110- L-12/X-111- L-12/X-112- L-12/X-113- L-12/X-114-
L-12/X-115- L-12/X-116- L-12/X-117- L-12/X-118- L-12/X-119- L-12/X-120-
L-12/X-121- L-12/X-122- L-12/X-123- L-12/X-124- L-12/X-125- L-12/X-126-
L-12/X-127- L-12/X-128- L-12/X-129- L-12/X-130- L-12/X-131- L-12/X-132-
L-12/X-133- L-12/X-134- L-12/X-135- L-12/X-136- L-12/X-137- L-12/X-138-
L-12/X-139- L-12/X-140- L-12/X-141- L-12/X-142- L-12/X-143- L-12/X-144-
L-12/X-145- L-12/X-146- L-12/X-147- L-12/X-148- L-12/X-149- L-12/X-150-
L-12/X-151- L-12/X-152- L-12/X-153- L-12/X-154- L-12/X-155- L-12/X-156-
L-12/X-157- L-12/X-158- L-12/X-159- L-12/X-160- L-12/X-161- L-12/X-162-
L-12/X-163- L-12/X-164- L-12/X-165- L-12/X-166- L-12/X-167- L-12/X-168-
L-12/X-169- L-12/X-170- L-12/X-171- L-12/X-172-
L-12/X-173- L-12/X-174- L-12/X-175- L-12/X-176- L-12/X-177- L-12/X-178-
L-12/X-179- L-12/X-180- L-12/X-181- L-12/X-182- L-12/X-183- L-12/X-184-
L-12/X-185- L-12/X-186- L-12/X-187- L-12/X-188- L-12/X-189- L-12/X-190-
L-12/X-191- L-12/X-192- L-12/X-193- L-12/X-194- L-12/X-195- L-12/X-196-
L-12/X-197- L-12/X-198- L-12/X-199- L-12/X-200- L-12/X-201- L-12/X-202-
L-12/X-203- L-12/X-204- L-12/X-205- L-12/X-206- L-12/X-207- L-12/X-208-
L-12/X-209- L-12/X-210- L-12/X-211- L-12/X-212- L-12/X-213- L-12/X-214-
L-12/X-215- L-12/X-216- L-12/X-217- L-12/X-218- L-12/X-219- L-12/X-220-
L-12/X-221- L-12/X-222- L-12/X-223- L-12/X-224- L-12/X-225- L-12/X-226-
L-12/X-227- L-12/X-228- L-12/X-229- L-12/X-230- L-12/X-231- L-12/X-232-
L-12/X-233- L-12/X-234- L-12/X-235- L-12/X-236- L-12/X-237- L-12/X-238-
L-12/X-239- L-12/X-240- L-12/X-241- L-12/X-242- L-12/X-243- L-12/X-244-
L-12/X-245- L-12/X-246- L-12/X-247- L-12/X-248- L-12/X-249- L-12/X-250-
L-12/X-251- L-12/X-252- L-12/X-253- L-12/X-254- L-12/X-255- L-12/X-256-
L-12/X-257- L-12/X-258- L-12/X-259- L-12/X-260- L-12/X-261- L-12/X-262-
L-12/X-263- L-12/X-264- L-12/X-265- L-12/X-266- L-12/X-267- L-12/X-268-
L-12/X-269- L-12/X-270- L-12/X-271- L-12/X-272- L-12/X-273- L-12/X-274-
L-12/X-275- L-12/X-276- L-12/X-277- L-12/X-278- L-12/X-279- L-12/X-280-
L-12/X-281- L-12/X-282- L-12/X-283- L-12/X-284- L-12/X-285- L-12/X-286-
L-12/X-287- L-12/X-288- L-12/X-289- L-12/X-290- L-12/X-291- L-12/X-292-
L-12/X-293- L-12/X-294- L-12/X-295- L-12/X-296- L-12/X-297- L-12/X-298-
L-12/X-299- L-12/X-300- L-12/X-301- L-12/X-302- L-12/X-303- L-12/X-304-
L-12/X-305- L-12/X-306- L-12/X-307- L-12/X-308- L-12/X-309- L-12/X-310-
L-12/X-311- L-12/X-312- L-12/X-313- L-12/X-314- L-12/X-315- L-12/X-316-
L-12/X-317- L-12/X-318- L-12/X-319- L-12/X-320- L-12/X-321- L-12/X-322-
L-12/X-323- L-12/X-324- L-12/X-325- L-12/X-326- L-12/X-327- L-12/X-328-
L-12/X-329- L-12/X-330- L-12/X-331- L-12/X-332- L-12/X-333- L-12/X-334-
L-12/X-335- L-12/X-336- L-12/X-337- L-12/X-338- L-12/X-339- L-12/X-340-
L-12/X-341- L-12/X-342- L-12/X-343- L-12/X-344- L-12/X-345- L-12/X-346-
L-12/X-347- L-12/X-348- L-12/X-349- L-12/X-350- L-12/X-351- L-12/X-352-
L-12/X-353- L-12/X-354- L-12/X-355- L-12/X-356- L-12/X-357- L-12/X-358-
L-12/X-359- L-12/X-360- L-12/X-361- L-12/X-362- L-12/X-363- L-12/X-364-
L-12/X-365- L-12/X-366- L-12/X-367- L-12/X-368- L-12/X-369- L-12/X-370- L-12/X-371- L-12/X-372- L-12/X-373- L-12/X-374- L-12/X-375- L-12/X-376-
L-12/X-377- L-12/X-378- L-12/X-379- L-12/X-380- L-12/X-381- L-12/X-382-
L-12/X-383- L-12/X-384- L-12/X-385- L-12/X-386- L-12/X-387- L-12/X-388-
L-12/X-389- L-12/X-390- L-12/X-391- L-12/X-392- L-12/X-393- L-12/X-394-
L-12/X-395- L-12/X-396- L-12/X-397- L-12/X-398- L-12/X-399- L-12/X-400-
L-12/X-401- L-12/X-402- L-12/X-403- L-12/X-404- L-12/X-405- L-12/X-406-
L-12/X-407- L-12/X-408- L-12/X-409- L-12/X-410- L-12/X-411- L-12/X-412-
L-12/X-413- L-12/X-414- L-12/X-415- L-12/X-416- L-12/X-417- L-12/X-418-
L-13/X-1- L-13/X-2- L-13/X-3- L-13/X-4- L-13/X-5- L-13/X-6-
L-13/X-7- L-13/X-8- L-13/X-9- L-13/X-10- L-13/X-11- L-13/X-12-
L-13/X-13- L-13/X-14- L-13/X-15- L-13/X-16- L-13/X-17- L-13/X-18-
L-13/X-19- L-13/X-20- L-13/X-21- L-13/X-22- L-13/X-23- L-13/X-24-
L-13/X-25- L-13/X-26- L-13/X-27- L-13/X-28- L-13/X-29- L-13/X-30-
L-13/X-31- L-13/X-32- L-13/X-33- L-13/X-34- L-13/X-35- L-13/X-36-
L-13/X-37- L-13/X-38- L-13/X-39- L-13/X-40- L-13/X-41- L-13/X-42-
L-13/X-43- L-13/X-44- L-13/X-45- L-13/X-46- L-13/X-47- L-13/X-48-
L-13/X-49- L-13/X-50- L-13/X-51- L-13/X-52- L-13/X-53- L-13/X-54-
L-13/X-55- L-13/X-56- L-13/X-57- L-13/X-58- L-13/X-59- L-13/X-60-
L-13/X-61- L-13/X-62- L-13/X-63- L-13/X-64- L-13/X-65- L-13/X-66-
L-13/X-67- L-13/X-68- L-13/X-69- L-13/X-70- L-13/X-71- L-13/X-72-
L-13/X-73- L-13/X-74- L-13/X-75- L-13/X-76- L-13/X-77- L-13/X-78-
L-13/X-79- L-13/X-80- L-13/X-81- L-13/X-82- L-13/X-83- L-13/X-84-
L-13/X-85- L-13/X-86- L-13/X-87- L-13/X-88- L-13/X-89- L-13/X-90-
L-13/X-91- L-13/X-92- L-13/X-93- L-13/X-94- L-13/X-95- L-13/X-96-
L-13/X-97- L-13/X-98- L-13/X-99- L-13/X-100- L-13/X-101- L-13/X-102-
L-13/X-103- L-13/X-104- L-13/X-105- L-13/X-106- L-13/X-107- L-13/X-108-
L-13/X-109- L-13/X-110- L-13/X-111- L-13/X-112- L-13/X-113- L-13/X-114-
L-13/X-115- L-13/X-116- L-13/X-117- L-13/X-118- L-13/X-119- L-13/X-120-
L-13/X-121- L-13/X-122- L-13/X-123- L-13/X-124- L-13/X-125- L-13/X-126-
L-13/X-127- L-13/X-128- L-13/X-129- L-13/X-130- L-13/X-131- L-13/X-132-
L-13/X-133- L-13/X-134- L-13/X-135- L-13/X-136- L-13/X-137- L-13/X-138-
L-13/X-139- L-13/X-140- L-13/X-141- L-13/X-142- L-13/X-143- L-13/X-144-
L-13/X-145- L-13/X-146- L-13/X-147- L-13/X-148- L-13/X-149- L-13/X-150-
L-13/X-151- L-13/X-152- L-13/X-153- L-13/X-154- L-13/X-155- L-13/X-156-
L-13/X-157- L-13/X-158- L-13/X-159- L-13/X-160- L-13/X-161- L-13/X-162-
L-13/X-163- L-13/X-164- L-13/X-165- L-13/X-166- L-13/X-167- L-13/X-168-
L-13/X-169- L-13/X-170- L-13/X-171- L-13/X-172-
L-13/X-173- L-13/X-174- L-13/X-175- L-13/X-176- L-13/X-177- L-13/X-178-
L-13/X-179- L-13/X-180- L-13/X-181- L-13/X-182- L-13/X-183- L-13/X-184-
L-13/X-185- L-13/X-186- L-13/X-187- L-13/X-188- L-13/X-189- L-13/X-190-
L-13/X-191- L-13/X-192- L-13/X-193- L-13/X-194- L-13/X-195- L-13/X-196-
L-13/X-197- L-13/X-198- L-13/X-199- L-13/X-200- L-13/X-201- L-13/X-202-
L-13/X-203- L-13/X-204- L-13/X-205- L-13/X-206- L-13/X-207- L-13/X-208-
L-13/X-209- L-13/X-210- L-13/X-211- L-13/X-212- L-13/X-213- L-13/X-214-
L-13/X-215- L-13/X-216- L-13/X-217- L-13/X-218- L-13/X-219- L-13/X-220-
L-13/X-221- L-13/X-222- L-13/X-223- L-13/X-224- L-13/X-225- L-13/X-226-
L-13/X-227- L-13/X-228- L-13/X-229- L-13/X-230- L-13/X-231- L-13/X-232-
L-13/X-233- L-13/X-234- L-13/X-235- L-13/X-236- L-13/X-237- L-13/X-238-
L-13/X-239- L-13/X-240- L-13/X-241- L-13/X-242- L-13/X-243- L-13/X-244-
L-13/X-245- L-13/X-246- L-13/X-247- L-13/X-248- L-13/X-249- L-13/X-250- L-13/X-251- L-13/X-252- L-13/X-253- L-13/X-254- L-13/X-255- L-13/X-256-
L-13/X-257- L-13/X-258- L-13/X-259- L-13/X-260- L-13/X-261- L-13/X-262-
L-13/X-263- L-13/X-264- L-13/X-265- L-13/X-266- L-13/X-267- L-13/X-268-
L-13/X-269- L-13/X-270- L-13/X-271- L-13/X-272- L-13/X-273- L-13/X-274-
L-13/X-275- L-13/X-276- L-13/X-277- L-13/X-278- L-13/X-279- L-13/X-280-
L-13/X-281- L-13/X-282- L-13/X-283- L-13/X-284- L-13/X-285- L-13/X-286-
L-13/X-287- L-13/X-288- L-13/X-289- L-13/X-290- L-13/X-291- L-13/X-292-
L-13/X-293- L-13/X-294- L-13/X-295- L-13/X-296- L-13/X-297- L-13/X-298-
L-13/X-299- L-13/X-3O0- L-13/X-301- L-13/X-302- L-13/X-303- L-13/X-304-
L-13/X-305- L-13/X-306- L-13/X-307- L-13/X-308- L-13/X-309- L-13/X-310-
L-13/X-311- L-13/X-312- L-13/X-313- L-13/X-314- L-13/X-315- L-13/X-316-
L-13/X-317- L-13/X-318- L-13/X-319- L-13/X-320- L-13/X-321- L-13/X-322-
L-13/X-323- L-13/X-324- L-13/X-325- L-13/X-326- L-13/X-327- L-13/X-328-
L-13/X-329- L-13/X-330- L-13/X-331- L-13/X-332- L-13/X-333- L-13/X-334-
L-13/X-335- L-13/X-336- L-13/X-337- L-13/X-338- L-13/X-339- L-13/X-340-
L-13/X-341- L-13/X-342- L-13/X-343- L-13/X-344- L-13/X-345- L-13/X-346-
L-13/X-347- L-13/X-348- L-13/X-349- L-13/X-350- L-13/X-351- L-13/X-352-
L-13/X-353- L-13/X-354- L-13/X-355- L-13/X-356- L-13/X-357- L-13/X-358-
L-13/X-359- L-13/X-360- L-13/X-361- -13/X-362- L-13/X-363- L-13/X-364-
L-13/X-365- L-13/X-366- L-13/X-367- L-13/X-368- L-13/X-369- L-13/X-370-
L-13/X-371- L-13/X-372- L-13/X-373- L-13/X-374- L-13/X-375- L-13/X-376-
L-13/X-377- L-13/X-378- L-13/X-379- L-13/X-380- L-13/X-381- L-13/X-382-
L-13/X-383- L-13/X-384- L-13/X-385- L-13/X-386- L-13/X-387- L-13/X-388-
L-13/X-389- L-13/X-390- L-13/X-391- L-13/X-392- L-13/X-393- L-13/X-394-
L-13/X-395- L-13/X-396- L-13/X-397- L-13/X-398- L-13/X-399- L-13/X-400-
L-13/X-401- L-13/X-402- L-13/X-403- L-13/X-404- L-13/X-405- L-13/X-406-
L-13/X-407- L-13/X-408- L-13/X-409- L-13/X-410- L-13/X-411- L-13/X-412-
L-13/X-413- L-13/X-414- L-13/X-415- L-13/X-416- L-13/X-417- L-13/X-418-
L-14/X-1- L-14/X-2- L-14/X-3- L-14/X-4- L-14/X-5- L-14/X-6-
L-14/X-7- L-14/X-8- L-14/X-9- L-14/X-10- L-14/X-11- L-14/X-12-
L-14/X-13- L-14/X-14- L-14/X-15- L-14/X-16- L-14/X-17- L-14/X-18-
L-14/X-19- L-14/X-20- L-14/X-21- L-14/X-22- L-14/X-23- L-14/X-24-
L-14/X-25- L-14/X-26- L-14/X-27- L-14/X-28- L-14/X-29- L-14/X-30-
L-14/X-31- L-14/X-32- L-14/X-33- L-14/X-34- L-14/X-35- L-14/X-36-
L-14/X-37- L-14/X-38- L-14/X-39- L-14/X-40- L-14/X-41- L-14/X-42-
L-14/X-43- L-14/X-44- L-14/X-45- L-14/X-46- L-14/X-47- L-14/X-48-
L-14/X-49- L-14/X-50- L-14/X-51- L-14/X-52- L-14/X-53- L-14/X-54-
L-14/X-55- L-14/X-56- L-14/X-57- L-14/X-58- L-14/X-59- L-14/X-60-
L-14/X-61- L-14/X-62- L-14/X-63- L-14/X-64- L-14/X-65- L-14/X-66-
L-14/X-67- L-14/X-68- L-14/X-69- L-14/X-70- L-14/X-71- L-14/X-72-
L-14/X-73- L-14/X-74- L-14/X-75- L-14/X-76- L-14/X-77- L-14/X-78-
L-14/X-79- L-14/X-80- L-14/X-81- L-14/X-82- L-14/X-83- L-14/X-84-
L-14/X-85- L-14/X-86- L-14/X-87- L-14/X-88- L-14/X-89- L-14/X-90-
L-14/X-91- L-14/X-92- L-14/X-93- L-14/X-94- L-14/X-95- L-14/X-96-
L-14/X-97- L-14/X-98- L-14/X-99- L-14/X-100- L-14/X-101- L-14/X-102-
L-14/X-103- L-14/X-104- L-14/X-105- L-14/X-106- L-14/X-107- L-14/X-108-
L-14/X-109- L-14/X-110- L-14/X-111- L-14/X-112- L-14/X-113- L-14/X-114-
L-14/X-115- L-14/X-116- L-14/X-117- L-14/X-118- L-14/X-119- L-14/X420-
L-14/X-121- L-14/X-122- L-14/X-123- L-14/X-124- L-14/X-125- L-14/X-126- L-14/X-127- L-14/X-128- L-14/X-129- L-14/X-130- L-14/X-131- L-14/X-132-
L-14/X-133- L-14/X-134- L-14/X-135- L-14/X-136- L-14/X-137- L-14/X-138-
L-14/X-139- L-14/X-140- L-14/X-141- L-14/X-142- L-14/X-143- L-14/X-144-
L-14/X-145- L-14/X-146- L-14/X-147- L-14/X-148- L-14/X-149- L-14/X-150-
L-14/X-151- L-14/X-152- L-14/X-153- L-14/X-154- L-14/X-155- L-14/X-156-
L-14/X-157- L-14/X-158- L-14/X-159- L-14/X-160- L-14/X-161- L-14/X-162-
L-14/X-163- L-14/X-164- L-14/X-165- L-14/X-166- L-14/X-167- L-14/X-168-
L-14/X-169- L-14/X-170- L-14/X-171- L-14/X-172-
L-14/X-173- L-14/X-174- L-14/X-175- L-14/X-176- L-14/X-177- L-14/X-178-
L-14/X-179- L-14/X-180- L-14/X-181- L-14/X-182- L-14/X-183- L-14/X-184-
L-14/X-185- L-14/X-186- L-14/X-187- L-14/X-188- L-14/X-189- L-14/X-190-
L-14/X-191- L-14/X-192- L-14/X-193- L-14/X-194- τ -14/X-195- L-14/X-196-
L-14/X-197- L-14/X-198- L-14/X-199- L-14/X-200- L-14/X-201- L-14/X-202-
L-14/X-203- L-14/X-204- L-14/X-205- L-14/X-206- L-14/X-207- L-14/X-208-
L-14/X-209- L-14/X-210- L-14/X-211- L-14/X-212- L-14/X-213- L-14/X-214-
L-14/X-215- L-14/X-216- L-14/X -217- L-14/X-218- L-14/X-219- L-14/X-220-
L-14/X-221- L-14/X-222- L-14/X-223- L-14/X-224- L-14/X-225- L-14/X-226-
L-14/X-227- L-14/X-228- L-14/X-229- L-14/X-230- L-14/X-231- L-14/X-232-
L-14/X-233- L-14/X-234- L-14/X-235- L-14/X-236- L-14/X-237- L-14/X-238-
L-14/X-239- L-14/X-240- L-14/X-241- L-14/X-242- L-14/X-243- L-14/X-244-
L-14/X-245- L-14/X-246- L-14/X-247- L-14/X-248- L-14/X-249- L-14/X-250-
L-14/X-251- L-14/X-252- L-14/X-253- L-14/X-254- L-14/X-255- L-14/X-256-
L-14/X-257- L-14/X-258- L-14/X-259- L-14/X-260- L-14/X-261- L-14/X-262-
L-14/X-263- L-14/X-264- L-14/X-265- L-14/X-266- L-14/X-267- L-14/X-268-
L-14/X-269- L-14/X-270- L-14/X-271- L-14/X-272- L-14/X-273- L-14/X-274-
L-14/X-275- L-14/X-276- L-14/X-277- L-14/X-278- L-14/X-279- L-14/X-280-
L-14/X-281- L-14/X-282- L-14/X-283- L-14/X-284- L-14/X-285- L-14/X-286-
L-14/X-287- L-14/X-288- L-14/X-289- L-14/X-290- L-14/X-291- L-14/X-292-
L-14/X-293- L-14/X-294- L-14/X-295- L-14/X-296- L-14/X-297- L-14/X-298-
L-14/X-299- L-14/X-300- L-14/X-301- L-14/X-302- L-14/X-303- L-14/X-304-
L-14/X-305- L-14/X-306- L-14/X-307- L-14/X-308- L-14/X-309- L-14/X-310-
L-14/X-311- L-14/X-312- L-14/X-313- L-14/X-314- L-14/X-315- L-14/X-316-
L-14/X-317- L-14/X-318- L-14/X-319- L-14/X-320- L-14/X-321- L-14/X-322-
L-14/X-323- L-14/X-324- L-14/X-325- L-14/X-326- L-14/X-327- L-14/X-328-
L-14/X-329- L-14/X-330- L-14/X-331- L-14/X-332- L-14/X-333- L-14/X-334-
L-14/X-335- L-14/X-336- L-14/X-337- L-14/X-338- L-14/X-339- L-14/X-340-
L-14/X-341- L-14/X-342- L-14/X-343- L-14/X-344- L-14/X-345- L-14/X-346-
L-14/X-347- L-14/X-348- L-14/X-349- L-14/X-350- L-14/X-351- L-14/X-352-
L-14/X-353- L-14/X-354- L-14/X-355- L-14/X-356- L-14/X-357- L-14/X-358-
L-14/X-359- L-14/X-360- L-14/X-361- L-14/X-362- L-14/X-363- L-14/X-364-
L-14/X-365- L-14/X-366- L-14/X-367- L-14/X-368- L-14/X-369- L-14/X-370-
L-14/X-371- L-14/X-372- L-14/X-373- L-14/X-374- L-14/X-375- L-14/X-376-
L-14/X-377- L-14/X-378- L-14/X-379- L-14/X-380- L-14/X-381- L-14/X-382-
L-14/X-383- L-14/X-384- L-14/X-385- L-14/X-386- L-14/X-387- L-14/X-388-
L-14/X-389- L-14/X-390- L-14/X-391- L-14/X-392- L-14/X-393- L-14/X-394-
L-14/X-395- L-14/X-396- L-14/X-397- L-14/X-398- L-14/X-399- L-14/X-400-
L-14/X-401- L-14/X-402- L-14/X-403- L-14/X-404- L-14/X-405- L-14/X-406-
L-14/X-407- L-14/X-408- L-14/X-409- L-14/X-410- L-14/X-411- L-14/X-412-
L-14/X-413- L-14/X-414- L-14/X-415- L-14/X-416- L-14/X-417- L-14/X-418- Pharmaceutical Formulations
When employed as pharmaceuticals, the compounds of the invention are usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. These compounds can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, rectal, transdermal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, and intranasal. These compounds are effective as both injectable and oral compositions. Such compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art and comprise at least one active compound.
This invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions which contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds of the invention associated with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. In making the compositions of this invention, the active ingredient is usually mixed with an excipient, diluted by an excipient or enclosed within such a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. When the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. Thus, the compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders.
In preparing a formulation, it may be necessary to mill the active compound to provide the appropriate particle size prior to combining with the other ingredients. If the active compound is substantially insoluble, it ordinarily is milled to a particle size of less than 200 mesh. If the active compound is substantially water soluble, the particle size is normally adjusted by milling to provide a substantially uniform distribution in the formulation, e.g. about 40 mesh.
Some examples of suitable excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup, and methyl cellulose. The formulations can additionally include: lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents. The compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures known in the art.
The compositions are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 5 to about 100 mg, more usually about 10 to about 30 mg, of the active ingredient. The term "unit dosage forms" refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient. Preferably, the compound of the invention is employed at no more than about 20 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition, more preferably no more than about 15 weight percent, with the balance being pharmaceutically inert carrier(s).
The active compound is effective over a wide dosage range and is generally administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount. It, will be understood, however, that the amount of the compound actually administered will be determined by a physician or veterinarian, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered and its relative activity, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like.
For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This solid preformulation is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from, for example, 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
The tablets or pills of the present invention may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate.
The liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as corn oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
Compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders. The liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described supra. Preferably the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect. Compositions in preferably pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be inhaled directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a face mask tent, or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices which deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner.
The following formulation examples illustrate representative pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
Formulation Example 1
Hard gelatin capsules containing the following ingredients are prepared:
Quantity Ingredient (mg/capsule)
Active Ingredient 30.0
Starch 305.0
Magnesium stearate 5.0
The above ingredients are mixed and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 340 mg quantities. Formulation Example 2
A tablet formula is prepared using the ingredients below:
Quantity Ingredient (mg/tablet) Active Ingredient 25.0
Cellulose, microcrystalline 200.0
Colloidal silicon dioxide 10.0
Stearic acid 5.0
The components are blended and compressed to form tablets, each weighing 240 mg.
Formulation Example 3
A dry powder inhaler formulation is prepared containing the following components:
Ingredient Weight % Active Ingredient 5
Lactose 95
The active ingredient is mixed with the lactose and the mixture is added to a dry powder inhaling appliance.
Formulation Example 4 Tablets, each containing 30 mg of active ingredient, are prepared as follows:
Quantity
Ingredient (mg/tablet)
Active Ingredient 30.0 mg
Starch 45.0 mg
Microcrystalline cellulose 35.0 mg
Polyvinylpyrrolidone
(as 10% solution in sterile water) 4.0 mg
Sodium carboxymethyl starch 4.5 mg
Magnesium stearate 0.5 mg
Talc 1.0 mg
Total 120 mg The active ingredient, starch and cellulose are passed through a No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve and mixed thoroughly. The solution of poly vinylpyrrolidone is mixed with the resultant powders, which are then passed through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve. The granules so produced are dried at 50° to 60°C and passed through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve. The sodium carboxymethyl starch, magnesium stearate, and talc, previously passed through a No. 30 mesh U.S. sieve, are then added to the granules which, after mixing, are compressed on a tablet machine to yield tablets each weighing 120 mg.
Formulation Example 5 Capsules, each containing 40 mg of medicament are made as follows:
Ingredient Quantity
(mg/capsule)
Active Ingredient 40.0 mg
Starch 109.0 mg Magnesium stearate 1.0 mg
Total 150.0 mg
The active ingredient, starch, and magnesium stearate are blended, passed through a No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve, and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 150 mg quantities.
Formulation Example 6
Suppositories, each containing 25 mg of active ingredient are made as follows:
Ingredient Amount
Active Ingredient 25 mg Saturated fatty acid glycerides to 2,000 mg
The active ingredient is passed through a No. 60 mesh U.S. sieve and suspended in the saturated fatty acid glycerides previously melted using the minimum heat necessary. The mixture is then poured into a suppository mold of nominal 2.0 g capacity and allowed to cool.
Formulation Example 7 Suspensions, each containing 50 mg of medicament per 5.0 mL dose are made as follows:
Ingredient Amount
Active Ingredient 50.0 mg
Xanthan gum 4.0 mg
Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (11 %)
Microcrystalline cellulose (89%) 50.0 mg
Sucrose 1.75 g
Sodium benzoate 10.0 mg
Flavor and Color q.v.
Purified water to 5.0 mL
The active ingredient, sucrose and xanthan gum are blended, passed through a No. 10 mesh U.S. sieve, and then mixed with a previously made solution of the microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose in water. The sodium benzoate, flavor, and color are diluted with some of the water and added with stirring. Sufficient water is then added to produce the required volume.
Formulation Example 8
Quantity Ingredient (mg/capsule)
Active Ingredient 15.0 mg Starch 407.0 mg
Magnesium stearate 3.0 mg
Total 425.0 mg
The active ingredient, starch, and magnesium stearate are blended, passed through a No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve, and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 425.0 mg quantities. Formulation Example 9
A formulation may be prepared as follows:
Ingredient Quantity
Active Ingredient 5.0 mg Corn Oil 1.0 mL
Formulation Example 10
A topical formulation may be prepared as follows:
Ingredient Quantity Active Ingredient 1-10 g Emulsifying Wax 30 g
Liquid Paraffin 20 g
White Soft Paraffin to 100 g
The white soft paraffin is heated until molten. The liquid paraffin and emulsifying wax are incorporated and stirred until dissolved. The active ingredient is added and stirring is continued until dispersed. The mixture is then cooled until solid.
Another preferred formulation employed in the methods of the present invention employs transdermal delivery devices ("patches"). Such transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds of the present invention in controlled amounts. The construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent 5,023,252, issued June 11, 1991, herein incorporated by reference. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.
Frequently, it will be desirable or necessary to introduce the pharmaceutical composition to the brain, either directly or indirectly. Direct techniques usually involve placement of a drug delivery catheter into the host! s . ventricular system to bypass the blood-brain barrier. One such implantable delivery system used for the transport of biological factors to specific anatomical regions of the body is described in U.S. Patent 5,011,472, which is herein incorporated by reference.
Indirect techniques, which are generally preferred, usually involve formulating the compositions to provide for drug latentiation by the conversion of hydrophilic drugs into lipid-soluble drugs. Latentiation is generally achieved through blocking of the hydroxy, carbonyl, sulfate, and primary amine groups present on the drug to render the drug more lipid soluble and amenable to transportation across the blood-brain barrier. Alternatively, the delivery of hydrophilic drugs may be enhanced by intra-arterial infusion of hypertonic solutions which can transiently open the blood-brain barrier.
Other suitable formulations for use in the present invention can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mace Publishing Company, Philadelphia, PA, 17th Ed (1985).
Utility
The multibinding agents of the present invention are useful for modulating the PPARγ receptor, and, depending on the composition of the multibinding agent, also the RXR receptor. The modulation of these receptors in preadipocytes promotes gene transcription and differentiation to adipocytes. Further, modulation of these receptor sites leads gene transcription and reduction of blood glucose, serum triglycerides, and serum non-esterified fatty acids. These effects are useful in treating mammalian conditions modulated by the PPARγ receptor, including non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, cancer, hyperlipedemia, arteriosclerosis and inflammatory diseases, for example. In order to further illustrate the present invention and advantages thereof, the following specific examples are given but are not meant to limit the scope of the claims in any way.
EXAMPLES In the Preparations and Examples below, all temperatures are in degrees
Celsius (unless otherwise indicated) and all percentages * re weight percentages (also unless otherwise indicated).
Preparations 1-22 and Examples 1-14 are given as representative examples of methods for preparing compounds of this invention.
In the Procedures and Examples below, the following abbreviations have the following meanings. If an abbreviation is not defined, it has its generally accepted meaning.
A Angstroms cm centimeter
DIC 2-dimethylaminoisopropyl chloride hydrochloride
DCC N, N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
DCM dichloromethane
DIPEA diisopropylethylamine
DMA N, N-dimethylacetamide
DMAP 4-N, N-dimethy laminopyridine
DMF N, N-dimethy If ormamide
DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
DPPA diphenylphosphoryl azide g gram
HBTU 1 -hydroxybenzotrizole
HPLC high performance liquid chromatography mg milligram
MIC minimum inhibitory concentration min minute mL milliliter mm millimeter mmol millimol N normal PyBOP pyridine benzotriazol- 1 -yloxy-tris(dimethy 1- amino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate t-BOC tert-butyloxycarbonyl TBAF tetrabutyl ammonium fluoride TFA trifluoroacetic acid THF tetrahydrofuran tic thin layer chromatography μL microliters
Preparation 1: 5-[4-(2-methylaminoethoxy)phenyl]methyl-2,4-thiazolidinedione, 4, 5-[4-(3-bromopropyloxy)phenyl]methyl-2,4-thiazolidinedione, 5 and 5-[4-[2-(4- nitrophenylcarbamoylmethylamino)ethoxylphenyl]methyl-2,4-thiazolidinedione, 6.
Figure imgf000107_0001
5-[(4-Hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione 1, prepared as described in Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1982,30, 3580, (5 mmol) is dissolved in THF (50 mL), and arid triphenylphosphine (7.5 mmol) and 2- methylaminoethanol 3 (3 mmol) are added. A solution of diethyl azodicarboxylate (7.5 mmol) in THF (15 mL) is added over 30 minutes. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The organic phase is washed, dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 4.
B. Using the above procedure, but using different aminoalcohols in place of 3, compounds corresponding to 4 may be obtained.
C. 5-[(4-Hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione 1 (5 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (50 mL), 1 ,3-dibromopropane 2 (2.5 mol), K2CO3 (1 g) and KI (50 mg) are added. The mixture is heated at 70° . The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The organic phase is washed, dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 5.
D. Using the above procedure, but using different dibromides in place of 2, compounds corresponding to 5 may be obtained.
E. The compound 4 (1 mmol) is dissolved in THP (25 mL), and pyridine (2 mmol) and p-nitrophenylchloroformate (1.25 mmol ) are added. After 1 hour the solvents are removed under vacuum to afford the compound 6.
Preparation 2: (2S) Methyl 2-[(2-benzoylphenyl)amino]-3-[4-(2- methylamino)ethoxyphenyl] propionate, 9, and (2S) methyl 2-(2- benzoylphenyl)amino-3-14-(2-mercaptoethoxy)phenyl] propionate 8.
Figure imgf000108_0001
A. Using the alkylation conditions of Preparation 1C, (2S) methyl 2-(2- benzoylphenyl)amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate 1, prepared as described in J. Med. Chem., 1998, 41, 5020, is reacted with 2- bromoethanethiol to afford the compound 8,
B. Using the Mitsonobu reaction conditions of Preparation 1A, (2S) methyl 2- (2-benzoylphenyl)amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, 7, prepared as described in J. Med. Chem., 1998, 41, 5020, is reacted with 2- methylaminoethanol 3, to afford the compound 9. C. Using the above procedures, but employing different bromoalkyl mercaptans or aminoalcohols in place of 2-bromoethanethiol or 2- methylaminoethanol 3 , the compounds corresponding to 8 or 9 are obtained.
Preparation 3: (2S) methyl 2-(2-furoylphenyl)amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, 12.
Figure imgf000109_0001
A. 2-Furoylcyclohexanone, 11, prepared as described in Gazz. Chim. Ital . , 1987, 117, 645, (5 mmol) is dissolved in anisole (50 mL) and 1-tyrosine methyl ester 10, (5 mmol) and 10 % Pd/C (2 g) are added. The mixture is heated under reflux. After 4 hours, the cooled solution is filtered. The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 12.
B. Using the above procedure, but employing in place of 2- fury ley Icohexanone different 2-aroylcyclohexanones, compounds analogous to 12 may be obtained. Preparation 4: methyl 4-(3-aminopropylthio)-3-chlorophenyl acetate, 17, and methyl 4-(2-methylaminoethylthio)-3-chlorophenyl acetate, 18.
Figure imgf000110_0001
A. 3-chloro-4-dimethylaminocarbamoylthiophenylacetic acid methyl ester 15 (US Patent 5,859,051) (100 mmol) is dissolved in 250 mL of MeOH and added to a 0.5M solution (100 mmol, 200 mL) of sodium methoxide and heated to 70 °C for 2 h. The reaction is cooled to room temperature, neutralized with IN HCl, and diluted with ether (2000 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, and dried over MgSO , filtered and evaporated. The crude methyl 3-chloro-4-thiophenylacetate 16 is utilized without further purification.
B. Using the Mitsonobu procedure of Preparation 1A, the mercaptan 16 is reacted respectively with 3-aminopropanol and 2-(methylamino)ethanol to afford the compounds 17 and 18 respectively.
Preparation 5: methyl 3-bromo-4-[(3-methylaminopropyl)mercaptolphenylacetate, 21.
Figure imgf000110_0002
A. Methyl 4-mercaptophenyl acetate 19, (5 mmol) is dissolved in AcOH (50 mL). Bromine (5 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to water and extracted with EtO Ac. The organic phase is washed, dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford methyl 3-bromo-4- mercaptophenyl acetate 20.
B. Using the conditions of Preparation 1C, the above compound 20 is reacted with 3-(methylamino)propyl bromide to afford the compound 21.
C. Using the above procedure, but employing in place of 3- (methylamino)propyl bromide, different aminoalkyl bromides, compounds corresponding to 21 may be obtained.
Preparation 6: ethyl 19-amino-3,7-dimethylnonadeca-2(E),4(E),6(E)-trienoate, 30.
Figure imgf000111_0001
A. 13-Aminotridecanoic acid 22 (5 mmol) is dissolved in IN NaOH (20 mL) and water (80 mL). To the solution is added (BOC^O (10 mmol) in portions. After 1 hour, the solution is acidified with dilute HCl, and is extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford 13-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)tridecanoic acid 23.
B. The above compound 23 (3 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (50 mL) and N,O- dimethylhydroxylamine (4 mmol) and dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) (3 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 13-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-N,O- dimethyltridecanoylhydroxy lamine , 24. C. The above compound 24 (2 mmol) is dissolved in ether (50 mL) and the solution is cooled to -80° . A solution of IM methyl lithium in hexane (3 mL) is added. After 1 hour water (1 mL) is added. The ethereal solution is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford 14- (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)tetradecan-2-one, 25. D. The ketone 25 (2 mmol) is dissolved in MeCN (25 mL) and
(triphenylphosphoranylidene)acetaldehyde 26 (2 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc . The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 15-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylpentadeca-2(E)-enealdehyde, 27.
E. Ethyl 4-(diethoxyphosphinyl)-2(E)-butenoate 28, prepared as described in US Patent 5,770,383, (2 mmol) is dissolved in THF (25 mL) and 50 % NaH in oil (2 mmol) is added. After 1 hour, the aldehyde 27 (2 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford ethyl 19-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3,7-dimethylnonadeca- 2(E),4(E),6(E)-trienoate, 29.
F. The above compound 29 (1 mmol) is dissolved in IN HCl in EtOH (20 mL). After 1 hour, the solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 30.
G. Using the above procedures, but employing in Step A different l,n-amino acids in place of 13-aminotridecanoic acid, there may be obtained corresponding compounds analogous to 30. -Il l- Preparation 7: ethyl 3,7-dimethyl-7-[4-(12-aminodecyloxy)phenyl]hepta- 2(E),4(E),6(E)-trienoate, 34.
Figure imgf000113_0001
t
A. Using the procedure of Preparation 6D, 4-hydroxyacetophenone 31 is reacted with (triphenylphosphoranylidene)acetaldehyde 26 to afford 3-(4- hydroxyphenyl)but-2(E)-enal, 32.
B. Using the procedure of Preparation 2E, the sodium salt of the aldehyde 32 is reacted with ethyl 4-(diethoxyphosphinyl)-2(E)-butenoate 28 to afford ethyl 3 ,7-dimethyl-7-(4-hydroxyphenyl)hepta-2(E),4(E),6(E)-trienoate, 33 ,
C. The above compound 33 (1 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (15 mL), and 10- amino- l-bromodecane (1 mmol), K2CO3 (0.5 g) and KI (50 mg) are added.
The mixture is heated at 60° and the progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 34. D. Using the above procedure, but employing in Step C different l,n- aminoalkyl bromides in place of 10-amino- l-bromodecane, compounds analogous to 34 may be obtained. Preparation 8: ethyl 3,7-dimethyl-7-[4-(8-aminooctylthio)phenyl]hepta- 2(E),4(E),6(E)-trienoate, 37.
Figure imgf000114_0001
Using the procedures of Preparation 7, and employing in Step A 4- mercaptoacetophenone 35 (prepared as described in WO 9842758) in the place of 4-hydroxyacetophenone, and employing in Step C 8-aminooctyl bromide in the place of 10-aminodecyl bromide in Step C, 35 is converted through intermediate 36 to the desired compound 37.
Preparation 9: methyl 2-[4-(4-bromobutylthio)phenylethynyl]pyridine-5- carboxylate, 43.
Figure imgf000114_0002
^ _=_ N=> N-=
HS COOMβ Br(CH2)4S COOMβ
42 43
4-Mercaptophenylacetylene 38, prepared as described in Liebigs Ann., 1996, 2107, (5 mmol) is dissolved in pyridine (25 mL) and triphenylmethyl chloride (5 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 4- (triphenylmethylthio)phenylacetylene, 39.
B. (Ph3P)2PdCl2 (0.3 g) is added to dry THF (50 mL) under an inert atmosphere, and Cul (75 mg) is added. After 10 minutes, Et3N (3 mL) and the acetylene 39 (20 mmol) are added, and after a further 10 minutes, methyl 2-chloropyridine-5-carboxylate 40, prepared as described in US Patent 5,693,611, (20 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford methyl 2-
[4(triphenylmethylthio)phenylethynyl]pyridine-5-carboxylate , 41. The above compound 41 (5 mmol) is dissolved in a IM solution of HCl in AcOH (25 mL). The mixture is heated at 60° and the progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford methyl 2-[4- mercaptophenylethynyl]pyridine-5-carboxylate , 42.
D. Using the conditions of Preparation 7C, the compound 42 is reacted with one molar equivalent of 1,4-dibromobutane to afford the compound 43. Using the above procedure, but employing in Step D different l,n- dibromoalkanes in place of 1 ,4-dibromobutane, compounds analogous to 43 may be obtained.
Preparation 10: l-[3-(6-bromohexylthio)phenyl]-l-[4- carbomethoxyphenyl] ethylene, 50.
Figure imgf000115_0001
A. Methyl 3'-hydroxybenzophenone-4-carboxylate 44, prepared as described in Macromol. Chem. Phys., 1997, 198, 2599, (10 mmol) is dissolved in THF (100 mL) and tert-butylchlorodiphenylsilane (10 mmol) and imidazole (10 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with
EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford methyl 3'-(tert- butyldiphenylsilyloxy)benzophenone-4-carboxylate, 45.
B. Methyl triphenylphosphonium bromide (10 mmol) is suspended in THF (50 mL) and IM BuLi in hexane (10 mL) is added. After 15 minutes, a solution of the compound 45 (10 mmol) in THF (25 mL) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford l-[3-(tert- butyldiphenylsilyloxy)phenyl]-l-[4-carbomethoxyphenyl]ethylene 46.
C. The above compound 46 ( 5 mmol) is dissolved in THF (50 mL) and Bu NF (6 mmol) in THF is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford l-[3-hydroxyphenyl]-l-[4- carbomethoxyphenyljethylene, 47.
D. The above compound 47 (3 mmol) is dissolved in pyridine (25 mL) and dimethylthiocarbamoyl chloride (4 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford l-[3-
(dimethy lthiocarbamoy loxy)pheny 1] - 1 - [4-carbomethoxypheny 1] ethylene , 48. This compound (1 mmol) is dissolved in diphenyl ether (10 mL) and the solution is heated at 250°. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is complete, the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) containing NaOH (1 mmol). The mixture is heated at reflux. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is acidified with dilute HCl, and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford l-(3-mercaptophenyl-l-(4- carbomethoxyphenyl)ethylene, 49. E. Using the procedure of Preparation 9D, the compound 49 is reacted with one molar equivalent of 1,6-dibromohexane to afford the compound 50. F. Using the above procedure, but employing different l,n-dibromoalkanes in place of 1,6-dibromohexane, compounds analogous to 50 may be obtained.
Preparation 11 : l-(4-carbomethoxyphenyl)-l-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylene, 52 and 1- (4-carbomethoxyphenyl)-l-(4-mercaptophenyl)ethylene 53.
Figure imgf000117_0001
A. Using the procedures of Preparation 10A-C, methyl 4'- hydroxybenzophenone-4-carboxylate 51, prepared as described in J. Med.
Chem., 1995, 38, 13, is converted into the compound 52.
B. Using the procedure of Preparation 10D, the phenolic compound 52 is converted into the corresponding thiol 53. Preparation 12: l-[4-(10-bromodecylamino)phenyl]-l-(4- carbomethoxyphenyl)ethylene, 58.
Figure imgf000118_0001
A. Methyl 4'-aminobenzophenone-4-carboxylate 54, prepared as described in Uch. Zap. Tekbnol. Inst., 1972, 22, 44, (10 mmol) is dissolved in pyridine (50 mL) and phthalic anhydride (10 mmol) is added. The mixture is heated at 50° and the progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford methyl 4'-(N-phthalimido)benzophenone-4-carboxylate 55. B. Using the Wittig reaction procedure of Preparation 10B, the compound 55 is converted into l-(4-carbomethoxyphenyl)-l-[4-(N- phthalimido)phenyl]ethylene .
C. The compound 56 (5 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) and 85% hydrazine hydrate (5 mL) is added. The solution is heated at reflux. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to dilute HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford l-(4- aminopheny 1)- 1 -(4-catbomethoxyphenyl)ethy lene , 57.
D. Using the alkylation procedure of Preparation 7C, the compound 57 is reacted with one molar equivalent of 1,10-dibromodecane, to afford the compound 58.
E. Using the above procedure, but employing different 1 ,n-dibromoalkanes in place of 1,10-dibromodecane, compounds analogous to 58 may be obtained.
Preparation 13: l-[3-(3-bromopropylamino)phenyl]-l-(4- carbomethoxyphenyl)ethylene, 62.
Figure imgf000119_0001
A. 4-carbomethoxy-3'-nitrobenzophenone, 59 prepared as described in
Japanese Patent 51225013, (10 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) and SnCl2 dihydrate (40 mmol) is added. The mixture is heated at reflux. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to dilute HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 3'- amino-4-carbomethoxybenzophenone , 60. B. Using the procedure of Preparation 12A, the compound 60 is reacted with phthalic anhydride to afford 4-carbomethoxy-3'-(N- phthalimido)benzophenone. The latter compound is reacted with methylenetriphenylphosphorane, using the procedure of Preparation 10B, to afford l-(4-carbomethoxyphenyl)-l-[(3'-N-phthalimido)phenyl]ethylene. Using the procedure of Preparation 12C, the latter compound is reacted with hydrazine to afford l-(3-aminophenyl)-l-(4- carbomethoxyphenyl)ethylene, 61. C. Using the alkylation procedure of Preparation 7C, the compound 61 is reacted with 1.0 molar equivalents of 1,3-dibromopropane to afford the compound 62. D. Using the above procedure, but employing different l,n-dibromoalkanes in place of 1,3-dibromopropane, compounds analogous to 62 may be obtained.
Preparation 14: l-(5-carbomethoxy-2-pyridyl)-l-[3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-3-oxa-2- pentyl)-6-methylphenyl]ethylene, 69.
Figure imgf000120_0001
A. A1C13 (5 mmol) and nitromethane (5 mmol) are stirred in dry CHpC^ at O°C until clear solution is obtained. p-Cymene-8-ol 63 (5 mmol) and 2- chlorocarbonyl-5-carbomethoxypyridine 64, prepared as described in J. Med. Chem. , 1995, 38, 3146, (5 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 5-carbomethoxy-2-[3-(l-hydroxy- l-methylethyl)-6-methylbenzoyl]pyridine, 65. B. Using the silylation procedure of Preparation 10A, the compound 65 is converted into 5-carbomethoxy-2-[3-(l-tert-butyldiphenylsilyloxy-l- methylethyl)-6-methylbenzoyl]pyridine, 66.
C. Using the Wittig reaction procedure of Preparation 10B, the compound 66 is converted into l-[3-(l-tert-butyldiphenylsilyloxy-l-methylethyl)-6- methylphenyl]-l-(5-carbomethoxy-2-pyridyl)ethylene, 67.
D. Using the desilylation procedure of Preparation IOC, the compound 67 is converted into l-[3-(l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-6-methylphenyl]-l-(5- carbomethoxy-2-pyridy l)ethy lene , 68.
E. The above compound 68 (1 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and 50 % NaH in oil (1 mmol) is added. When hydrogen evolution has ceased, 1 ,2- dibromoethane (1 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 69.
F. Using the above procedure, but employing different l ,n-dibromoalkanes in place of 1,2-dibromoethylene, compounds analogous to 69 may be obtained.
Preparation 15: l-[3-(ll-carboxy-2-methyl-3-oxa-2-undecyl)phenyl]-l-(4. carbomethoxyphenyl)ethylene, 72.
Figure imgf000121_0001
A. Using the procedures of Preparation 14A-D, and employing in Step A methyl 4-chlorocarbonylbenzoate 70 in place of 2-chlorocarbonyl-5- carbomethoxypyridine 64, p-cymene-8-ol 63 is converted into l-[3-(l- hydroxyl-methylethy l)-6-methy lpheny 1)- 1 -(4-carbomethoxypheny l)ethy lene , 71.
B. The above compound 71 (5 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (50 mL) and 50 % NaH in oil (5 mmol) is added. When hydrogen evolution has ceased, tert- butyl 8-bromooctanoate (5 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to dilute HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is dissolved in TFA (50 mL). After 1 hour, the solvent is removed under vacuum, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 72.
C. Using the above procedure, but employing different tert-butyl bromoalkanoates in place of tert-butyl 8-bromooctanoate, the compounds analogous to 72 are obtained.
Preparation 16: 1 -[3-( 13-amino-2-methyl-3-oxa-2-tridecanyl)-6-methy lphenyl)- 1 - (4-carbomethoxyphenyl)ethylene 78, in which X is CH, and l-[3-(13-amino-2- methyl-3-oxa-2-tridecanyl)-6-methylphenyl)-l-(5-carbomethoxy-2- pyridyl)ethylene, 78, in which X is N.
Figure imgf000122_0001
78
10-Aminodecanol (20 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (100 mL) and Et3N (25 mmol) and BOC-ON (Aldrich Chemical Company) (20 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to dilute HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 10-(tert- butoxyoarbonylamino)decanol 76.
B. The above compound 76 (5 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (50 mL) and pyridine (5 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (5 mmol) are added. After 1 hour the solution is washed with dilute HCl, and dried and evaporated to afford 10-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-l- (methanesulfonyloxy)decanol 77. 5-Carbomethoxy-2-[3-(l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-6-methylbenzoyllpyridine, 65 (2 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (25 mL) and 50% NaH in oil (2 mmol) is added. When hydrogen evolution has ceased, 10-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)-l-(methanesulfonyloxy)decanol 77 (2 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford l-[3-(13-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methyl-3-oxa-2-tridecanyl)-6- methylphenyl)-l-(5-carbomethoxy-2-pyridyl)ethylene 74, in which X is N.
D. Using the deprotection procedure of Preparation 6F, the above compound 74 is converted into the compound 78 in which X is N. Using the procedures C and D above, but employing in Step C l-[3-(l- hydroxymethy lethy l)-6-methylpheny 1)- 1 -(4-carbomethoxypheny l)ethy lene , 71 in place of 5-carbomethoxy-2-[3-(l-hydroxy-l-methylethyl)-6- methylbenzoyljpyridine, 65, there is obtained the compound 78 in which X is CH.
Preparation 17: 4-chloromethyl-5-methyl-2-[4-(8-hydroxyoctyloxy)phenyl]oxazole 85, and 2-[4-(8-bromooctyloxy)phenyl]-5-methyloxazole-4-carboxylic acid 87.
Figure imgf000123_0001
86 87 A. Ethyl 2-(hydroxyimino)-3-oxobutyrate 79, prepared as described in J. Am. Chem. Soc , 1938, 60, 1328, (0.5 mol) and 4-benzyloxybenzaldehyde 80 (0.6 mol) are dissolved in AcOH (200 mL) and the solution is cooled to 0°C. Dry HCl gas is passed in for 2 hours, and then ether (600 mL) is added. The mixture is filtered to afford ethyl 2-[(4-benzyloxy)phenyl]-5- methyl-3-oxooxazole-4-carboxylate, 81.
B. The above compound 81 (0.1 mol) is dissolved in EtOH (200 mL) and 10% Pd/C (2 g) is added. The mixture is hydrogenated in a Parr shaker at 50 psi. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is filtered and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed to afford ethyl 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5- methyloxazole-4-carboxylate 82.
C. The above compound 82 (50 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (50 mL). 8- bromooctanol (50 mmol), K CO2 (5 g) and KI (100 mg) are added. The mixture is heated at 70° and the progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the cooled solution is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated to afford ethyl 2-(4-(8-hydroxyoctyl)phenyl]-5-methyloxazole-4-carboxylate 83.
D. The above compound 83 (50 mmol) is dissolved in ether (75 mL) and the solution is added over a period of 30 minutes to a suspension of LAH (2 g) in ether (50 mL) at 0-10°C. After 1 hour, the mixture is diluted with THF (50 mL). Water is added cautiously to destroy excess LAH. AcOH (10 mL) is added, and the solution is filtered and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed to afford 4-hydroxymethyl-2-[4-(8-hydroxyoctyl)phenyl]- 5-methyloxazole, 94.
E. Using the above procedure, but employing in Step C, in place of 8- bromooctanol, different bromoalkanols, compounds corresponding to 84 may be obtained. F. The compound 84 (50 mmol) is dissolved in ether (100 mL) and PPh3 (75 mmol) and CC14 (75 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to water. The organic phase is dried and evaporated to afford 4-chloromethyl-2-[4-(8- hydroxyoctyl)phenyl]-5-methyloxazole 85.
G. The compound 83 (50 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (100 mL) and CBr4 (60 mmol) and PPN (60 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to water. The organic phase is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford ethyl 2-[4-(8-bromooctyl)phenyl]-5-niethyloxazole-4-carboxylate,
86. H. The compound 86 (30 mmol) is dissolved in THF (20 mL) and a solution of LiOH,H2O (35 mmol) in water (20 mL) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to dilute HCl. The aqueous solution is extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 87.
Preparation 18: 2-[4-(10-hydroxydecyloxy)phenyl]-5-methylthiazole-4-carboxylic acid, 91, and 4-chloromethyl-2,[4-(10-hydroxydecyloxy)phenyl]-5-methylthiazole, 92.
Figure imgf000125_0001
A. 4-Hydroxyphenylthiourea, 88, prepared as described in Tetrahedron, 1989, 45, 4519, (50 mmol) and ethyl 3-bromo-2-oxobutyrate 89 (50 mmol) are heated at reflux in MeCN (100 mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the cooled solution is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford ethyl 2-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-5-methylthiaxole-4-carboxylate, 90,
B. Using the alkylation procedure of Preparation 17C, the compound 90 is reacted with 10-bromodecanol to afford ethyl 2-(4-(10- hydroxydecyloxy)phenyl]-5-methylthiazole-4-carboxylate. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Preparation 10H, the latter compound is converted into the carboxylic acid compound 91.
C. Using the reduction procedure of Preparation 17D, followed by the chlorination procedure of Preparation 10F, 2-[4-(10- hydroxydecyloxy)phenyl]-5-methylthiazole-4-carboxylic acid 91 is converted into the compound 92.
Preparation 19: 1 -(4-carbomethoxypheny 1)- 1 -[4-(8-hydroxy octy loxy )pheny 1] ethylene 93.
Figure imgf000126_0001
l-(4-carbomethoxyphenyl)-l-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylene, 52, (50 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (50 mL). 8-bromooctanol (50 mmol), K2CO3 (5 g) and KI (100 mg) are added. The mixture is heated at 70° and the progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the cooled solution is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated to afford l-(4- carbomethoxyphenyl)-l-[4-(8-hydroxy-octyloxy)phenyl]ethylene, 93.
Preparation 20: ethyl 13-bromo-3,7-dimethyltrideca-2(E),4(E),6(E)-trienoate, 97.
Figure imgf000127_0001
OOEt
Using the procedures of Preparation 6D and 6E, 8-bromooctan-2-one 96, prepared as described in J. Chem. Res. Synop. , 1993, 249, is converted into the compound 97.
Preparation 21 : 2-[2-(4-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxyphenyl)-5-methylthiazol-4- yljethanol 139 and 2-[2-(4-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxyphenyl)-5-methylthiazol-4- yljethyl bromide 140.
Figure imgf000127_0002
A. Using the procedures described in J. Med. Chem 1998, 41, (25), 5037- 5054 for the preparation of 2-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-methyloxazol-4-yl]- ethanol from 4-fluorobenzamide, 4-hydroxythiobenzamide 137 (Helv, Chim. Acta. 16, 1933; 999, 1007) is converted to 2-[2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)- 5 -methyloxazol-4-yl] -acetic acid methyl ester. The ester (150 mmol) is dissolved in THF (500 mL) and tert-butylchlorodimethylsilane (150 mmol) and imidazole (150 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 138.
B. Compound 138 (120 mmol) is dissolved in 1L of THF under nitrogen at 0°C and 120 mL of a IM solution of LAH in THF is added over 15 min.
The reaction is allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 h and then is cooled to 0°C. Slowly 5 mL of water is added, followed by 10 mL of 15 % NaOH, and reaction is stirred vigorously for 20 min. before filtering. The filtrate is dried, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude is chromatographed on silica get to yield 2-[2-(4-tert- butyldimethylsilyloxyphenyl)-5-methylthiazol-4-yl]-ethanol 139.
C. The alcohol 139 (50 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (100 ML) and CBr4 (60 mmol) and PPh3 (60 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to water, shaken and separated. The organic phase is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 2-[2-(4-tert- butyldimethylsilyloxyphenyl)-5-methylthiazol-4-yl]-ethyl bromide 140.
Preparation 22: 2-[2-(4-benzyloxyphenyl)-5-methyloxazol-4-yl]-ethanol 142 and 2(2-(4-benzyloxyphenyl)-5-methyloxazol-4-yl]-ethyl bromide 143.
Figure imgf000128_0001
A. Using the procedures described in J. Med. Chem 1998, 41, (25), 5037- 5054 for the preparation of 2-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-methyloxazol-4-yl]- ethanol from 4-fluorobenzamide, 4-benzyloxy benzamide 141 (J. Med. Chem.1977, 20, 1388-1393) is converted to 2-[2-(4-benzyloxyphenyl)-5- methyloxazol-4-yl] -acetic acid methyl ester. B. The ester (120 mmol) is dissolved in 1L of THF under nitrogen at 0°C and 120 mL of a IM solution of LAH in THF is added over 15 min. The reaction is allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 h and then is cooled to 0°C. Slowly 5 mL of water is added, followed by 10 mL of 15 % NaOH, and reaction is stirred vigorously for 20 min. before filtering. The filtrate is dried over solid Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude is chromatographed on silica gel to yield 2-[2-(4-tert- butyldimethylsilyloxyphenyl)-5-methyloxazol-4-yl] -ethanol 142.
C. The alcohol 142 (50 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (100 mL) and CBr4 (60 mmol) and PPh3 (60 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to water, shaken and separated. The organic phase is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 2-[2-(4-tert- butyldimethylsilyloxyphenyl)-5-methyloxazol-4-yl]-ethyl bromide 143.
Example 1: Reaction between 5-[4-[2-(4- nitrophenylcarbamoylmethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]methyl-2 ,4-thiazolidinedione , 6 and ethyl 19-amino-3,7-dimethylnonadeca-2(E),4(E),6(E)-trienoate, 30 to afford the urea 99.
Figure imgf000129_0001
A. The p-nitrophenyl carbamate 6 (1 mmol) and the amine 30 (1 mmol) are dissolved in pyridine (25 mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is poured into water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the urea 98. B. The compound 98 (1 mmol) is dissolved in THF (10 mL) and a solution of LiOH,H O (1 mmol) in water (10 mL) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is poured into dilute HCl and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 99.
Example 2: Reaction between 5-[4-[2-(4- nitrophenylcarbamoylmethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]methyl-2,4-thiazolidinedione, 6 and ethyl 3,7-dimethyl-7-14-(12-aminodecyloxy)phenyl]hepta-2(E),4(E),6(E)- trienoate, 34 to afford the urea 101.
Figure imgf000130_0001
101
A. Using the procedure of Example 1A, the carbamate 6 and the amine 34 are reacted to produce the urea 100.
B. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the ester 100 is converted into the carboxylic acid 101.
Example 3: Reaction between (2S) methyl 2-(2-benzoylphenyl)amino-3-(4- hydroxyphenyl) propionate 7, and 2-[2-(4-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxyphenyl)-5- methyloxazol-4-yl] -ethyl bromide 140, followed by desilylation, and reaction with l-(4-carbomethoxyphenyl)-l-(8-hydroxyoctyloxyphenyl)ethylene, 93 to afford the ether-linked dimer 103 and dicarboxylic acid 104.
Figure imgf000131_0001
A. Using the alkylation conditions of Preparation 1C, (2S) methyl 2-(2- benzoylphenyl)amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate 7, prepared as described in J. Med. Chem., 1998, 41, 5020, is reacted with the compound 140 to afford the ether product. The ether product (1 mmol) is dissolved in THF (10 mL) and Bu4NF (1 mmol) in THF is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford compound 102.
B. Using the Mitsonobu reaction conditions of Preparation 1A, the compound 102, is reacted with 93, to afford the dimer 103.
C. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the diester 103 is converted into the dicarboxylic acid 104.
Example 4: Reaction of methyl 4-(2-methylaminoethylthio)-3-chlorophenyl acetate 18 with 2,6-dibromopyridine 105 to afford the compound 106, and reaction of the product with l-[3-(13-amino-2-methyl-3-oxa-2-tridecanyl)-6-methylphenyl)-l-(4- carbomethoxyphenyl)ethylene 78 to afford the compound 108 in which X is CH.
Figure imgf000132_0001
The amine 18 (1 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (1 mmol) and 2,6- dibromopyridine 105 (1 mmol) are dissolved in MeCN (25 mL). The mixture is heated at 60° and the progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the cooled mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 106.
B. The compound 106 (1 mmol) and the amine 78, in which X is CH, (1 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (10 mL) containing K2CO3 (250 mg). The mixture is heated at 80° and the progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the cooled mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 107, in which X is CH. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the diester 107 is converted into the dicarboxylic acid 108 in which X is CH.
D. Using the above procedures, but employing in Step B, the compound 78, in which X is N, in place of the compound 78 in which X is CH, there is obtained the compound 108 in which X is N.
Example 5: Reaction between methyl 3-bromo-4-[(3- methylaminopropyl)mercapto]phenylacetate, 21 and 2-[4-(8- bromooctyloxy)phenyl]-5-methyloxazole-4-carboxylic acid 87 to afford the compound 109, and the reaction of 109 with l-(4-carbomethoxyphenyl)-l-(4- mercaptophenyl)ethylene 53 to afford the compound 111.
Figure imgf000133_0001
111
A. The amine 21 (1 mmol) and the carboxylic acid 87 (1 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (20 mL) containing DCC (1 mmol). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the amide 109. B. The bromo compound 109 (1 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (1 mmol) and the mercaptan 53 (1 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (20 mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the cooled mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 110.
C. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the diester 110 is converted into the dicarboxylic acid 111.
Example 6: Reaction between 5-[(4-Hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione, 1 and 2-[2-(4-benzyloxyphenyl)-5-methyloxazol-4-yl]-ethyl bromide 143, followed by debenzylation, to afford the compound 112, and reaction of 112 with l-[3-(6- bromohexylthio)phenyl]-l-[4-carbomethoxyphenyl)ethylene, 50 to afford the dimer 113 and the carboxylic acid 114.
Figure imgf000135_0001
A. Using the alkylation conditions of Preparation 1C, 5-[(4-
Hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione 1, prepared as described in Chem. Pharm, Bull. , 1982, 30, 3580, is reacted with 2-[2-(4- benzyloxyphenyl)-5-methyloxazol-4-yl]-ethyl bromide, 143 to afford the ether product. The ether (1 mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (20 mL) and 10%
Pd/C (0.01 g) is added. The mixture is hydrogenated in a Parr shaker at 10 psi. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is filtered and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is chromatograpbed to afford the deprotected compound 112. B. Using the alkylation conditions of Preparation 1C, l-[3-(6- bromohexylthio)phenyl]-l-[4-carbomethoxyphenyl]ethylene, 50 is reacted with compound 112 to afford the dimer 113. C. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the ester 113 is converted into the carboxylic acid 114. Example 7: Reaction between 3-chloro-4-dimethylaminocarbamoyl thiophenylacetic acid methyl ester 15 and 4-(3-bromopropyloxy)-benzoic acid 13 to afford 115, and reaction of compound 115 with l-[3-(13-amino-2-methyl-3-oxa-2- tridecanyl)-6-methylphenyl)-l-(4-carbomethoxyphenyl)ethylene 78, in which X is CH, to afford the amide dimer 116 and the dicarboxylic acid 117.
Figure imgf000136_0001
3-chloro-4-dimethylaminocarbamoylthiophenylacetic acid methyl ester 15 (US Patent 5,859,051) (10 mmol) is dissolved in 25 mL of MeOH and added to a 0.5M solution (10 mmol, 20 mL) of sodium methoxide and heated to 70° C for 2 h. The reaction is cooled to room temperature, 10 mmol of 4-(3-bromopropyloxy)-benzoic acid 13 (J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 1951, 73, 3159-3160) is added, and the reaction is heated to 60°C for 12 h. The reaction is cooled, concentrated in vacuo to approximately 2 mL, diluted with ethyl acetate, neutralized with IN HCl, and the organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is chromatographed to afford compound 115. B. The amine 78 (1 mmol) and the carboxylic acid 115 (1 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (20 mL) and DCC (1 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the amide dimer 116.
C. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the diester 116 is converted into the dicarboxylic acid 117.
Example 8: Reaction between 5-[4-(3-bromopropyloxy)phenyl]methyl-2,4- thiazolidinedione, 5 and 2,6-di(methylamino)pyridine, to afford the compound 118, and reaction of 118 with l-[4-(10-bromodecylamino)phenyl]-l-(4- carbomethoxyphenyl)-ethylene, 58 to afford the compound 120.
Figure imgf000137_0001
N COOMe 1
H 58
/-
MeOOC ^ (CHzllo ^
K Nx o^-^
119
Figure imgf000137_0002
The bromo compound 5 (1 mmol) and 2,6-di(methylamino)pyridine (1 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (20 mL) containing K2CO3 (250 mg). The mixture is heated to 70°, and the progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 118. B. The amine 118 (1 mmol) and the bromo compound 58 (1 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (20 mL) containing K2CO3 (250 mg). The mixture is heated at 70° . The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When the reaction is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 119.
C. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the ester 119 is converted into the carboxylic acid 120.
Example 9: Reaction of compound 112 with methyl 2-[4-(4- bromobutylthio)phenylethynyl]pyridine-5-carboxylate, 43 to afford the dimer compound 122 and the dicarboxylic acid 123.
Figure imgf000138_0001
A. The phenol compound 112 (1 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (20 mL) and 50 % NaH in oil (1 mmol) is added. When hydrogen evolution has ceased, the bromo compound 43 (1 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 122. B. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the ester dimer 122 is converted into the dicarboxylic acid 123.
Example 10: Reaction between (2S) methyl 2-(2-benzoylphenyl)amino-3-[4-(2- methylamino)ethoxyphenyl] propionate, 9 and 2,6-dibromopyridine 105, to afford the compound 124, and reaction of 124 with ethyl 3,7-dimethyl-7-[4-(8- aminooctylthio)phenyl]hepta-2(E),4(E),6(E)-trienoate, 37 to afford the compound 126.
Figure imgf000139_0001
The amine 9 (1 mmol), 2,6-dibromopyridine 105 (1 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (1 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (20 mL). The mixture is heated at 70° . The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the cooled mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 124.
B. The bromo compound 124 (1 mmol) and the amine 37 (1 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (20 mL) containing K2C03 (250 mg). The mixture is heated at 70° . The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the cooled mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 125.
C. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example 1, the diester 125 is converted into the dicarboxylic acid 126.
Example 11 : Reaction between methyl 4-(2-methylaminoethylthio)-3-chlorophenyl acetate, 18 and 4-chloromethyl-2-[4-(10-hydroxydecyloxy)phenyl]-5- methylthiazole, 92 to afford the compound 127, and reaction of 127 with l-[3-(3- bromopropylamino)phenyl]-l-(4-carbomethoxyphenyl)-ethylene, 62 to afford the compound 128 and the dicarboxylic acid 129.
Figure imgf000140_0001
A. The chloromethyl compound 92 (1 mmol) and the amine 18 (1 mmol) are dissolved in MeCN (20 mL) containing diisopropylethylamine (1 mmol). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 127.
B. The compound 127 (1 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (20 mL) and 50% NaH in oil (1 mmol) is added. When hydrogen evolution has ceased, the bromo compound 62 (1 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 128.
C. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the diester 128 is converted into the dicarboxylic acid 129.
Example 12: Reaction between 5-[4-(2-methylaminoethoxy)phenyl]methyl-2,4- thiazolidinedione, 4 and l-[3-(l l-carboxy-2-methyl-3-oxa-2-undecyl)phenyl]-l-(4- carbomethoxyphenyl)ethylene, 72 to afford the compound 131.
Figure imgf000141_0001
A. The amine 4 (1 mmol), the carboxylic acid 72 (1 mmol) and DCC (1 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (20 mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 130.
B. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the ester 130 is converted into the carboxylic acid 131.
Example 13: Reaction between compound 102 and ethyl 13-bromo-3,7- dimethyltrideca-2(E),4(E),6(E)-trienoate, 97 to afford the ether-linked compound 133 and dicarboxylic acid 134.
Figure imgf000142_0001
EtOO
Figure imgf000142_0002
Figure imgf000142_0003
Using the alkylation conditions of Preparation 1C, compound 102 is reacted with ethyl 13-bromo-3,7-dimethyltrideca-2(E),4(E),6(E)-trienoate, 97 to afford the ether dimer product 133.
B. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the diester 133 is converted into the dicarboxylic acid 134.
Example 14: Reaction between (2S) methyl 2-(2-benzoylphenyl)amino-3-[4-(2- methylamino)ethoxyphenyl] propionate, 9 with 2,6-dibromopyridine 105 to afford the dimer compound 135, and the carboxylic acid 136.
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000143_0002
A. The amine 9 (1 mmol) diisopropylediylamine (1 mmol) and 2,6- dibromopyridine 105 (0.5 mmol) are dissolved in MeCN (15 mL). The mixture is heated at 100° and the progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the cooled mixture is added to water and extracted with CH2C12. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the compound 135.
B. Using the hydrolysis procedure of Example IB, the diester 135 is converted into the dicarboxylic acid 136. The foregoing examples are illustrative only. One of skill in the art will recognize that variations of reactants and conditions will result in different end products still within the scope of the invention.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A multibinding compound represented by Formula I:
(L)p(X)q (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein: each L is a ligand that may be the same or different at each occurrence; each X is a linker that may be the same or different at each occurrence; p is an integer of from 2 to 10; and q is an integer of from 1 to 20; wherein each of said ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to one of a RXR receptor or a PPAR╬│ receptor, and where q is less than/?, with the proviso that when one L is a ligand domain capable of binding to a RXR receptor, at least one other L must be a ligand domain capable of binding to a PPAR╬│ receptor.
2. The multibinding compound of claim 1, wherein each of said ligands is capable of increasing the effects of insulin while decreasing plasma glucose, insulin and triglyceride levels in an insulin-resistant mammal.
3. The multibinding compound of claim 2, wherein the ligand capable of binding to a PPAR╬│ receptor independently comprises a group of Formula A:
Figure imgf000145_0001
wherein RI is selected from OH, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
R2 is selected from hydrogen or alkyl;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, I, Br, Cl or F;
R4 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substimted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substimted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
R5 is H, OH, NH2, or alkoxy, or R4 and R5 together form -C(O)-NH-;
X is -O-, -CH2-, -CH-, -S-, or -NH-; where X is O, R2 and R3 together form -CH2-CH2-; where X is -CH-, R2 and R3 together form =CH-CH= creating a benzene ring; and
Z is S, NH, H, -CH -, alkyl, or substituted alkyl; where Z is H, alkyl or substituted alkyl, m=0; else m is 1; n is 0 or 1 , or derivatives thereof.
4. The multibinding compound of claim 2, wherein the ligand capable of binding to a PPAR╬│ receptor independently comprises a group of Formula B:
Figure imgf000146_0001
and derivatives thereof.
5. The multibinding compound of claim 2, wherein the ligand capable of binding to a PPAR╬│ receptor independently comprises a group of Formula C:
Figure imgf000147_0001
wherein:
R is selected from the group consisting of H, Cl-6 alkyl, C5-10 aryl, and C5-10 heteroaryl, said alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
RI is selected from a group consisting of: H, Cl-15 alkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, C2-15 alkynyl and C3-10 cycloalkyl, said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
R3 is selected from a group consisting of: H, NHR1, NHacyl, Cl-15 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, Cl-15 alkoxy, CC^ alkyl, OH, C2-15 alkynyl, C5-10 aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
(Z--W-) is Z-CR6R7 -, Z~CH = CH-, or
R6N R7
\ / ZΓÇö C R8
R8 is selected from the group consisting of CR6R7, O, NR6, and S(O ; R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cl-6 alkyl;
B is selected from the group consisting of: 1) a 5 or 6 membered heterocycle containing 0 to 2 double bonds, and 1 heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, heteroatom being substituted at any position on the five or six membered heterocycle, the heterocycle being optionally unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
2) a 5 or 6 membered carbocycle containing 0 to 2 double bonds, the carbocycle optionally unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra at any position on the five or six membered carbocycle; and
3) a 5 or 6 membered heterocycle containing 0 to 2 double bonds, and 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S, which are substituted at any position on the five or six membered heterocycle, the heterocycle being optionally unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; XI and X2 are independently selected from a group consisting of: H, OH,
Cl-15 alkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, C2-15 alkynyl, halo, OR3, ORCF3, C5-10 aryl, C5-10 aralkyl, C5-10 heteroaryl and Cl-10 acyl, said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
Ra represents a member selected from the group consisting of: halo, acyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CF3, OCF3, -O-, CN, NO2, R3, OR3, SR3, =N(OR), S(O)R3, SO2R3, NR3, R3, NR3 COR3, NR3 CO^, NR3CON(R3)2, NR3SO2R3, COR3, CO2R3, CON(R3)2, SO2N(R3)2, OCON(R3)2 said aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of halo or Cl-6 alkyl;
Y is selected from the group consisting of: S(0)p, ΓÇö CH2 --, -C(O)~, -C(O)NH-, -NR-, --O-, -SO2NH, -NHSO2;
Yl is selected from the group consisting of: O and C; Z is selected from the group consisting of: COpR3, R3CO2R3, CONHSO2Me, CONH2 and 5-(lH-tetrazole); t and v are independently 0 or 1 such that t+v = l; Q is a saturated or unsaturated straight chain hydrocarbon containing 2-4 carbon atoms and p is 0-2 with the proviso when Z is 00^3 and B is a 5 membered heterocycle consisting of O, R3 does not represent methyl; and derivatives thereof.
6. The multibinding compound of claim 2, wherein the ligand capable of binding to a PPAR╬│ receptor independently comprises a group selected from Formula D:
Figure imgf000149_0001
or Formula E:
Figure imgf000149_0002
wherein: each R is independently H, OH, alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; trifluoromethyl; alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; SH; thioalkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; phenyl; phenyl substituted by alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms or by halogen; benzyl; phenethyl; halogen, amino; N(R4^ wherein R4 is H or alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; COOR4; CH2OR4 ; formyl; CN; trifluoromethylthio; or nitro; each R' is independently R4 ; OR4 ; COOR4 ; N(R4)2 ; SR4 ; CH2OR4 ; CHO; or together R' and R* are O; CH2 ; or
Figure imgf000150_0001
Y' is sulfur, sulfoxide, sulfone;
O
II S=NR11
Rl l is H, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkanoyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; phenylsulfonyl; tosyl; NR12 wherein R12 is H, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; or
O
NJi- -R13
wherein R13 is alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched, alkoxy of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; N-CN, CH2, or C=O;
Y is Y' and oxygen; each RI is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1-3 carbon atoms; each m is independently an integer from 0-6;
R2 is
Figure imgf000150_0002
each R6 is independently H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons; each R7 is independently H, OH, or alkyl of 1-4 carbons; each R8 is independently H, or alkyl of 1-4 carbons, and is absent when a triple bond is present;
R5 is COOR4 ; CH2OH; CHO; tetrazole; NHSO2R14 ; hydroxymethylketone; CN; CON(R7)2; a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic ring containing an acidic hydroxyl group; or COOR15 where R15 is
Figure imgf000151_0001
wherein each s is independently 0-3 ;
R16 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N and S with at least one being N, and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of 5 or 6 atoms, or
B) the radical W-R17 wherein W is O, S or NH and R17 contains up to 21 carbon atoms and is (1) a hydrocarbon radical or (2) an acyl radical of an organic acyclic or monocyclic carboxylic acid containing not more than 1 heteroatom in the ring;
R14 is OH, alkyl or alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, phenyl or phenyl substituted by alkyl or alkoxy groups of 1 to 3 carbon atoms, halogen, hydroxy, haloalkyl, COOH, CN, formyl, acyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or perfluoroalkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; r and q are each independently 0-20 provided that the total of r and q does not exceed 20; p is 0 or 1 ;
R9 is alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; or (CH2)rR5; and R10 is H; alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; R4C(O) or R4OCH2, or derivatives thereof.
7. The multibinding compound of claim 2, wherein the ligand capable of binding to a PPAR╬│ receptor independently comprises a group selected from one of the Formulas F-K:
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000152_0002
Figure imgf000152_0003
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000153_0002
wherein
R is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkaryl, acyl, acylamino, cycloalkyl, hetocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, and heteroaryl;
RI is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkaryl, acyl, acylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, and heteroaryl, and preferably RI is an the ortho position;
R2 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl and hydrogen; R4 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl; m is 0 when W is H, alkyl or substituted alkyl; else m is 1.
W is selected from S, NH, H, -CH2-, alkyl, or substituted alkyl X is selected from I, F, Cl, Br, H, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
Y is selected from S, O and N;
Z is selected from the group consisting of: C(O)H, CO^RS, R3CO2R3, CONHSO2Me, CONH2 and 5-(lH-tetrazole); wherein R3 is selected from a group consisting of: H, NHR1 , NHacyl, Cl-15 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, Cl-15 alkoxy, CO2 alkyl, OH, C2-15 alkynyl, C5-10 aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substimted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; and wherein Ra represents a member selected from the group consisting of: halo, acyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CF3, OCF3, -O-, CN, NO2, R3, OR3 ; SR3, =N(OR), S(O)R3, SO2R3, NR3, R3, NR3COR3, NR3CO2R3, NR3CON(R3)2, NR3SO2R3, COR3, CO2R3, CON(R3)2, SO2N(R3)2, OCON(R3)2 said aryl and heteroaryl optionally substimted with 1 to 3 groups of halo or Cl-6 alkyl.
8. The multibinding compound of claim 2, wherein the ligand capable of binding to a RXR receptor independently comprises a group selected from one of the Formulas II-IV:
Figure imgf000154_0001
XR ΓÇö (A)nΓÇö COOR1 (IV)
wherein
X, XI and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, I, Br, Cl, F, Na, SH, O, NH, carbonyl, amide, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, and alkaryl;
R is aryl, substituted aryl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl; Rl is H or alkyl;
R2 is H or alkyl;
R3 is CH2, O, or NOR4 wherein R4 is alkyl or substituted alkyl;
Q is CH or N,
A is
Figure imgf000155_0001
and n is 1-10, or derivatives thereof.
9. The multibinding compound of claim 2, wherein each divalent linker X is independently selected from a structure of Table 1.
10. The multibinding compound of claim 9, wherein/? is an integer of from 2 to 4, and q is less than p.
11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a therapeutically effective amount of one or more multibinding compounds represented by Formula I,
(L)p(X)q (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein: each L is a ligand that may be the same or different at each occurrence; each X is a linker that may be the same or different at each occurrence; p is an integer of from 2 to 10; and q is an integer of from 1 to 20; wherein each of said ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to one of a RXR receptor or a PPAR╬│ receptor, and where q is less than/?, with the proviso that when one L is a ligand domain capable of binding to a RXR receptor, at least one other L must be a ligand domain capable of binding to a PPAR╬│ receptor.
12. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 11, wherein said multibinding compound or compounds is capable of increasing the effects of insulin while decreasing plasma glucose, insulin and triglyceride levels in an insulin-resistant mammal.
13. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 12, wherein each of said ligands independently comprises a group selected from one of Formulas A - K:
Figure imgf000156_0001
wherein
RI is selected from OH, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
R2 is selected from hydrogen or alkyl;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, I, Br, Cl or F; R4 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
R5 is H, OH, NH2, or alkoxy, or R4 and R5 together form -C(O)-NH-;
X is -O-, -CH2-, -CH-, -S-, or -NH-; where X is O, R2 and R3 together form -CH2-CH2-; where X is -CH-, R2 and R3 together form =CH-CH= creating a benzene ring; and
Z is S, NH, H, -CH2 -, alkyl, or substituted alkyl; where Z is H, alkyl or substituted alkyl, m=0; else m is 1; n is 0 or 1 ;
Figure imgf000157_0001
wherein: R is selected from the group consisting of H, Cl-6 alkyl, C5-10 aryl, and
C5-10 heteroaryl, said alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; Rl is selected from a group consisting of: H, Cl-15 alkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, C2-15 alkynyl and C3-10 cycloalkyl, said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
R3 is selected from a group consisting of: H, NHR1, NHacyl, Cl-15 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, Cl-15 alkoxy, CC^ alkyl, OH, C2-15 alkynyl, C5-10 aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
(Z-W-) is Z-CR6R7 ~, Z~CH=CH~, or
R\ /R7
ZΓÇö C R8
R8 is selected from the group consisting of CR6R7, O, NR6, and S(O ; R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cl-6 alkyl;
B is selected from the group consisting of:
1) a 5 or 6 membered heterocycle containing 0 to 2 double bonds, and 1 heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S and N, heteroatom being substituted at any position on the five or six membered heterocycle, the heterocycle being optionally unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
2) a 5 or 6 membered carbocycle containing 0 to 2 double bonds, the carbocycle optionally unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra at any position on the five or six membered carbocycle; and 3) a 5 or 6 membered heterocycle containing 0 to 2 double bonds, and 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S, which are substituted at any position on the five or six membered heterocycle, the heterocycle being optionally unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; XI and X2 are independently selected from a group consisting of: H, OH, Cl-15 alkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, C2-15 alkynyl, halo, OR3, ORCF3, C5-10 aryl, C5-10 aralkyl, C5-10 heteroaryl and Cl-10 acyl, said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra;
Ra represents a member selected from the group consisting of: halo, acyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CF3, OCF3, -O-, CN, NO2, R3, OR3, SR3, =N(OR), S(O)R3, SO2R3, NR3, R3, NR3 COR3, NR3 CO^, NR3CON(R3)2, NR3SO2R3, COR3, CO2R3, CON(R3)2, SO2N(R3)2, OCON(R3)2 said aryl and heteroaryl optionally substimted with 1 to 3 groups of halo or Cl-6 alkyl;
Y is selected from the group consisting of: S(0)p, ΓÇö CH2 ΓÇö , -C(O)-, -C(O)NH-, -NR-, -O-, -SO2NH, -NHSO2;
Yl is selected from the group consisting of: O and C;
Z is selected from the group consisting of: CO^, R3CO2R3, CONHSO2Me, CONH2 and 5-(lH-tetrazole); t and v are independently 0 or 1 such that t+v = 1;
Q is a saturated or unsaturated straight chain hydrocarbon containing 2-4 carbon atoms and p is 0-2 with the proviso when Z is CC2R3 and B is a 5 membered heterocycle consisting of O, R3 does not represent methyl;
Figure imgf000159_0001
wherein: each R is independently H, OH, alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; trifluoromethyl; alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; SH; thioalkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; phenyl; phenyl substituted by alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms or by halogen; benzyl; phenethyl; halogen, amino; N(R4^ wherein R4 is H or alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; COOR4; CH2OR4 ; formyl; CN; trifluoromethylthio; or nitro; each R' is independently R4 ; OR4 ; COOR4 ; N(R4^ ; SR4 ; CH2OR4 ;
CHO; or together R' and R' are O; CH2 ; or
Figure imgf000160_0001
Y' is sulfur, sulfoxide, sulfone;
O
II S=NR11
Rll is H, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkanoyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; phenylsulfonyl; tosyl; NR12 wherein R12 is H, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; or
O
N^ ΓÇö R13
wherein R13 is alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched, alkoxy of 1-4 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; N--CN, CH2, or C = O; Y is Y' and oxygen; each RI is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1-3 carbon atoms; each m is independently an integer from 0-6;
R2 is
Figure imgf000161_0001
each R6 is independently H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons; each R7 is independently H, OH, or alkyl of 1-4 carbons; each R8 is independently H, or alkyl of 1-4 carbons, and is absent when a triple bond is present;
R5 is COOR4 ; CH2OH; CHO; tetrazole; NHSO2R14 ; hydroxymethylketone; CN; CON(R7)2; a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic ring containing an acidic hydroxyl group; or COOR15 where R15 is
R6
(CH2)J C(CH2)s- -R16
R6
wherein each s is independently 0-3;
R16 is A) a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic radical containing from 3 to 12 nuclear carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nuclear heteroatoms selected from N and S with at least one being N, and with each ring in the heterocyclic radical being formed of 5 or 6 atoms, or
B) the radical W-R17 wherein W is O, S or NH and R17 contains up to 21 carbon atoms and is (1) a hydrocarbon radical or (2) an acyl radical of an organic acyclic or monocyclic carboxylic acid containing not more than 1 heteroatom in the ring; R14 is OH, alkyl or alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, phenyl or phenyl substituted by alkyl or alkoxy groups of 1 to 3 carbon atoms, halogen, hydroxy, haloalkyl, COOH, CN, formyl, acyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or perfluoroalkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; r and q are each independently 0-20 provided that the total of r and q does not exceed 20; p is 0 or 1 ;
R9 is alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; or (CH2)rR5; and
R10 is H; alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be straight chain or branched; R4C(O) or R4OCH2;
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000162_0002
Figure imgf000162_0003
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000163_0002
Figure imgf000163_0003
wherein
R is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkaryl, acyl, acylamino, cycloalkyl, hetocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, and heteroaryl;
RI is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkaryl, acyl, acylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, and heteroaryl, and preferably RI is an the ortho position;
R2 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl and hydrogen;
R4 is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl; m is 0 when W is H, alkyl or substituted alkyl; else m is 1. W is selected from S, NH, H, -CH2-, alkyl, or substituted alkyl
X is selected from I, F, Cl, Br, H, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
Y is selected from S, O and N;
Z is selected from the group consisting of: C(O)H, 00^3, R3CO2R3, CONHSO2Me, CONH2 and 5-(lH-tetrazole); wherein R3 is selected from a group consisting of: H, NHR1, NHacyl, Cl-15 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C2-15 alkenyl, Cl-15 alkoxy, CO2 alkyl, OH, C2-15 alkynyl, C5-10 aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl said alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 groups of Ra; and wherein Ra represents a member selected from the group consisting of: halo, acyl, aryl, heteroaryl, CF3, OCF3, ΓÇö OΓÇö , CN, NO2, R3, OR3; SR3, =N(OR), S(O)R3, SO2R3, NR3, R3, NR3COR3, NR3CO2R3, NR3CON(R3)2, NR3SO2R3, COR3, CO2R3, CON(R3)2, SO2N(R3)2, OCON(R3)2 said aryl and heteroaryl optionally substimted with 1 to 3 groups of halo or Cl-6 alkyl; or selected from one of Formulas II-IV:
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000164_0002
XR ΓÇö (A)nΓÇö COOR1 (IV) wherein
X, XI and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, I, Br, Cl, F, Na, SH, O, NH, carbonyl, amide, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, and alkaryl;
R is aryl, substimted aryl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl;
RI is H or alkyl;
R2 is H or alkyl;
R3 is CH2, O, or NOR4 wherein R4 is alkyl or substimted alkyl;
Q is CH or N,
A is
R2 R2 or or
R2 R2 R2 R2
and n is 1-10.
14. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 13, wherein each linker X is independently selected from a structure of Table 1.
15. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 14, wherein/? is an integer of from 2 to 4, and q is less than/?.
16. A method of preparing a multibinding compound represented by formula I:
(L)p(X)q (I) wherein each L is a ligand that may be the same or different at each occurrence; X is a linker that may be the same or different at each occurrence; p is an integer of from 2 to 10; and q is an integer of from 1 to 20; wherein each of said ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to one of a RXR receptor or a PPAR╬│ receptor, and where q is less than/?,
(a) providing at least p equivalents of a ligand L or precursors thereof and at least q equivalents of linker or linkers X; and (b) covalently attaching said ligands to said linkers to produce a multibinding compound; or
(b') covalently attaching said ligand precursors to said linkers and completing the synthesis of said ligands thereupon, thereby to produce a multibinding compound, with the proviso that when one L is a ligand domain capable of binding to a
RXR receptor, at least one other L must be a ligand domain capable of binding to a PPAR╬│ receptor.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein ? is an integer of from 2 to 4, and q is less than/?.
18. A method for increasing insulin sensitivity in a mammal, which method comprises administering to a mammal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and one or more multibinding compounds represented by formula I,
(L)p(X)q (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein each L is a ligand that may be the same or different at each occurrence; X is a linker that may be the same or different at each occurrence; p is an integer of from 2 to 10; and q is an integer of from 1 to 20; wherein each of said ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to one of a RXR receptor or a PPAR╬│ receptor, and where q is less than/?, with the proviso that when one L is a ligand domain capable of binding to a RXR receptor, at least one other L must be a ligand domain capable of binding to a PPAR╬│ receptor.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein ? is an integer of from 2 to 4 and q is less than/?.
20. A method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties which method comprises: (a) identifying a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality;
(b) identifying a library of linkers wherein each linker in said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; (c) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in
(a) with the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; and (d) assaying the multimeric ligand compounds produced in the library prepared in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties.
21. A method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties which method comprises: (a) identifying a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; (b) identifying a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
(c) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; and
(d) assaying the multimeric ligand compounds produced in the library prepared in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties.
22. The method according to Claim 20 or 21 wherein the preparation of the multimeric ligand compound library is achieved by either the sequential or concurrent combination of the two or more stoichiometric equivalents of the ligands identified in (a) with the linkers identified in (b).
23. The method according to Claim 22 wherein the multimeric ligand compounds comprising the multimeric ligand compound library are dimeric.
24. The method according to Claim 23 wherein the dimeric ligand compounds comprising the dimeric ligand compound library are heterodimeric.
25. The method according to Claim 24 wherein the heterodimeric ligand compound library is prepared by sequential addition of a first and second ligand.
26. The method according to Claim 20 or 21 wherein, prior to procedure (d), each member of the multimeric ligand compound library is isolated from the library.
27. The method according to Claim 26 wherein each member of the library is isolated by preparative liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LCMS).
28. The method according to Claim 20 or Claim 21 wherein the linker or linkers employed are selected from the group comprising flexible linkers, rigid linkers, hydrophobic linkers, hydrophilic linkers, linkers of different geometry, acidic linkers, basic linkers, linkers of different polarization and/or polarizability and amphiphilic linkers.
29. The method according to Claim 28 wherein the linkers comprise linkers of different chain length and/or having different complementary reactive groups.
30. The method according to Claim 29 wherein the linkers are selected to have different linker lengths ranging from about 2 to lOOΛ.
31. The method according to Claim 20 or 21 wherein the ligand or mixture of ligands is selected to have reactive functionality at different sites on said ligands.
32. The method according to Claim 31 wherein said reactive functionality is selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid halides, carboxyl esters, amines, halides, pseudohalides, isocyanates, vinyl unsaturation, ketones, aldehydes, thiols, alcohols, anhydrides, boronates, and precursors thereof wherein the reactive functionality on the ligand is selected to be complementary to at least one of the reactive groups on the linker so that a covalent linkage can be formed between the linker and the ligand.
33. The method according to Claim 20 or Claim 21 wherein the multimeric ligand compound library comprises homomeric ligand compounds.
34. The method according to Claim 20 or Claim 21 wherein the multimeric ligand compound library comprises heteromeric ligand compounds.
35. A library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent properties which library is prepared by the method comprising: (a) identifying a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality;
(b) identifying a library of linkers wherein each linker in said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; and (c) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in (a) with the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands.
36. A library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent properties which library is prepared by the method comprising:
(a) identifying a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality;
(b) identifying a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; and
(c) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands.
37. The library according to Claim 35 or Claim 36 wherein the linker or linkers employed are selected from the group comprising flexible linkers, rigid linkers, hydrophobic linkers, hydrophilic linkers, linkers of different geometry, acidic linkers, basic linkers, linkers of different polarization and/or polarizability and amphiphilic linkers.
38. The library according to Claim 37 wherein the linkers comprise linkers of different chain length and/or having different complementary reactive groups.
39. The library according to Claim 38 wherein the linkers are selected to have different linker lengths ranging from about 2 to lOOA.
40. The library according to Claim 35 or 36 wherein the ligand or mixture of ligands is selected to have reactive functionality at different sites on said ligands.
41. The library according to Claim 40 wherein said reactive functionality is selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid halides, carboxyl esters, amines, halides, pseudohalides, isocyanates, vinyl unsaturation, ketones, aldehydes, thiols, alcohols, anhydrides, boronates, and precursors thereof wherein the reactive functionality on the ligand is selected to be complementary to at least one of the reactive groups on the linker so that a covalent linkage can be formed between the linker and the ligand.
42. The library according to Claim 36 or Claim 37 wherein the multimeric ligand compound library comprises homomeric ligand compounds.
43. The library according to Claim 35 or Claim 36 wherein the multimeric ligand compound library comprises heteromeric ligand compounds.
44. An iterative method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties which method comprises:
(a) preparing a first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which is prepared by contacting at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands which target a receptor with a linker or mixture of linkers wherein said ligand or mixture of ligands comprises at least one reactive functionality and said linker or mixture of linkers comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand wherein said contacting is conducted under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands;
(b) assaying said first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds to assess which if any of said multimeric compounds possess multibinding properties; (c) repeating the process of (a) and (b) above until at least one multimeric compound is found to possess multibinding properties;
(d) evaluating what molecular constraints imparted or are consistent with imparting multibinding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in the first iteration recited in (a)- (c) above; (e) creating a second collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which elaborates upon the particular molecular constraints imparting multibinding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in said first iteration;
(f) evaluating what molecular constraints imparted or are consistent with imparting enhanced multibinding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in the second collection or iteration recited in (e) above;
(g) optionally repeating steps (e) and (f) to further elaborate upon said molecular constraints.
45. The method according to Claim 44 wherein steps (e) and (f) are repeated from 2-50 times.
46. The method according to Claim 44 wherein steps (e) and (f) are repeated from 5-50 times.
PCT/US1999/012669 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 MULTIBINDING AGENTS THAT MODULATE PPARη AND RXR RECEPTORS WO1999063983A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA002318286A CA2318286A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Multibinding agents that modulate ppar.gamma. and rxr receptors
AU45491/99A AU4549199A (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Multibinding agents that modulate ppargamma and rxr receptors
EP99928425A EP1083888A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 MULTIBINDING AGENTS THAT MODULATE PPARgamma AND RXR RECEPTORS

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US8846698P 1998-06-08 1998-06-08
US60/088,466 1998-06-08
US9293898P 1998-07-15 1998-07-15
US60/092,938 1998-07-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1999063983A1 true WO1999063983A1 (en) 1999-12-16
WO1999063983A9 WO1999063983A9 (en) 2000-03-23

Family

ID=26778693

Family Applications (19)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1999/011786 WO1999064031A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-04 β2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS
PCT/US1999/012727 WO1999064041A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Multibinding agents that modulate nmda receptors
PCT/US1999/012673 WO1999064038A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Novel analgesic agents
PCT/US1999/011804 WO1999064035A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 β2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS
PCT/US1999/012782 WO1999063996A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Multivalent agonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists and antagonists of the 5ht2 receptors
PCT/US1999/012731 WO1999064000A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Novel therapeutic agents that modulate neurokinin receptors
PCT/US1999/011805 WO1999063930A2 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Novel angiotensin receptor modulators and their uses
PCT/US1999/012778 WO1999063993A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Multivalent agonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists and antagonists of the d1 receptors
PCT/US1999/012730 WO1999063933A2 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Multivalent agonists, partial agonists and antagonists of the gaba receptors
PCT/US1999/011803 WO1999064034A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 β2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS
PCT/US1999/012728 WO1999064042A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Novel therapeutic agents that modulate alpha-1a adrenergic receptors
PCT/US1999/012669 WO1999063983A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 MULTIBINDING AGENTS THAT MODULATE PPARη AND RXR RECEPTORS
PCT/US1999/012876 WO1999064052A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 Novel leukotriene receptor antagonists and their uses
PCT/US1999/012626 WO1999063999A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 H1-histamine receptor antagonists
PCT/US1999/012994 WO1999064055A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 Multivalent agonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists and antagonists of the 5ht4 receptors
PCT/US1999/012995 WO1999063944A2 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 Novel therapeutic agents that modulate estrogen receptors
PCT/US1999/012770 WO1999063936A2 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 Novel therapeutic agents that modulate endothelin receptors
PCT/US1999/012989 WO1999066944A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 Methods for identifying novel multimeric agents that modulate receptors
PCT/US1999/012907 WO1999064053A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 β3-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS

Family Applications Before (11)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1999/011786 WO1999064031A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-04 β2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS
PCT/US1999/012727 WO1999064041A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Multibinding agents that modulate nmda receptors
PCT/US1999/012673 WO1999064038A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Novel analgesic agents
PCT/US1999/011804 WO1999064035A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 β2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS
PCT/US1999/012782 WO1999063996A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Multivalent agonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists and antagonists of the 5ht2 receptors
PCT/US1999/012731 WO1999064000A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Novel therapeutic agents that modulate neurokinin receptors
PCT/US1999/011805 WO1999063930A2 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Novel angiotensin receptor modulators and their uses
PCT/US1999/012778 WO1999063993A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Multivalent agonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists and antagonists of the d1 receptors
PCT/US1999/012730 WO1999063933A2 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Multivalent agonists, partial agonists and antagonists of the gaba receptors
PCT/US1999/011803 WO1999064034A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 β2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS
PCT/US1999/012728 WO1999064042A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-07 Novel therapeutic agents that modulate alpha-1a adrenergic receptors

Family Applications After (7)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1999/012876 WO1999064052A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 Novel leukotriene receptor antagonists and their uses
PCT/US1999/012626 WO1999063999A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 H1-histamine receptor antagonists
PCT/US1999/012994 WO1999064055A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 Multivalent agonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists and antagonists of the 5ht4 receptors
PCT/US1999/012995 WO1999063944A2 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 Novel therapeutic agents that modulate estrogen receptors
PCT/US1999/012770 WO1999063936A2 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 Novel therapeutic agents that modulate endothelin receptors
PCT/US1999/012989 WO1999066944A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 Methods for identifying novel multimeric agents that modulate receptors
PCT/US1999/012907 WO1999064053A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-06-08 β3-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS

Country Status (24)

Country Link
US (5) US6362371B1 (en)
EP (19) EP1003540A1 (en)
JP (9) JP2002517457A (en)
KR (1) KR100593430B1 (en)
CN (1) CN1193788C (en)
AP (1) AP1869A (en)
AR (5) AR019630A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE302748T1 (en)
AU (18) AU4543599A (en)
BR (1) BR9910832A (en)
CA (19) CA2318894A1 (en)
DE (1) DE69926861T2 (en)
DK (1) DK1019075T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2247814T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1029535A1 (en)
HU (1) HUP0201545A3 (en)
IL (1) IL137412A0 (en)
NO (1) NO20006220L (en)
PE (1) PE20000878A1 (en)
PL (1) PL192567B1 (en)
SG (5) SG93205A1 (en)
TR (1) TR200003650T2 (en)
TW (1) TWI252222B (en)
WO (19) WO1999064031A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6417212B1 (en) * 1999-08-27 2002-07-09 Eli Lilly & Company Modulators of peroxisome proliferator activated receptors
US7220877B2 (en) 2001-10-17 2007-05-22 Novo Nordisk A/S Compounds, their preparation and use
US7816385B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2010-10-19 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Dimeric dicarboxylic acid derivatives, their preparation and use
US8217064B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2012-07-10 Envivo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrasubstituted benzenes
US8426439B2 (en) 2007-04-11 2013-04-23 Omeros Corporation Compositions and methods for prophylaxis and treatment of addictions
WO2013163758A1 (en) 2012-05-01 2013-11-07 Boyd Shelley Romayne Methods for treating and diagnosing blinding eye diseases
US10064850B2 (en) 2007-04-11 2018-09-04 Omeros Corporation Compositions and methods for prophylaxis and treatment of addictions
US11241420B2 (en) 2007-04-11 2022-02-08 Omeros Corporation Compositions and methods for prophylaxis and treatment of addictions

Families Citing this family (183)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6025154A (en) 1995-06-06 2000-02-15 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Polynucleotides encoding human G-protein chemokine receptor HDGNR10
US6362371B1 (en) 1998-06-08 2002-03-26 Advanced Medicine, Inc. β2- adrenergic receptor agonists
US6713651B1 (en) * 1999-06-07 2004-03-30 Theravance, Inc. β2-adrenergic receptor agonists
US6998233B2 (en) 1998-06-26 2006-02-14 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for ligand discovery
US6919178B2 (en) 2000-11-21 2005-07-19 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Extended tethering approach for rapid identification of ligands
KR100623095B1 (en) * 1998-10-22 2006-09-11 지옥표 Thymol derivatives having anti-tumor activity, and anti-cancer agent comprising the same
US20090216118A1 (en) * 2007-07-26 2009-08-27 Senorx, Inc. Polysaccharide markers
US6593497B1 (en) 1999-06-02 2003-07-15 Theravance, Inc. β2-adrenergic receptor agonists
US6683115B2 (en) 1999-06-02 2004-01-27 Theravance, Inc. β2-adrenergic receptor agonists
FR2801305B1 (en) * 1999-11-24 2002-12-06 Galderma Res & Dev VITAMIN D ANALOGS
OA11558A (en) * 1999-12-08 2004-06-03 Advanced Medicine Inc Beta 2-adrenergic receptor agonists.
UA73965C2 (en) * 1999-12-08 2005-10-17 Theravance Inc b2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS
DE10021106A1 (en) * 2000-05-02 2001-11-08 Univ Stuttgart Polymeric membranes
SG162605A1 (en) * 2000-06-22 2010-07-29 Novartis Ag Pharmaceutical compositions
US6451814B1 (en) * 2000-07-17 2002-09-17 Wyeth Heterocyclic β-3 adrenergic receptor agonists
JP2004528008A (en) * 2000-10-05 2004-09-16 イミュネックス・コーポレーション Nectin polypeptides, polynucleotides, and methods of making and using the polypeptides and polynucleotides
SE0004782D0 (en) * 2000-12-22 2000-12-22 Schmidt Ann Christin Koch blocking agents
US6451813B1 (en) 2001-01-26 2002-09-17 R. T. Alamo Ventures I, Llc Treatment of gastroparesis in certain patient groups
DE10111843A1 (en) 2001-03-13 2002-09-19 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory diseases
JPWO2002083127A1 (en) * 2001-04-09 2004-09-30 宮田 敏男 Composition for inhibiting the production of modified protein
US20030083339A1 (en) * 2001-04-26 2003-05-01 Masaaki Tamura Compositions and methods for treating colorectal polyps and cancer
AU783516B2 (en) * 2001-04-30 2005-11-03 Warner-Lambert Company Methods, kits and compositions for using pyrrole derivatives
DK1293198T3 (en) * 2001-09-14 2005-06-06 Sanol Arznei Schwarz Gmbh Transdermal administration device for the treatment of urinary tract disorders
UA78529C2 (en) 2001-10-10 2007-04-10 Wyeth Corp Derivatives of [[2-(amino-3,4-dioxo-1-cyclobutene-1-yl)amino]alkyl] acid for treating pain
TWI249515B (en) * 2001-11-13 2006-02-21 Theravance Inc Aryl aniline beta2 adrenergic receptor agonists
US6653323B2 (en) 2001-11-13 2003-11-25 Theravance, Inc. Aryl aniline β2 adrenergic receptor agonists
US20030229058A1 (en) * 2001-11-13 2003-12-11 Moran Edmund J. Aryl aniline beta2 adrenergic receptor agonists
MXPA04008213A (en) * 2002-02-28 2005-05-16 Mallinckrodt Inc Method and system for separation and purification of at least one narcotic alkaloid using reverse phase preparative chromatography.
EP1587944A4 (en) 2002-03-01 2007-03-21 Dyax Corp Kdr and vegf/kdr binding peptides and their use in diagnosis and therapy
US8623822B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2014-01-07 Bracco Suisse Sa KDR and VEGF/KDR binding peptides and their use in diagnosis and therapy
US7261876B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2007-08-28 Bracco International Bv Multivalent constructs for therapeutic and diagnostic applications
US7794693B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2010-09-14 Bracco International B.V. Targeting vector-phospholipid conjugates
AUPS127202A0 (en) * 2002-03-20 2002-04-18 Walter And Eliza Hall Institute Of Medical Research, The Therapeutic ion channel blocking agents and methods of use thereof
GB0211230D0 (en) 2002-05-16 2002-06-26 Medinnova Sf Treatment of heart failure
US6747043B2 (en) 2002-05-28 2004-06-08 Theravance, Inc. Alkoxy aryl β2 adrenergic receptor agonists
TW200409746A (en) * 2002-07-26 2004-06-16 Theravance Inc Crystalline β2 adrenergic receptor agonist
TW200420573A (en) * 2002-09-26 2004-10-16 Rib X Pharmaceuticals Inc Bifunctional heterocyclic compounds and methods of making and using same
DE10251170A1 (en) * 2002-10-31 2004-05-13 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg New beta agonists, processes for their production and their use as medicines
PE20040950A1 (en) * 2003-02-14 2005-01-01 Theravance Inc BIPHENYL DERIVATIVES AS AGONISTS OF ß2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTORS AND AS ANTAGONISTS OF MUSCARINAL RECEPTORS
CN101239969B (en) * 2003-02-14 2011-07-20 施万制药 Biphenyl derivatives
TWI324150B (en) * 2003-02-28 2010-05-01 Novartis Ag Process for preparing 5-[(r)-2-(5,6-diethyl-indan-2-ylamino)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-8-hydroxy-(1h)-quinolin-2-one salt
EP1599491A1 (en) * 2003-03-05 2005-11-30 Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bifunctional heterocyclic compounds and methods of making and using the same
US7317102B2 (en) * 2003-04-01 2008-01-08 Theravance, Inc. Diarylmethyl and related compounds
CN1863810B (en) 2003-04-09 2010-12-01 惠氏公司 Derivatives of [2-(8,9-dioxo-2,6-diazabicyclo[5.2.0]non-1(7)-en-2-yl)alkyl] phosphonic acid and uses as NMDA receptor antagnist
JP4467910B2 (en) * 2003-05-16 2010-05-26 東芝モバイルディスプレイ株式会社 Active matrix display device
TW200510277A (en) * 2003-05-27 2005-03-16 Theravance Inc Crystalline form of β2-adrenergic receptor agonist
US7358244B2 (en) * 2003-05-28 2008-04-15 Theravance, Inc. Azabicycloalkane compounds
TW200526547A (en) * 2003-09-22 2005-08-16 Theravance Inc Amino-substituted ethylamino β2 adrenergic receptor agonists
GT200400213A (en) 2003-10-22 2007-09-05 METHODS FOR THE PREPARATION OF ACID {2 - [(8,9) -DIOXO-2,6-DIAZA-BICICLO [5.2.0] -NON-1 (7) -EN-2-IL] ETIL} PHOSPHONE AND ESTERES OF SAME
JP2007509980A (en) * 2003-10-30 2007-04-19 リブ−エックス ファーマシューティカルズ,インコーポレイテッド Bifunctional macrolide heterocyclic compounds and methods of preparing and using these compounds
EP1699808A1 (en) * 2003-11-18 2006-09-13 Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bifunctional macrolide heterocyclic compounds and methods of making and using the same
TW200531692A (en) * 2004-01-12 2005-10-01 Theravance Inc Aryl aniline derivatives as β2 adrenergic receptor agonists
GB0401334D0 (en) 2004-01-21 2004-02-25 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
ATE369333T1 (en) 2004-01-22 2007-08-15 Pfizer SULFONAMIDE DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES
ES2293530T3 (en) 2004-01-22 2008-03-16 Pfizer, Inc. DERIVATIVES OF SULFONAMIDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES.
US7320990B2 (en) 2004-02-13 2008-01-22 Theravance, Inc. Crystalline form of a biphenyl compound
US8202843B2 (en) * 2004-02-27 2012-06-19 Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic compounds and methods of making and using the same
GB0411056D0 (en) 2004-05-18 2004-06-23 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
WO2005121065A2 (en) * 2004-06-03 2005-12-22 Theravance, Inc. DIAMINE β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS
AU2005254933B2 (en) * 2004-06-08 2010-08-19 Mallinckrodt Inc. Extraction of alkaloids from opium
WO2005123718A2 (en) 2004-06-15 2005-12-29 Pfizer Japan Inc. Benzimidazolone carboxylic acid derivatives
US7737163B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2010-06-15 Pfizer Inc. Benzimidazolone carboxylic acid derivatives
US7781478B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2010-08-24 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating hepatitis C
JP2008507532A (en) * 2004-07-21 2008-03-13 セラヴァンス, インコーポレーテッド Diaryl ether β2 adrenergic receptor agonist
US7528253B2 (en) * 2004-08-16 2009-05-05 Theravance, Inc. Compounds having β2 adrenergic receptor agonist and muscarinic receptor antagonist activity
TWI374883B (en) 2004-08-16 2012-10-21 Theravance Inc Crystalline form of a biphenyl compound
US7569586B2 (en) * 2004-08-16 2009-08-04 Theravance, Inc. Compounds having β2 adrenergic receptor agonist and muscarinic receptor antagonist activity
WO2006031556A2 (en) * 2004-09-10 2006-03-23 Theravance. Inc. Amidine substituted aryl aniline compounds
GT200500281A (en) 2004-10-22 2006-04-24 Novartis Ag ORGANIC COMPOUNDS.
GB0424284D0 (en) 2004-11-02 2004-12-01 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0426164D0 (en) 2004-11-29 2004-12-29 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
AP2007004067A0 (en) 2005-02-22 2007-08-31 Pfizer Oxyindole derivatives as 5HT4 receptor agonists
WO2006105401A2 (en) 2005-03-30 2006-10-05 Schering Corporation Medicaments and methods combining an anticholinergic, a corticosteroid, and a long acting beta agonist
GB0507577D0 (en) 2005-04-14 2005-05-18 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
WO2006113485A2 (en) * 2005-04-15 2006-10-26 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Aminergic pharmaceutical compositions and methods
ES2265276B1 (en) 2005-05-20 2008-02-01 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) Phenol as agonists of the BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER.
US8429052B2 (en) * 2005-07-19 2013-04-23 Lincoln National Life Insurance Company Method and system for providing employer-sponsored retirement plan
US7994211B2 (en) 2005-08-08 2011-08-09 Argenta Discovery Limited Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-ylamine derivatives and their uses
GB0516313D0 (en) 2005-08-08 2005-09-14 Argenta Discovery Ltd Azole derivatives and their uses
TW200738658A (en) 2005-08-09 2007-10-16 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
US7855196B2 (en) 2005-08-22 2010-12-21 Pierre Mainville Composition comprising a benzodiazepine agonist and a benzodiazepine antagonist
US7910708B2 (en) 2005-10-21 2011-03-22 Novartis Ag Anti-IL13 human antibodies
US20090220554A1 (en) * 2005-10-25 2009-09-03 John Griffin Transglutaminase Inhibitors and Methods of Use Thereof
US20070112017A1 (en) * 2005-10-31 2007-05-17 Braincells, Inc. Gaba receptor mediated modulation of neurogenesis
GB0601951D0 (en) 2006-01-31 2006-03-15 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0602778D0 (en) * 2006-02-10 2006-03-22 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compound
KR100643519B1 (en) * 2006-02-13 2006-11-13 주식회사 시드컴 Remote control device for camera cellular phone and control method
TW200745163A (en) * 2006-02-17 2007-12-16 Syntonix Pharmaceuticals Inc Peptides that block the binding of IgG to FcRn
CA2643044A1 (en) * 2006-02-28 2007-09-07 Amgen Inc. Cinnoline and quinazoline derivates as phosphodiesterase 10 inhibitors
TW200745084A (en) * 2006-03-08 2007-12-16 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
TW200745067A (en) 2006-03-14 2007-12-16 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
KR20080110925A (en) 2006-04-21 2008-12-19 노파르티스 아게 Purine derivatives for use as adenosin a2a receptor agonists
TW200811105A (en) 2006-04-25 2008-03-01 Theravance Inc Dialkylphenyl compounds having beta2 adrenergic receptor agonist and muscarinic receptor antagonist activity
WO2007127809A2 (en) * 2006-04-27 2007-11-08 Kuldeep Razden P8 modulation to control hypertension
CA2662684A1 (en) * 2006-09-15 2008-08-21 The Burnham Institute High affinity ephb receptor binding compounds and methods of use thereof
ES2302447B1 (en) * 2006-10-20 2009-06-12 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) Phenol as agonists of the BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER.
TW200833670A (en) 2006-12-20 2008-08-16 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds 569
DE602007011670D1 (en) 2007-01-10 2011-02-10 Irm Llc COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS AS CHANNEL ACTIVATING PROTEASE INHIBITORS
WO2008090114A1 (en) 2007-01-24 2008-07-31 Glaxo Group Limited Pharmaceutical compositions comprising 2-methoxy-5- (5-trifluoromethyl-tetrazol-i-yl-benzyl) - (2s-phenyl-piperidin-3s-yl-)
GB0702458D0 (en) 2007-02-08 2007-03-21 Astrazeneca Ab Salts 668
ES2306595B1 (en) 2007-02-09 2009-09-11 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. NAPADISYLATE SALT OF 5- (2 - ((6- (2,2-DIFLUORO-2-PHENYLETOXI) HEXIL) AMINO) -1-HYDROXYETHYL) -8-HYDROXYCHINOLIN-2 (1H) -ONE AS ADRENERGIC RECEIVER AGONIST BETA2 .
MX2009008493A (en) 2007-02-09 2009-08-20 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as channel activating protease inhibitors.
US20100152201A1 (en) * 2007-03-12 2010-06-17 Nektar Therapeutics Oligomer-Antihistamine Conjugates
BRPI0811562A2 (en) 2007-05-07 2014-12-09 Novartis Ag ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
EA201070231A1 (en) * 2007-08-09 2010-10-29 Синтоникс Фармасьютикалз, Инк. IMMUNOMODULATING PEPTIDES
US8119629B2 (en) 2007-10-03 2012-02-21 Bristol-Meyers Squibb Company Carboxamide GABAA α2 modulators
ES2320961B1 (en) * 2007-11-28 2010-03-17 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) PHENOL AS BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER AGONISTS.
EP2231280B1 (en) 2007-12-10 2016-08-10 Novartis AG Amiloride-like Pyrazine-carboxamides as ENaC blockers
PL2231642T3 (en) 2008-01-11 2014-04-30 Novartis Ag Pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
EP2096105A1 (en) * 2008-02-28 2009-09-02 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the b2 adrenergic receptor
US20120021967A1 (en) * 2008-04-23 2012-01-26 Arizona Board of Regents, A Body Corporate of the State Of Arizona Acting for and Behalf of Arizona Synthetic antibodies
US8236808B2 (en) 2008-06-10 2012-08-07 Novartis Ag Pyrazine derivatives as ENAC blockers
AU2009260899B2 (en) 2008-06-18 2012-02-23 Astrazeneca Ab Benzoxazinone derivatives acting as beta2-adrenoreceptor agonist for the treatment of respiratory disorders
WO2010014909A1 (en) * 2008-08-01 2010-02-04 Syntonix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Immunomodulatory peptides
US8236786B2 (en) 2008-08-07 2012-08-07 Pulmagen Therapeutics (Inflammation) Limited Respiratory disease treatment
US9198952B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2015-12-01 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Compositions of and methods of using ligand dimers
TWI478712B (en) 2008-09-30 2015-04-01 Astellas Pharma Inc Pharmaceutical composition for modified release
BR122020010601B8 (en) 2008-12-16 2021-07-27 Genzyme Corp protein-oligosaccharide conjugates, their uses, and pharmaceutical compositions
UY32297A (en) 2008-12-22 2010-05-31 Almirall Sa MESILATE SALT OF 5- (2 - {[6- (2,2-DIFLUORO-2-PHENYLITOXI) HEXIL] AMINO} -1-HYDROXYETHYL) -8-HYDROXYCHINOLIN-2 (1H) -ONA AS A RECEIVER AGONIST B (BETA ) 2 ACRENERGIC
ES2558629T3 (en) * 2008-12-29 2016-02-05 Trevena, Inc. Beta-arrestine effectors and compositions and methods of use thereof
NZ594157A (en) 2008-12-30 2013-07-26 Pulmagen Therapeutics Inflammation Ltd Sulfonamide compounds for the treatment of respiratory disorders
EP2228368A1 (en) 2009-03-12 2010-09-15 Almirall, S.A. Process for manufacturing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one
DK3210981T3 (en) 2009-04-23 2019-04-01 Theravance Respiratory Co Llc DIAMIDE COMPOUNDS WITH MUSCARINE RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST AND BETA-2 ADDRESSER RECEPTOR AGONIST ACTIVITY
WO2010150014A1 (en) 2009-06-24 2010-12-29 Pulmagen Therapeutics (Inflammation) Limited 5r- 5 -deuterated glitazones for respiratory disease treatment
CA2777245A1 (en) 2009-10-22 2011-04-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions for treatment of cystic fibrosis and other chronic diseases
GB0918924D0 (en) 2009-10-28 2009-12-16 Vantia Ltd Azaindole derivatives
GB0918922D0 (en) 2009-10-28 2009-12-16 Vantia Ltd Aminopyridine derivatives
GB0918923D0 (en) 2009-10-28 2009-12-16 Vantia Ltd Aminothiazole derivatives
WO2011098746A1 (en) 2010-02-09 2011-08-18 Pulmagen Therapeutics (Inflammation) Limited Crystalline acid addition salts of ( 5r) -enanti0mer of pioglitazone
GB201002224D0 (en) 2010-02-10 2010-03-31 Argenta Therapeutics Ltd Respiratory disease treatment
GB201002243D0 (en) 2010-02-10 2010-03-31 Argenta Therapeutics Ltd Respiratory disease treatment
US8247436B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2012-08-21 Novartis Ag Pyridine and pyrazine derivative for the treatment of CF
US9029328B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2015-05-12 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Methods for cardioprotection and cardioregeneration with dimers of EGF family ligands
WO2012032546A2 (en) * 2010-09-08 2012-03-15 Cadila Healthcare Limited Process for the preparation of salmeterol and its intermediates
WO2012034095A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Irm Llc Compounds and compositions as trk inhibitors
UY33597A (en) 2010-09-09 2012-04-30 Irm Llc COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS AS INHIBITORS OF THE TRK
US8372845B2 (en) 2010-09-17 2013-02-12 Novartis Ag Pyrazine derivatives as enac blockers
EP2655362A1 (en) 2010-12-22 2013-10-30 Abbvie Inc. Hepatitis c inhibitors and uses thereof
US9102671B2 (en) 2011-02-25 2015-08-11 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions as TRK inhibitors
UY34305A (en) 2011-09-01 2013-04-30 Novartis Ag DERIVATIVES OF BICYCLIC HETEROCICLES FOR THE TREATMENT OF PULMONARY ARTERIAL HYPERTENSION
EP2755652B1 (en) 2011-09-16 2021-06-02 Novartis AG N-substituted heterocyclyl carboxamides
WO2013038373A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag Pyridine amide derivatives
WO2013038378A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag Pyridine amide derivatives
ES2558457T3 (en) 2011-09-16 2016-02-04 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of cystic fibrosis
WO2013038381A1 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Novartis Ag Pyridine/pyrazine amide derivatives
EP2578570A1 (en) 2011-10-07 2013-04-10 Almirall, S.A. Novel process for preparing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1(r)-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one via novel intermediates of synthesis.
EA201491455A1 (en) 2012-01-31 2015-01-30 Тревена, Инк. EFFECTORS β-ARRESTINA, COMPOSITIONS, THEIR CONTAINING, AND METHODS OF THEIR USE
US8809340B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2014-08-19 Novartis Ag Crystalline form
EP2641900A1 (en) 2012-03-20 2013-09-25 Almirall, S.A. Novel polymorphic Crystal forms of 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl]amino}-1-(R)-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one, heminapadisylate as agonist of the ß2 adrenergic receptor.
CN104736567B (en) 2012-08-21 2019-09-03 詹森药业有限公司 The antibody and application thereof of Aripiprazole haptens
CA2882596C (en) 2012-08-21 2019-05-14 Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. Antibodies to olanzapine and use thereof
TR201910347T4 (en) 2012-08-21 2019-07-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Antibodies to olanzapine haptens and their use.
CN108517014A (en) * 2012-08-21 2018-09-11 詹森药业有限公司 The antibody and application thereof of Risperidone haptens
EP2888287A4 (en) 2012-08-21 2016-04-20 Ortho Clinical Diagnostics Inc Antibodies to paliperidone haptens and use thereof
AU2013305879B2 (en) 2012-08-21 2017-10-12 Saladax Biomedical Inc. Antibodies to aripiprazole and use thereof
CA2882597C (en) 2012-08-21 2020-04-14 Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. Antibodies to quetiapine haptens and use thereof
AU2013305907B2 (en) 2012-08-21 2018-01-18 Saladax Biomedical Inc. Antibodies to quetiapine and use thereof
JP6339569B2 (en) 2012-08-21 2018-06-06 ヤンセン ファーマシューティカ エヌ.ベー. Antibody to risperidone and use thereof
CN104736561B (en) 2012-08-21 2018-06-12 詹森药业有限公司 Antibody of Paliperidone and application thereof
EP2724723A1 (en) * 2012-10-25 2014-04-30 Universitätsklinikum Hamburg-Eppendorf Tegaserod for use in the treatment of nerve injuries
US9073921B2 (en) 2013-03-01 2015-07-07 Novartis Ag Salt forms of bicyclic heterocyclic derivatives
EP3027199B1 (en) 2013-08-01 2019-06-26 Dignify Therapeutics, LLC Compositions and methods for inducing urinary voiding and defecation
JP6537500B2 (en) 2013-09-20 2019-07-03 ビオマリン プハルマセウトイカル インコーポレイテッド Glucosylceramide synthase inhibitors for the treatment of diseases
EP3071206B1 (en) 2013-11-22 2021-02-17 CL Biosciences LLC Gastrin antagonists (eg yf476, netazepide) for treatment and prevention of osteoporosis
AU2015213777A1 (en) 2014-02-07 2016-09-22 Trevena, Inc. Crystalline and amorphous forms of a beta-arrestin effector
BR112016023967A2 (en) 2014-04-24 2017-08-15 Novartis Ag pyrazine derivatives as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
WO2015162456A1 (en) 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 Novartis Ag Amino pyridine derivatives as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
JP6433509B2 (en) 2014-04-24 2018-12-05 ノバルティス アーゲー Aminopyrazine derivatives as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
US9611293B2 (en) 2014-05-19 2017-04-04 Trevena, Inc. Synthesis of beta-arrestin effectors
CN106336406B (en) * 2015-07-10 2020-01-03 四川海思科制药有限公司 Having beta2Octahydropentalene derivatives with receptor agonistic and M receptor antagonistic activity and their medical use
US10444250B2 (en) 2015-12-17 2019-10-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Antibodies to risperidone and use thereof
WO2017106508A1 (en) 2015-12-17 2017-06-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Antibodies to quetiapine and use thereof
EP3423437A4 (en) 2016-03-01 2019-07-24 Propellon Therapeutics Inc. Inhibitors of wdr5 protein-protein binding
MX2018010374A (en) 2016-03-01 2019-03-28 Propellon Therapeutics Inc Inhibitors of wdr5 protein-protein binding.
CN108508117A (en) * 2017-02-24 2018-09-07 扬子江药业集团江苏紫龙药业有限公司 The related substance control method of Rupatadine fumarate piece
EP3820498A1 (en) 2018-06-14 2021-05-19 University College Cork-National University of Ireland Cork Peptide for disease treatment
US20200383960A1 (en) 2019-06-10 2020-12-10 Novartis Ag Pyridine and Pyrazine derivative for the Treatment of CF, COPD, and Bronchiectasis
CN110169969B (en) * 2019-06-28 2022-05-27 南京医科大学 Application of MK571 in preparation of medicine for preventing and treating heart diseases
JP2022547427A (en) 2019-08-28 2022-11-14 ノバルティス アーゲー Substituted 1,3-phenylheteroaryl derivatives and their use in treating disease
US12087410B2 (en) * 2019-10-11 2024-09-10 Arium BioLabs LLC Systems and methods of designing chemical libraries for allosteric modulator discovery
TW202140550A (en) 2020-01-29 2021-11-01 瑞士商諾華公司 Methods of treating an inflammatory or obstructive airway disease using anti-tslp antibody
CN112125924B (en) * 2020-09-15 2021-09-24 吉林大学 Spiral oligomer, bionic ion channel, preparation method and application
US12097189B1 (en) 2024-02-09 2024-09-24 Astellas Pharma Inc. Pharmaceutical composition for modified release

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4587046A (en) * 1982-05-18 1986-05-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Drug-carrier conjugates
US4929635A (en) * 1984-04-06 1990-05-29 Laboratoires Chauvin-Blache New derivatives of 4-vinyl benzoic acid, process for their preparation and their uses in therapeutics and as ligands
WO1997035195A1 (en) * 1996-03-19 1997-09-25 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies In vitro methods for identifying modulators of members of the steroid/thyroid superfamily of receptors
US5814647A (en) * 1997-03-04 1998-09-29 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Use of troglitazone and related compounds for the treatment of the climacteric symptoms
US5830918A (en) * 1997-01-15 1998-11-03 Terrapin Technologies, Inc. Nonpeptide insulin receptor agonists
US5847008A (en) * 1996-02-02 1998-12-08 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treating diabetes and related disease states
US5859051A (en) * 1996-02-02 1999-01-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Antidiabetic agents
US5902726A (en) * 1994-12-23 1999-05-11 Glaxo Wellcome Inc. Activators of the nuclear orphan receptor peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma

Family Cites Families (81)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE1158082B (en) 1960-12-17 1963-11-28 Gruenenthal Chemie Process for the preparation of alkylenediamine derivatives and their salts
DE1250450B (en) 1962-03-31 1967-09-21 Deutsche Gold- und Silber-Scheideanstalt vormals Roessler, Frankfurt/M Process for the production of amino alcohols and their acid addition salts and quaternary ammonium compounds
NL130078C (en) 1963-06-11
DE1215729B (en) 1963-06-14 1966-05-05 Lentia Gmbh Process for the production of new bis-alkanolamine derivatives and their salts
DE1802945C3 (en) 1968-10-14 1974-03-07 Lentia Gmbh, Chem. U. Pharm. Erzeugnisse - Industriebedarf, 8000 Muenchen L-O-N ^ bis-square bracket on 2- (3 ', 4'-dihydroxyphenyl) -2-hydroxyäthyl square bracket on -hexamethylenediamine, its acid addition salts and process for the preparation of these compounds
AT294046B (en) 1969-07-08 1971-11-10 Chemie Linz Ag Process for the preparation of N, N'-bis [2- (3 ', 4'-dihydroxyphenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl] -hexamethylenediamine, its optically active forms and the salts thereof
DE1935757B1 (en) 1969-07-14 1970-11-12 Lentia Gmbh Process for the preparation of the N, N'-bis- [2- (3 ', 4'-dihydroxyphenyl) -2-hydroxyaethyl] -hexamethylene diamine, its optically active forms and their salts
DE1936419C3 (en) 1969-07-17 1975-07-10 Lentia Gmbh, Chem. U. Pharm. Erzeugnisse - Industriebedarf, 8000 Muenchen Process for the preparation of bis-alkanolamine derivatives and their salts
AT310146B (en) 1971-04-26 1973-09-25 Boehringer Sohn Ingelheim Process for the production of new N, N'-bis- (β-hydroxyarylethyl) -diaminoalkanes and their acid addition salts
ZA723611B (en) 1971-06-01 1973-03-28 Smith Kline French Lab N,n'-bis(2-(3-substituted-4-hydroxyphenyl)-ethyl or-2-hydroxyethyl)-polymethylene-diamines
CH545764A (en) 1971-07-27 1974-02-15
BE786713A (en) 1971-07-27 1973-01-25 Sandoz Sa NEW AMINO-ALCOHOLS, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICINAL PRODUCTS
BE794414A (en) 1972-01-25 1973-07-23 Sandoz Sa NEW AMINO-ALCOHOLS, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR APPLICATION AS A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
DE2366625C2 (en) 1972-02-05 1988-06-09 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Tokio/Tokyo, Jp
AT322534B (en) 1972-03-16 1975-05-26 Thomae Gmbh Dr K PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF NEW OPTICALLY ACTIVE 1- (4'-AMINO-3'-HALOGENPHENYL) -2-AMINO ETHANOLS AND THEIR ACID ADDITION SALTS
DE2303304A1 (en) 1973-01-24 1973-08-02 Sandoz Ag Bis (hydroxy phenyl ethanolamine or propanolamine) cpds - - bronchodilators
DE2312234A1 (en) 1973-03-12 1974-09-19 Boehringer Sohn Ingelheim Hexamethylene-diamine derivs from 1,6-hexane-diamine - esp. N,N'-bis (2-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl)- deriv
US4228237A (en) * 1978-09-21 1980-10-14 Calbiochem-Behring Corp. Methods for the detection and determination of ligands
US4312870A (en) * 1979-06-21 1982-01-26 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Pyrazoloquinolines
US4304721A (en) 1979-09-06 1981-12-08 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Adrenergic blocking agents
US4888356A (en) * 1983-08-08 1989-12-19 G. D. Searle And Company Use of substituted dihydrobenzopyrans for allergy and inflammation
US4665203A (en) * 1983-08-08 1987-05-12 G. D. Searle & Co. Substituted dihydrobenzopyrans useful as leukotriene D4 inhibitors
CA1337429C (en) 1983-12-05 1995-10-24 Guy Rosalia Eugene Van Lommen Derivatives of 2,2'-iminobisethanol
US4695575A (en) * 1984-11-13 1987-09-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. 4-[(bicycle heterocyclyl)-methyl and -hetero]-piperidines
US4910152A (en) * 1985-01-31 1990-03-20 Meyers Vera K Method for binding opioid receptors
GB8507942D0 (en) 1985-03-27 1985-05-01 Beecham Group Plc Compounds
DK9987A (en) 1986-01-11 1987-07-12 Beecham Group Plc ETHANOLAMINE DERIVATIVES
US5428163A (en) * 1986-12-31 1995-06-27 Mills; Randell L. Prodrugs for selective drug delivery
NL8800823A (en) * 1987-04-10 1988-11-01 Sandoz Ag METHOD FOR USING DOPAMINE RECEPTOR AGONISTS AND PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS CONTAINING THESE AGONISTS
GB8928208D0 (en) * 1989-12-13 1990-02-14 Glaxo Group Ltd Medicaments
EP0510132B1 (en) 1990-09-28 1997-05-14 Neorx Corporation Polymeric carriers for release of covalently linked agents
US5744602A (en) * 1990-10-31 1998-04-28 Neurogen Corporation Certain imidazoquinoxalines; a new class of GABA brain receptor ligands
US5416191A (en) * 1991-04-01 1995-05-16 Cortech, Inc. Bradykinin antagonists
US5683998A (en) * 1991-04-23 1997-11-04 Toray Industries, Inc. Tricyclic triazolo derivatives, processes for producing the same and the uses of the same
AU2031692A (en) * 1991-07-22 1993-01-28 Zyma S.A. Arylalkylamine derivatives
CA2118798A1 (en) * 1991-09-12 1993-03-18 Francis D. King Azabicyclic compounds as 5-ht4 receptor antagonists
AU669489B2 (en) 1991-09-18 1996-06-13 Affymax Technologies N.V. Method of synthesizing diverse collections of oligomers
ATE386724T1 (en) * 1992-05-26 2008-03-15 Purdue Research Foundation SUBSTITUTED HEXAHYDROBENZO(A) PHENANTHRIDINE
US5434174A (en) * 1992-07-17 1995-07-18 Eli Lilly And Company Isoxazole derivatives for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome
US5783701A (en) * 1992-09-08 1998-07-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated Sulfonamide inhibitors of aspartyl protease
WO1994008965A1 (en) * 1992-10-16 1994-04-28 Smithkline Beecham Plc N-alkylpiperidinyl-4-methyl carboxylic esters/amides of condensed ring systems as 5-ht4 receptor antagonists
ATE194340T1 (en) * 1992-12-10 2000-07-15 Pfizer AMINOMETHYLENE SUBSTITUTED HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE AS SUBSTANCE PANTAGONISTS
US5334598A (en) * 1993-03-19 1994-08-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Six-membered ring fused imidazoles substituted with phenoxyphenylacetic acid derivatives
GB9305718D0 (en) * 1993-03-19 1993-05-05 Glaxo Group Ltd Medicaments
FR2712591B1 (en) * 1993-11-19 1996-02-09 Pf Medicament New arylpiperazines derived from indole, their preparation and their therapeutic use.
AU692212B2 (en) * 1993-12-17 1998-06-04 Roger S. Cubicciotti Nucleotide-directed assembly of bimolecular and multimolecular drugs and devices
US5538965A (en) * 1993-12-23 1996-07-23 Allelix Biopharmaceuticals Inc. Dopamine receptor ligands
FR2715565B1 (en) * 1994-01-31 1996-03-15 Oreal Stabilized cosmetic or dermatological composition containing several precursors of the same active ingredient to maximize its release, its use.
US5688997A (en) * 1994-05-06 1997-11-18 Pharmacopeia, Inc. Process for preparing intermediates for a combinatorial dihydrobenzopyran library
US5463564A (en) 1994-09-16 1995-10-31 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. System and method of automatically generating chemical compounds with desired properties
KR100517210B1 (en) * 1994-12-12 2006-06-07 오메로스 코포레이션 Infusion solution for pain, inflammation and spasm
US5837815A (en) * 1994-12-15 1998-11-17 Sugen, Inc. PYK2 related polypeptide products
EP0801564B1 (en) 1994-12-28 2002-03-27 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Use of nebivolol as an anti-atherogenic
GB9505692D0 (en) * 1995-03-21 1995-05-10 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
US5876727A (en) * 1995-03-31 1999-03-02 Immulogic Pharmaceutical Corporation Hapten-carrier conjugates for use in drug-abuse therapy and methods for preparation of same
US5719156A (en) * 1995-05-02 1998-02-17 Schering Corporation Piperazino derivatives as neurokinin antagonists
IL118279A (en) 1995-06-07 2006-10-05 Abbott Lab 3 - pyridyloxy (or thio) alkyl heterocyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their uses in the preparation of medicaments for controlling chemical synaptic transmission
AU6386196A (en) * 1995-06-19 1997-01-15 Eli Lilly And Company Process for parallel synthesis of a non-peptide library
GB9517559D0 (en) * 1995-08-26 1995-10-25 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel compounds
AU7432496A (en) * 1995-10-13 1998-05-11 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Consolidated ligands with increased affinities and methods of use thereof
US5891643A (en) 1995-11-14 1999-04-06 Abbott Laboratories Use of nuclear magnetic resonance to design ligands to target biomolecules
US5846839A (en) 1995-12-22 1998-12-08 Glaxo Group Limited Methods for hard-tagging an encoded synthetic library
AU1856997A (en) * 1996-02-02 1997-08-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Method for raising hdl cholesterol levels
AU712607B2 (en) * 1996-02-02 1999-11-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treating diabetes and related disease states
US5792766A (en) * 1996-03-13 1998-08-11 Neurogen Corporation Imidazo 1,5-c! quinazolines; a new class of GABA brain receptor ligands
US5965532A (en) 1996-06-28 1999-10-12 Trustees Of Tufts College Multivalent compounds for crosslinking receptors and uses thereof
IL127956A0 (en) * 1996-07-11 1999-11-30 Farmarc Nederland Bv Inclusion complex containing indole selective serotonin agonist
US6500934B1 (en) 1996-07-24 2002-12-31 Michael Rush Lerner Bivalent agonists for G-protein coupled receptors
DE19633560A1 (en) * 1996-08-21 1998-02-26 Basf Ag Chromanyl-ascorbic acid derivatives, their preparation and use
US5877214A (en) * 1996-09-12 1999-03-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Polyaryl-poly(ethylene glycol) supports for solution-phase combinatorial synthesis
WO1998011436A1 (en) 1996-09-13 1998-03-19 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Non-specific affinity enhancement to identify combinatorial library members
DE19642751A1 (en) * 1996-10-16 1998-04-23 Deutsches Krebsforsch Saccharide library
EP0937253A1 (en) * 1996-10-31 1999-08-25 Novalon Pharmaceutical Corporation Identification of drugs using complementary combinatorial libraries
AU722859B2 (en) 1996-11-11 2000-08-10 Sepracor, Inc. Process for the preparation of optically pure isomers of formoterol
JPH10152460A (en) 1996-11-21 1998-06-09 Kissei Pharmaceut Co Ltd 2-amino-1-(4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)propanol derivative
US5958703A (en) * 1996-12-03 1999-09-28 Glaxo Group Limited Use of modified tethers in screening compound libraries
DE69717148T2 (en) * 1996-12-10 2003-10-02 Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park 3-PYRIDYLENE ANTIOMERS AND THEIR USE AS ANALGETICS
ZA9711376B (en) * 1996-12-20 1998-07-21 Lundbeck & Co As H Indole or dihydroindole derivatives
US5876946A (en) * 1997-06-03 1999-03-02 Pharmacopeia, Inc. High-throughput assay
CA2240325A1 (en) 1998-03-27 1998-11-14 Synsorb Biotech, Inc. Methods for screening compound libraries
US6362371B1 (en) 1998-06-08 2002-03-26 Advanced Medicine, Inc. β2- adrenergic receptor agonists

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4587046A (en) * 1982-05-18 1986-05-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Drug-carrier conjugates
US4929635A (en) * 1984-04-06 1990-05-29 Laboratoires Chauvin-Blache New derivatives of 4-vinyl benzoic acid, process for their preparation and their uses in therapeutics and as ligands
US5902726A (en) * 1994-12-23 1999-05-11 Glaxo Wellcome Inc. Activators of the nuclear orphan receptor peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma
US5847008A (en) * 1996-02-02 1998-12-08 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of treating diabetes and related disease states
US5859051A (en) * 1996-02-02 1999-01-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Antidiabetic agents
WO1997035195A1 (en) * 1996-03-19 1997-09-25 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies In vitro methods for identifying modulators of members of the steroid/thyroid superfamily of receptors
US5830918A (en) * 1997-01-15 1998-11-03 Terrapin Technologies, Inc. Nonpeptide insulin receptor agonists
US5814647A (en) * 1997-03-04 1998-09-29 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Use of troglitazone and related compounds for the treatment of the climacteric symptoms

Non-Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BUTTLE D J, ET AL.: "INHIBITION OF CARTILAGE PROTEOGLYCAN RELEASE BY A SPECIFIC INACTIVATOR OF CATHEPSIN B AND AN INHIBITOR OF MATRIX METALLOPROTEINASES EVIDENCE FOR TWO CONVERGING PATHWAYS OF CHONDROCYTE-MEDIATED PROTEOGLYCAN DEGRADATION", ARTHRITIS & RHEUMATISM, WILEY, US, vol. 36, no. 12, 1 January 1993 (1993-01-01), US, pages 1709 - 1717, XP002918542, ISSN: 0004-3591 *
CHEN H., PRIVALSKY M. L.: "COOPERATIVE FORMATION OF HIGH-ORDER OLIGOMERS BY RETINOID X RECEPTORS: AN UNEXPECTED MODE OF DNA RECOGNITION.", PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, US, vol. 92., no. 02., 1 January 1995 (1995-01-01), US, pages 422 - 426., XP002923815, ISSN: 0027-8424, DOI: 10.1073/pnas.92.2.422 *
COLE B. M. ET AL: "Discovery of chiral catalysts through ligand diversity: Ti-catalyzed enantioselective addition of TMSCN to meso epoxides", ANGEWANDTE CHEMIE INTERNATIONAL EDITION, WILEY - V C H VERLAG GMBH & CO. KGAA, DE, vol. 35., no. 15., 1 January 1996 (1996-01-01), DE, pages 1668 - 1671., XP002113536, ISSN: 1433-7851, DOI: 10.1002/anie.199616681 *
COLLINS J.L., ET AL.: "N-(2-BENZOYLPHENYL)-L-TYROSINE PPAR GAMMA AGONISTS. 2. STRUCTURE ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIP AND OPTIMIZATION OF THE PHENYL ALKYL ETHER MOIETY.", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 41., 12 March 1998 (1998-03-12), US, pages 5037 - 5054., XP002923817, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/jm980413z *
DAVIS P.W., ET AL.: "COMMUNICATIONS TO THE EDITOR. DRUG LEADS FROM COMBINATORIAL PHOSPHODIESTER LIBRARIES.", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 38., 1 January 1995 (1995-01-01), US, pages 4363 - 4366., XP002923819, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/jm00022a002 *
LEHMANN J.M., ET AL.: "PEROXISOME PROLIFERATOR-ACTIVATED RECEPTORS ALPHA AND GAMMA ARE ACTIVATED BY INDOMETHACIN AND OTHER NON-STEROIDAL ANTI-INFLAMMATORYDRUGS.", JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR BIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, US, vol. 272., no. 06., 7 February 1997 (1997-02-07), US, pages 3406 - 3410., XP002923816, ISSN: 0021-9258, DOI: 10.1074/jbc.272.6.3406 *
LIANG R., ET AL.: "PARALLEL SYNTHESIS AND SCREENING OF A SOLID PHASE CARBOHYDRATE LIBRARY.", SCIENCE, AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE, US, vol. 274., 29 November 1996 (1996-11-29), US, pages 1520 - 1522., XP002923818, ISSN: 0036-8075, DOI: 10.1126/science.274.5292.1520 *
S.B.SHUKER ET AL.: "Discovering High-Affinity Ligands for Proteins: SAR by NMR", SCIENCE, AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE, US, no. 274, 1 January 1996 (1996-01-01), US, pages 1531 - 1534, XP002074440, ISSN: 0036-8075, DOI: 10.1126/science.274.5292.1531 *

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6417212B1 (en) * 1999-08-27 2002-07-09 Eli Lilly & Company Modulators of peroxisome proliferator activated receptors
US6610696B2 (en) 1999-08-27 2003-08-26 Eli Lilly And Company Modulators of peroxisome proliferator activated receptors
US6825222B2 (en) 1999-08-27 2004-11-30 Eli Lilly And Company Modulators of peroxisome proliferator activated receptors
US7220877B2 (en) 2001-10-17 2007-05-22 Novo Nordisk A/S Compounds, their preparation and use
US7816385B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2010-10-19 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Dimeric dicarboxylic acid derivatives, their preparation and use
US8426439B2 (en) 2007-04-11 2013-04-23 Omeros Corporation Compositions and methods for prophylaxis and treatment of addictions
US10064850B2 (en) 2007-04-11 2018-09-04 Omeros Corporation Compositions and methods for prophylaxis and treatment of addictions
US11241420B2 (en) 2007-04-11 2022-02-08 Omeros Corporation Compositions and methods for prophylaxis and treatment of addictions
US8217064B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2012-07-10 Envivo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrasubstituted benzenes
WO2013163758A1 (en) 2012-05-01 2013-11-07 Boyd Shelley Romayne Methods for treating and diagnosing blinding eye diseases
EP3338776A1 (en) 2012-05-01 2018-06-27 Translatum Medicus Inc. Methods for treating and diagnosing blinding eye diseases

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2321120A1 (en) 1999-12-16
EP1085894A1 (en) 2001-03-28
AU5203999A (en) 1999-12-30
EP1085870A2 (en) 2001-03-28
PL192567B1 (en) 2006-11-30
WO1999064000A9 (en) 2000-04-20
AU4672799A (en) 1999-12-30
CN1193788C (en) 2005-03-23
ATE302748T1 (en) 2005-09-15
JP2002517420A (en) 2002-06-18
JP2002517442A (en) 2002-06-18
EP1019075A1 (en) 2000-07-19
EP1083888A1 (en) 2001-03-21
KR100593430B1 (en) 2006-06-28
AU4551599A (en) 1999-12-30
CA2318286A1 (en) 1999-12-16
WO1999063933A3 (en) 2000-02-03
WO1999063936A9 (en) 2000-08-10
EP1085887A4 (en) 2001-03-28
AR030142A1 (en) 2003-08-13
AP2000001916A0 (en) 2000-09-30
AU4675399A (en) 1999-12-30
WO1999064038A9 (en) 2000-05-04
AR031973A1 (en) 2003-10-22
CA2319497A1 (en) 1999-12-16
EP1003540A1 (en) 2000-05-31
WO1999064035A9 (en) 2000-07-06
WO1999063993A1 (en) 1999-12-16
WO1999063999A8 (en) 2000-09-14
US6355805B1 (en) 2002-03-12
DE69926861D1 (en) 2005-09-29
US6541669B1 (en) 2003-04-01
WO1999063999A1 (en) 1999-12-16
CA2319175A1 (en) 1999-12-16
NO20006220L (en) 2001-01-29
WO1999066944A9 (en) 2000-07-27
WO1999064052A1 (en) 1999-12-16
EP1080080A1 (en) 2001-03-07
WO1999064041A9 (en) 2001-05-31
DE69926861T2 (en) 2006-05-18
WO1999064055A9 (en) 2002-08-29
AU4337699A (en) 1999-12-30
CA2320926A1 (en) 1999-12-16
CA2319756A1 (en) 1999-12-16
JP2002517463A (en) 2002-06-18
JP2002517460A (en) 2002-06-18
WO1999063933A9 (en) 2000-04-27
BR9910832A (en) 2001-10-16
EP1019075B1 (en) 2005-08-24
EP1100519A1 (en) 2001-05-23
EP1102597A1 (en) 2001-05-30
CA2321152A1 (en) 1999-12-16
HUP0201545A3 (en) 2003-01-28
WO1999063944A3 (en) 2000-02-10
EP1085887A2 (en) 2001-03-28
AU4543599A (en) 1999-12-30
AR019630A1 (en) 2002-02-27
AP1869A (en) 2008-07-14
SG164266A1 (en) 2010-09-29
TR200003650T2 (en) 2001-08-21
CA2318192C (en) 2010-01-05
CN1295479A (en) 2001-05-16
NO20006220D0 (en) 2000-12-07
CA2319651A1 (en) 1999-12-16
WO1999064042A1 (en) 1999-12-16
WO1999063983A9 (en) 2000-03-23
AU4675499A (en) 1999-12-30
AU4543999A (en) 1999-12-30
CA2319751A1 (en) 1999-12-16
DK1019075T3 (en) 2006-01-02
CA2319496A1 (en) 1999-12-16
CA2318055A1 (en) 1999-12-16
HUP0201545A2 (en) 2002-09-28
CA2319650A1 (en) 1999-12-29
US20030087306A1 (en) 2003-05-08
PE20000878A1 (en) 2000-09-15
JP2009280590A (en) 2009-12-03
IL137412A0 (en) 2001-07-24
JP2002517421A (en) 2002-06-18
WO1999063936A2 (en) 1999-12-16
AU4549199A (en) 1999-12-30
AU4557099A (en) 1999-12-30
EP1085889A2 (en) 2001-03-28
AU4552099A (en) 1999-12-30
WO1999063930A3 (en) 2000-01-27
WO1999064000A1 (en) 1999-12-16
CA2319643A1 (en) 1999-12-16
JP2002517457A (en) 2002-06-18
WO1999063944A2 (en) 1999-12-16
CA2319068A1 (en) 1999-12-16
CA2319159A1 (en) 1999-12-16
EP1080080A4 (en) 2001-03-07
AU4675199A (en) 1999-12-30
EP1019360A1 (en) 2000-07-19
WO1999066944A1 (en) 1999-12-29
AU4336899A (en) 1999-12-30
WO1999064041A1 (en) 1999-12-16
WO1999064031A1 (en) 1999-12-16
EP1107753A1 (en) 2001-06-20
WO1999063936A8 (en) 2001-03-22
WO1999063936A3 (en) 2000-02-03
EP1082289A4 (en) 2001-03-14
WO1999063996A1 (en) 1999-12-16
SG93205A1 (en) 2002-12-17
WO1999064053A1 (en) 1999-12-16
CA2318894A1 (en) 1999-12-16
SG83720A1 (en) 2001-10-16
EP1019360A4 (en) 2000-07-19
JP2002517462A (en) 2002-06-18
WO1999063930A8 (en) 2001-03-08
EP1083921A1 (en) 2001-03-21
WO1999064034A9 (en) 2000-06-29
SG81994A1 (en) 2001-07-24
HK1029535A1 (en) 2001-04-06
EP1085868A1 (en) 2001-03-28
AU4677699A (en) 2000-01-10
EP1019075B9 (en) 2006-08-16
ES2247814T3 (en) 2006-03-01
AR031364A1 (en) 2003-09-24
SG83721A1 (en) 2001-10-16
EP1019075A4 (en) 2000-12-13
AU4423499A (en) 1999-12-30
WO1999064038A1 (en) 1999-12-16
AU4675299A (en) 1999-12-30
CA2318192A1 (en) 1999-12-16
CA2321273A1 (en) 1999-12-16
EP1082289A1 (en) 2001-03-14
KR20010052634A (en) 2001-06-25
AR019628A1 (en) 2002-02-27
JP2002517459A (en) 2002-06-18
WO1999064035A1 (en) 1999-12-16
PL346411A1 (en) 2002-02-11
WO1999064055A1 (en) 1999-12-16
WO1999063996A8 (en) 2001-02-22
EP1083893A1 (en) 2001-03-21
CA2321170A1 (en) 1999-12-16
EP1094826A1 (en) 2001-05-02
WO1999064034A1 (en) 1999-12-16
EP1083917A1 (en) 2001-03-21
US6288055B1 (en) 2001-09-11
WO1999063933A2 (en) 1999-12-16
EP1085847A2 (en) 2001-03-28
WO1999063930A2 (en) 1999-12-16
WO1999064031A9 (en) 2000-05-04
TWI252222B (en) 2006-04-01
AU4426599A (en) 1999-12-30
AU4674799A (en) 1999-12-30
US6362371B1 (en) 2002-03-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO1999063983A1 (en) MULTIBINDING AGENTS THAT MODULATE PPARη AND RXR RECEPTORS
US6395724B1 (en) Multibinding inhibitors of cyclooxygenase-2
WO1999063932A9 (en) Multibinding agents that modulate the 5-ht transporter
WO1999063929A9 (en) Multibinding inhibitors of microsomal triglyceride transferase protein
EP1235787A1 (en) $g(b)2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS
WO1999064050A9 (en) Novel potassium channel drugs and their uses
WO1999063992A1 (en) Novel calcium channel drugs and uses
WO1999064046A9 (en) Multivalent agonists, partial agonists, inverse agonists and antagonists of the 5-ht3 receptors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US US UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: C2

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US US UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: C2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

COP Corrected version of pamphlet

Free format text: PAGES 69-74, DESCRIPTION, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES 69-73 AND 74(A)-74(T); DUE TO LATE TRANSMITTAL BY THE RECEIVING OFFICE

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2318286

Country of ref document: CA

Ref country code: CA

Ref document number: 2318286

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1999928425

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1999928425

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1999928425

Country of ref document: EP